diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Lua/src/base')
52 files changed, 8498 insertions, 7849 deletions
diff --git a/Lua/src/base/TextGL.pas b/Lua/src/base/TextGL.pas index bd505f51..7fe98d29 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/TextGL.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/TextGL.pas @@ -33,169 +33,101 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} -// as long as the transition to freetype is not finished -// use the old implementation -{$IFDEF UseFreetype} - {$INCLUDE TextGLFreetype.pas} -{$ELSE} uses gl, + glext, SDL, + Classes, UTexture, + UFont, + UPath, ULog; +type + PGLFont = ^TGLFont; + TGLFont = record + Font: TScalableFont; + X, Y, Z: real; + end; + +var + Fonts: array of TGLFont; + ActFont: integer; + procedure BuildFont; // build our bitmap font procedure KillFont; // delete the font -function glTextWidth(const text: string): real; // returns text width -procedure glPrint(const text: string); // custom GL "Print" routine +function glTextWidth(const text: UTF8String): real; // returns text width +procedure glPrint(const text: UTF8String); // custom GL "Print" routine procedure ResetFont(); // reset font settings of active font procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real); // sets X and Y procedure SetFontZ(Z: real); // sets Z procedure SetFontSize(Size: real); procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer); // sets active font style (normal, bold, etc) procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean); // sets italic type letter (works for all fonts) -procedure SetFontAspectW(Aspect: real); procedure SetFontReflection(Enable:boolean;Spacing: real); // enables/disables text reflection -//function NextPowerOfTwo(Value: integer): integer; -// Checks if the ttf exists, if yes then a SDL_ttf is returned -//function LoadFont(FileName: PAnsiChar; PointSize: integer):PTTF_Font; -// Does the renderstuff, color is in $ffeecc style -//function RenderText(font: PTTF_Font; Text:PAnsiChar; Color: Cardinal):PSDL_Surface; - -type - TTextGL = record - X: real; - Y: real; - Z: real; - Text: string; - Size: real; - ColR: real; - ColG: real; - ColB: real; - end; - - PFont = ^TFont; - TFont = record - Tex: TTexture; - Width: array[0..255] of byte; - AspectW: real; - Centered: boolean; - Outline: real; - Italic: boolean; - Reflection: boolean; - ReflectionSpacing: real; - end; - - -var - Fonts: array of TFont; - ActFont: integer; - - implementation uses - UMain, - UCommon, + UTextEncoding, SysUtils, IniFiles, - Classes, - UGraphic; - -var - // Colours for the reflection - TempColor: array[0..3] of GLfloat; + UCommon, + UMain, + UPathUtils; -{** - * Load font info. - * FontFile is the name of the image (.png) not the data (.dat) file - *} -procedure LoadFontInfo(FontID: integer; const FontFile: string); +function FindFontFile(FontIni: TCustomIniFile; Font: string): IPath; var - Stream: TFileStream; - DatFile: string; + Filename: IPath; begin - DatFile := ChangeFileExt(FontFile, '.dat'); - FillChar(Fonts[FontID].Width[0], Length(Fonts[FontID].Width), 0); - - Stream := nil; - try - Stream := TFileStream.Create(DatFile, fmOpenRead); - Stream.Read(Fonts[FontID].Width, 256); - except - Log.LogError('Error while reading font['+ inttostr(FontID) +']', 'LoadFontInfo'); - end; - Stream.Free; + Filename := Path(FontIni.ReadString(Font, 'File', '')); + Result := FontPath.Append(Filename); + // if path does not exist, try as an absolute path + if (not Result.IsFile) then + Result := Filename; end; -// Builds bitmap fonts procedure BuildFont; var - Count: integer; FontIni: TMemIniFile; - FontFile: string; // filename of the image (with .png/... ending) + FontFile: IPath; begin ActFont := 0; SetLength(Fonts, 4); - FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath + 'fonts.ini'); - - // Normal - - FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Normal', 'File', ''); - - Fonts[0].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - Fonts[0].Tex.H := 30; - Fonts[0].AspectW := 0.9; - Fonts[0].Outline := 0; - - LoadFontInfo(0, FontFile); - - // Bold + FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath.Append('fonts.ini').ToNative); - FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Bold', 'File', ''); - - Fonts[1].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - Fonts[1].Tex.H := 30; - Fonts[1].AspectW := 1; - Fonts[1].Outline := 0; - - LoadFontInfo(1, FontFile); - for Count := 0 to 255 do - Fonts[1].Width[Count] := Fonts[1].Width[Count] div 2; - - // Outline1 - - FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Outline1', 'File', ''); - - Fonts[2].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - Fonts[2].Tex.H := 30; - Fonts[2].AspectW := 0.95; - Fonts[2].Outline := 5; - - LoadFontInfo(2, FontFile); - for Count := 0 to 255 do - Fonts[2].Width[Count] := Fonts[2].Width[Count] div 2 + 2; + try - // Outline2 + // Normal + FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Normal'); + Fonts[0].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64); + //Fonts[0].Font.GlyphSpacing := 1.4; + //Fonts[0].Font.Aspect := 1.2; - FontFile := FontPath + FontIni.ReadString('Outline2', 'File', ''); + // Bold + FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Bold'); + Fonts[1].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64); - Fonts[3].Tex := Texture.LoadTexture(true, FontFile, TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - Fonts[3].Tex.H := 30; - Fonts[3].AspectW := 0.95; - Fonts[3].Outline := 4; + // Outline1 + FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline1'); + Fonts[2].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.06); + //TFTScalableOutlineFont(Fonts[2].Font).SetOutlineColor(0.3, 0.3, 0.3); - LoadFontInfo(3, FontFile); - for Count := 0 to 255 do - Fonts[3].Width[Count] := Fonts[3].Width[Count] + 1; + // Outline2 + FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline2'); + Fonts[3].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.08); + except + on E: Exception do + Log.LogCritical(E.Message, 'BuildFont'); + end; // close ini-file FontIni.Free; end; + // Deletes the font procedure KillFont; begin @@ -203,133 +135,31 @@ begin //glDeleteLists(..., 256); end; -function glTextWidth(const text: string): real; +function glTextWidth(const text: UTF8String): real; var - Letter: char; - i: integer; - Font: PFont; + Bounds: TBoundsDbl; begin - Result := 0; - Font := @Fonts[ActFont]; - - for i := 1 to Length(text) do - begin - Letter := Text[i]; - Result := Result + Font.Width[Ord(Letter)] * Font.Tex.H / 30 * Font.AspectW; - end; - - if ((Result > 0) and Font.Italic) then - Result := Result + 12 * Font.Tex.H / 60 * Font.AspectW; -end; - -procedure glPrintLetter(Letter: char); -var - TexX, TexY: real; - TexR, TexB: real; - TexHeight: real; - FWidth: real; - PL, PT: real; - PR, PB: real; - XItal: real; // X shift for italic type letter - ReflectionSpacing: real; // Distance of the reflection - Font: PFont; - Tex: PTexture; -begin - Font := @Fonts[ActFont]; - Tex := @Font.Tex; - - FWidth := Font.Width[Ord(Letter)]; - - Tex.W := FWidth * (Tex.H/30) * Font.AspectW; - - // set texture positions - TexX := (ord(Letter) mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 - FWidth/1024 - Font.Outline/1024; - TexY := (ord(Letter) div 16) * 1/16 + 2/1024; - TexR := (ord(Letter) mod 16) * 1/16 + 1/32 + FWidth/1024 + Font.Outline/1024; - TexB := (1 + ord(Letter) div 16) * 1/16 - 2/1024; - - TexHeight := TexB - TexY; - - // set vector positions - PL := Tex.X - Font.Outline * (Tex.H/30) * Font.AspectW /2; - PT := Tex.Y; - PR := PL + Tex.W + Font.Outline * (Tex.H/30) * Font.AspectW; - PB := PT + Tex.H; - - if (not Font.Italic) then - XItal := 0 - else - XItal := 12; - - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex.TexNum); - - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY); glVertex2f(PL+XItal, PT); - glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB); glVertex2f(PL, PB); - glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB); glVertex2f(PR, PB); - glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY); glVertex2f(PR+XItal, PT); - glEnd; - - // <mog> Reflection - // Yes it would make sense to put this in an extra procedure, - // but this works, doesn't take much lines, and is almost lightweight - if Font.Reflection then - begin - ReflectionSpacing := Font.ReflectionSpacing + Tex.H/2; - - glDepthRange(0, 10); - glDepthFunc(GL_LEQUAL); - glEnable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); - - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glColor4f(TempColor[0], TempColor[1], TempColor[2], 0); - glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexY + TexHeight/2); - glVertex3f(PL, PB + ReflectionSpacing - Tex.H/2, Tex.z); - - glColor4f(TempColor[0], TempColor[1], TempColor[2], Tex.Alpha-0.3); - glTexCoord2f(TexX, TexB ); - glVertex3f(PL + XItal, PT + ReflectionSpacing, Tex.z); - - glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexB ); - glVertex3f(PR + XItal, PT + ReflectionSpacing, Tex.z); - - glColor4f(TempColor[0], TempColor[1], TempColor[2], 0); - glTexCoord2f(TexR, TexY + TexHeight/2); - glVertex3f(PR, PB + ReflectionSpacing - Tex.H/2, Tex.z); - glEnd; - - glDisable(GL_DEPTH_TEST); - end; // reflection - - glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glDisable(GL_BLEND); - - Tex.X := Tex.X + Tex.W; - - //write the colour back - glColor4fv(@TempColor); + Bounds := Fonts[ActFont].Font.BBox(Text, true); + Result := Bounds.Right - Bounds.Left; end; // Custom GL "Print" Routine -procedure glPrint(const Text: string); +procedure glPrint(const Text: UTF8String); var - Pos: integer; + GLFont: PGLFont; begin // if there is no text do nothing if (Text = '') then Exit; - //Save the actual color and alpha (for reflection) - glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @TempColor); + GLFont := @Fonts[ActFont]; - for Pos := 1 to Length(Text) do - begin - glPrintLetter(Text[Pos]); - end; + glPushMatrix(); + // set font position + glTranslatef(GLFont.X, GLFont.Y + GLFont.Font.Ascender, GLFont.Z); + // draw string + GLFont.Font.Print(Text); + glPopMatrix(); end; procedure ResetFont(); @@ -342,18 +172,18 @@ end; procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real); begin - Fonts[ActFont].Tex.X := X; - Fonts[ActFont].Tex.Y := Y; + Fonts[ActFont].X := X; + Fonts[ActFont].Y := Y; end; procedure SetFontZ(Z: real); begin - Fonts[ActFont].Tex.Z := Z; + Fonts[ActFont].Z := Z; end; procedure SetFontSize(Size: real); begin - Fonts[ActFont].Tex.H := Size; + Fonts[ActFont].Font.Height := Size; end; procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer); @@ -363,21 +193,19 @@ end; procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean); begin - Fonts[ActFont].Italic := Enable; -end; - -procedure SetFontAspectW(Aspect: real); -begin - Fonts[ActFont].AspectW := Aspect; + if (Enable) then + Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Italic] + else + Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Italic] end; procedure SetFontReflection(Enable: boolean; Spacing: real); begin - Fonts[ActFont].Reflection := Enable; - Fonts[ActFont].ReflectionSpacing := Spacing; + if (Enable) then + Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Reflect] + else + Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Reflect]; + Fonts[ActFont].Font.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Descender; end; end. - -{$ENDIF} - diff --git a/Lua/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas b/Lua/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 61b26693..00000000 --- a/Lua/src/base/TextGLFreetype.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/trunk/src/base/TextGL.pas $ - * $Id: TextGL.pas 1483 2008-10-28 19:01:20Z tobigun $ - *} - -(* -unit TextGL; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} -*) - -uses - gl, - glext, - SDL, - UTexture, - UFont, - Classes, - ULog; - -type - PGLFont = ^TGLFont; - TGLFont = record - Font: TScalableFont; - X, Y, Z: real; - end; - -var - Fonts: array of TGLFont; - ActFont: integer; - -procedure BuildFont; // build our bitmap font -procedure KillFont; // delete the font -function glTextWidth(const text: string): real; // returns text width -procedure glPrint(const text: string); // custom GL "Print" routine -procedure ResetFont(); // reset font settings of active font -procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real); // sets X and Y -procedure SetFontZ(Z: real); // sets Z -procedure SetFontSize(Size: real); -procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer); // sets active font style (normal, bold, etc) -procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean); // sets italic type letter (works for all fonts) -procedure SetFontReflection(Enable:boolean;Spacing: real); // enables/disables text reflection - -implementation - -uses - UMain, - UCommon, - UTextEncoding, - SysUtils, - IniFiles; - -function FindFontFile(FontIni: TCustomIniFile; Font: string): string; -var - Filename: string; -begin - Filename := FontIni.ReadString(Font, 'File', ''); - Result := FontPath + Filename; - // if path does not exist, try as an absolute path - if (not FileExists(Result)) then - Result := Filename; -end; - -procedure BuildFont; -var - FontIni: TMemIniFile; - //BitmapFont: TBitmapFont; - FontFile: string; -begin - ActFont := 0; - - SetLength(Fonts, 4); - FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath + 'fontsTTF.ini'); - //FontIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FontPath + 'fonts.ini'); - - try - - // Normal - FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Normal'); - Fonts[0].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64); - //Fonts[0].Font.GlyphSpacing := 1.4; - //Fonts[0].Font.Aspect := 1.2; - - { - BitmapFont := TBitmapFont.Create(FontFile, 0, 19, 35, -10); - BitmapFont.CorrectWidths(2, 0); - Fonts[0].Font := TScalableFont.Create(BitmapFont, false); - } - - //Fonts[0].Font.Aspect := 0.9; - - // Bold - FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Bold'); - Fonts[1].Font := TFTScalableFont.Create(FontFile, 64); - - // Outline1 - FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline1'); - Fonts[2].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.06); - //TFTScalableOutlineFont(Fonts[2].Font).SetOutlineColor(0.3, 0.3, 0.3); - - // Outline2 - FontFile := FindFontFile(FontIni, 'Outline2'); - Fonts[3].Font := TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create(FontFile, 64, 0.08); - - except on E: Exception do - Log.LogCritical(E.Message, 'BuildFont'); - end; - - // close ini-file - FontIni.Free; -end; - - -// Deletes the font -procedure KillFont; -begin - // delete all characters - //glDeleteLists(..., 256); -end; - -function glTextWidth(const text: string): real; -var - Bounds: TBoundsDbl; -begin - // FIXME: remove conversion - Bounds := Fonts[ActFont].Font.BBox(RecodeString(Text, encCP1252), true); - Result := Bounds.Right - Bounds.Left; -end; - -// Custom GL "Print" Routine -procedure glPrint(const Text: string); -var - GLFont: PGLFont; -begin - // if there is no text do nothing - if (Text = '') then - Exit; - - GLFont := @Fonts[ActFont]; - - glPushMatrix(); - // set font position - glTranslatef(GLFont.X, GLFont.Y + GLFont.Font.Ascender, GLFont.Z); - // draw string - // FIXME: remove conversion - GLFont.Font.Print(RecodeString(Text, encCP1252)); - glPopMatrix(); -end; - -procedure ResetFont(); -begin - SetFontPos(0, 0); - SetFontZ(0); - SetFontItalic(False); - SetFontReflection(False, 0); -end; - -procedure SetFontPos(X, Y: real); -begin - Fonts[ActFont].X := X; - Fonts[ActFont].Y := Y; -end; - -procedure SetFontZ(Z: real); -begin - Fonts[ActFont].Z := Z; -end; - -procedure SetFontSize(Size: real); -begin - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Height := Size; -end; - -procedure SetFontStyle(Style: integer); -begin - ActFont := Style; -end; - -procedure SetFontItalic(Enable: boolean); -begin - if (Enable) then - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Italic] - else - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Italic] -end; - -procedure SetFontReflection(Enable: boolean; Spacing: real); -begin - if (Enable) then - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style + [Reflect] - else - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style := Fonts[ActFont].Font.Style - [Reflect]; - Fonts[ActFont].Font.ReflectionSpacing := Spacing - Fonts[ActFont].Font.Descender; -end; - -end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UBeatTimer.pas b/Lua/src/base/UBeatTimer.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..310a49cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Lua/src/base/UBeatTimer.pas @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game + * + * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names + * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT + * file distributed with this source distribution. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to + * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * + * $URL$ + * $Id$ + *} + +unit UBeatTimer; + +interface + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE Delphi} +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} + +uses + UTime; + +type + (** + * TLyricsState contains all information concerning the + * state of the lyrics, e.g. the current beat or duration of the lyrics. + *) + TLyricsState = class + private + Timer: TRelativeTimer; // keeps track of the current time + public + OldBeat: integer; // previous discovered beat + CurrentBeat: integer; // current beat (rounded) + MidBeat: real; // current beat (float) + + // now we use this for super synchronization! + // only used when analyzing voice + // TODO: change ...D to ...Detect(ed) + OldBeatD: integer; // previous discovered beat + CurrentBeatD: integer; // current discovered beat (rounded) + MidBeatD: real; // current discovered beat (float) + + // we use this for audible clicks + // TODO: Change ...C to ...Click + OldBeatC: integer; // previous discovered beat + CurrentBeatC: integer; + MidBeatC: real; // like CurrentBeatC + + OldLine: integer; // previous displayed sentence + + StartTime: real; // time till start of lyrics (= Gap) + TotalTime: real; // total song time + + constructor Create(); + procedure Pause(); + procedure Resume(); + + procedure Reset(); + procedure UpdateBeats(); + + (** + * current song time (in seconds) used as base-timer for lyrics etc. + *) + function GetCurrentTime(): real; + procedure SetCurrentTime(Time: real); + end; + +implementation +uses UNote, Math; + + +constructor TLyricsState.Create(); +begin + // create a triggered timer, so we can Pause() it, set the time + // and Resume() it afterwards for better synching. + Timer := TRelativeTimer.Create(true); + + // reset state + Reset(); +end; + +procedure TLyricsState.Pause(); +begin + Timer.Pause(); +end; + +procedure TLyricsState.Resume(); +begin + Timer.Resume(); +end; + +procedure TLyricsState.SetCurrentTime(Time: real); +begin + // do not start the timer (if not started already), + // after setting the current time + Timer.SetTime(Time, false); +end; + +function TLyricsState.GetCurrentTime(): real; +begin + Result := Timer.GetTime(); +end; + +(** + * Resets the timer and state of the lyrics. + * The timer will be stopped afterwards so you have to call Resume() + * to start the lyrics timer. + *) +procedure TLyricsState.Reset(); +begin + Pause(); + SetCurrentTime(0); + + StartTime := 0; + TotalTime := 0; + + OldBeat := -1; + MidBeat := -1; + CurrentBeat := -1; + + OldBeatC := -1; + MidBeatC := -1; + CurrentBeatC := -1; + + OldBeatD := -1; + MidBeatD := -1; + CurrentBeatD := -1; +end; + +(** + * Updates the beat information (CurrentBeat/MidBeat/...) according to the + * current lyric time. + *) +procedure TLyricsState.UpdateBeats(); +var + CurLyricsTime: real; +begin + CurLyricsTime := GetCurrentTime(); + + OldBeat := CurrentBeat; + MidBeat := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000); + CurrentBeat := Floor(MidBeat); + + OldBeatC := CurrentBeatC; + MidBeatC := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000); + CurrentBeatC := Floor(MidBeatC); + + OldBeatD := CurrentBeatD; + // MidBeatD = MidBeat with additional GAP + MidBeatD := -0.5 + GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - (StartTime + 120 + 20) / 1000); + CurrentBeatD := Floor(MidBeatD); +end; + +end.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCatCovers.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCatCovers.pas index 4fc54199..d33bbbe1 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UCatCovers.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UCatCovers.pas @@ -38,20 +38,21 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - UIni; + UIni, + UPath; type TCatCovers = class protected - cNames: array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of string; - cFiles: array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of string; + cNames: array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of UTF8String; + cFiles: array [0..high(ISorting)] of array of IPath; public constructor Create; procedure Load; //Load Cover aus Cover.ini and Cover Folder - procedure LoadPath(const CoversPath: string); - procedure Add(Sorting: integer; Name, Filename: string); //Add a Cover - function CoverExists(Sorting: integer; Name: string): boolean; //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists - function GetCover(Sorting: integer; Name: string): string; //Returns the Filename of a Cover + procedure LoadPath(const CoversPath: IPath); + procedure Add(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String; const Filename: IPath); //Add a Cover + function CoverExists(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String): boolean; //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists + function GetCover(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String): IPath; //Returns the Filename of a Cover end; var @@ -63,9 +64,11 @@ uses IniFiles, SysUtils, Classes, - // UFiles, + UFilesystem, + ULog, UMain, - ULog; + UUnicodeUtils, + UPathUtils; constructor TCatCovers.Create; begin @@ -78,25 +81,28 @@ var I: integer; begin for I := 0 to CoverPaths.Count-1 do - LoadPath(CoverPaths[I]); + LoadPath(CoverPaths[I] as IPath); end; (** * Load Cover from Cover.ini and Cover Folder *) -procedure TCatCovers.LoadPath(const CoversPath: string); +procedure TCatCovers.LoadPath(const CoversPath: IPath); var Ini: TMemIniFile; - SR: TSearchRec; List: TStringlist; I, J: Integer; - Name, Filename, Temp: string; + Filename: IPath; + Name, TmpName: UTF8String; + CatCover: IPath; + Iter: IFileIterator; + FileInfo: TFileInfo; begin Ini := nil; List := nil; try - Ini := TMemIniFile.Create(CoversPath + 'covers.ini'); + Ini := TMemIniFile.Create(CoversPath.Append('covers.ini').ToNative); List := TStringlist.Create; //Add every Cover in Covers Ini for Every Sorting option @@ -105,63 +111,65 @@ begin Ini.ReadSection(ISorting[I], List); for J := 0 to List.Count - 1 do - Add(I, List.Strings[J], CoversPath + Ini.ReadString(ISorting[I], List.Strings[J], 'NoCover.jpg')); + begin + CatCover := Path(Ini.ReadString(ISorting[I], List.Strings[J], 'NoCover.jpg')); + Add(I, List.Strings[J], CoversPath.Append(CatCover)); + end; end; finally Ini.Free; List.Free; end; - try - //Add Covers from Folder - if (FindFirst (CoversPath + '*.jpg', faAnyFile, SR) = 0) then - repeat - //Add Cover if it doesn't exist for every Section - Name := SR.Name; - Filename := CoversPath + Name; - Delete (Name, length(Name) - 3, 4); - - for I := 0 to high(ISorting) do - begin - Temp := Name; - if ((I = sTitle) or (I = sTitle2)) and (Pos ('Title', Temp) <> 0) then - Delete (Temp, Pos ('Title', Temp), 5) - else if (I = sArtist) or (I = sArtist2) and (Pos ('Artist', Temp) <> 0) then - Delete (Temp, Pos ('Artist', Temp), 6); - - if not CoverExists(I, Temp) then - Add (I, Temp, Filename); - end; - until FindNext (SR) <> 0; - finally - FindClose (SR); + //Add Covers from Folder + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(CoversPath.Append('*.jpg'), 0); + while Iter.HasNext do + begin + FileInfo := Iter.Next; + + //Add Cover if it doesn't exist for every Section + Filename := CoversPath.Append(FileInfo.Name); + Name := FileInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToUTF8; + + for I := 0 to high(ISorting) do + begin + TmpName := Name; + if (I = sTitle) and (UTF8Pos('Title', TmpName) <> 0) then + UTF8Delete(TmpName, UTF8Pos('Title', TmpName), 5) + else if (I = sArtist) and (UTF8Pos('Artist', TmpName) <> 0) then + UTF8Delete(TmpName, UTF8Pos('Artist', TmpName), 6); + + if not CoverExists(I, TmpName) then + Add(I, TmpName, Filename); + end; end; end; //Add a Cover -procedure TCatCovers.Add(Sorting: integer; Name, Filename: string); +procedure TCatCovers.Add(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String; const Filename: IPath); begin - if FileExists (Filename) then //If Exists -> Add + if Filename.IsFile then //If Exists -> Add begin - SetLength (CNames[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1); - SetLength (CFiles[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1); + SetLength(CNames[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1); + SetLength(CFiles[Sorting], Length(CNames[Sorting]) + 1); - CNames[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := Uppercase(Name); + CNames[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := UTF8Uppercase(Name); CFiles[Sorting][high(cNames[Sorting])] := FileName; end; end; //Returns True when a cover with the given Name exists -function TCatCovers.CoverExists(Sorting: integer; Name: string): boolean; +function TCatCovers.CoverExists(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String): boolean; var I: Integer; + UpperName: UTF8String; begin Result := False; - Name := Uppercase(Name); //Case Insensitiv + UpperName := UTF8Uppercase(Name); //Case Insensitiv for I := 0 to high(cNames[Sorting]) do begin - if (cNames[Sorting][I] = Name) then //Found Name + if (cNames[Sorting][I] = UpperName) then //Found Name begin Result := true; break; //Break For Loop @@ -170,16 +178,18 @@ begin end; //Returns the Filename of a Cover -function TCatCovers.GetCover(Sorting: integer; Name: string): string; +function TCatCovers.GetCover(Sorting: integer; const Name: UTF8String): IPath; var I: Integer; + UpperName: UTF8String; + NoCoverPath: IPath; begin - Result := ''; - Name := Uppercase(Name); + Result := PATH_NONE; + UpperName := UTF8Uppercase(Name); for I := 0 to high(cNames[Sorting]) do begin - if cNames[Sorting][I] = Name then + if cNames[Sorting][I] = UpperName then begin Result := cFiles[Sorting][I]; Break; @@ -187,13 +197,14 @@ begin end; //No Cover - if (Result = '') then + if (Result.IsUnset) then begin for I := 0 to CoverPaths.Count-1 do begin - if (FileExists(CoverPaths[I] + 'NoCover.jpg')) then + NoCoverPath := (CoverPaths[I] as IPath).Append('NoCover.jpg'); + if (NoCoverPath.IsFile) then begin - Result := CoverPaths[I] + 'NoCover.jpg'; + Result := NoCoverPath; Break; end; end; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCommandLine.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCommandLine.pas index 281a480d..ac0db2c2 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UCommandLine.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UCommandLine.pas @@ -33,6 +33,9 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} +uses + UPath; + type TScreenMode = (scmDefault, scmFullscreen, scmWindowed); @@ -64,9 +67,9 @@ type Screens: integer; // some strings set when reading infos {Length=0: Not Set} - SongPath: string; - ConfigFile: string; - ScoreFile: string; + SongPath: IPath; + ConfigFile: IPath; + ScoreFile: IPath; // pseudo integer values property Language: integer read GetLanguage; @@ -144,9 +147,9 @@ begin Screens := -1; // some strings set when reading infos {Length=0 Not Set} - SongPath := ''; - ConfigFile := ''; - ScoreFile := ''; + SongPath := PATH_NONE; + ConfigFile := PATH_NONE; + ScoreFile := PATH_NONE; end; {** @@ -248,7 +251,7 @@ begin if (PCount > I) then begin // write value to string - SongPath := ParamStr(I + 1); + SongPath := Path(ParamStr(I + 1)); end; end @@ -258,11 +261,11 @@ begin if (PCount > I) then begin // write value to string - ConfigFile := ParamStr(I + 1); + ConfigFile := Path(ParamStr(I + 1)); // is this a relative path -> then add gamepath - if Not ((Length(ConfigFile) > 2) AND (ConfigFile[2] = ':')) then - ConfigFile := ExtractFilePath(ParamStr(0)) + Configfile; + if (not ConfigFile.IsAbsolute) then + ConfigFile := Platform.GetExecutionDir().Append(ConfigFile); end; end @@ -272,7 +275,7 @@ begin if (PCount > I) then begin // write value to string - ScoreFile := ParamStr(I + 1); + ScoreFile := Path(ParamStr(I + 1)); end; end; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCommon.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCommon.pas index a52349c0..fa0faf3c 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UCommon.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UCommon.pas @@ -39,59 +39,54 @@ uses {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} Windows, {$ENDIF} - sdl, UConfig, - ULog; + ULog, + UPath; type - TMessageType = ( mtInfo, mtError ); + TStringDynArray = array of string; -procedure ShowMessage( const msg : String; msgType: TMessageType = mtInfo ); +const + SepWhitespace = [#9, #10, #13, ' ']; // tab, lf, cr, space -procedure ConsoleWriteLn(const msg: string); +{** + * Splits a string into pieces separated by Separators. + * MaxCount specifies the max. number of pieces. If it is <= 0 the number is + * not limited. If > 0 the last array element will hold the rest of the string + * (with leading separators removed). + * + * Examples: + * SplitString(' split me now ', 0) -> ['split', 'me', 'now'] + * SplitString(' split me now ', 1) -> ['split', 'me now'] + *} +function SplitString(const Str: string; MaxCount: integer = 0; Separators: TSysCharSet = SepWhitespace): TStringDynArray; + + +type + TMessageType = (mtInfo, mtError); -function RWopsFromStream(Stream: TStream): PSDL_RWops; +procedure ShowMessage(const msg: string; msgType: TMessageType = mtInfo); + +procedure ConsoleWriteLn(const msg: string); {$IFDEF FPC} -function RandomRange(aMin: Integer; aMax: Integer) : Integer; +function RandomRange(aMin: integer; aMax: integer): integer; {$ENDIF} -function StringReplaceW(text : WideString; search, rep: WideChar):WideString; -function AdaptFilePaths( const aPath : widestring ): widestring; - procedure DisableFloatingPointExceptions(); procedure SetDefaultNumericLocale(); procedure RestoreNumericLocale(); {$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS} - procedure ZeroMemory( Destination: Pointer; Length: DWORD ); - function MakeLong(a, b: Word): Longint; - (* - #define LOBYTE(a) (BYTE)(a) - #define HIBYTE(a) (BYTE)((a)>>8) - #define LOWORD(a) (WORD)(a) - #define HIWORD(a) (WORD)((a)>>16) - #define MAKEWORD(a,b) (WORD)(((a)&0xff)|((b)<<8)) - *) +procedure ZeroMemory(Destination: pointer; Length: dword); +function MakeLong(a, b: word): longint; {$ENDIF} -function FileExistsInsensitive(var FileName: string): boolean; - -(* - * Character classes - *) - -function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; -function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; -function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; -function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; -function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; - // A stable alternative to TList.Sort() (use TList.Sort() if applicable, see below) procedure MergeSort(List: TList; CompareFunc: TListSortCompare); -function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): Pointer; -procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: Pointer); +function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): pointer; +procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: pointer); implementation @@ -101,8 +96,63 @@ uses {$IFDEF Delphi} Dialogs, {$ENDIF} - UMain; + sdl, + UFilesystem, + UMain, + UUnicodeUtils; + +function SplitString(const Str: string; MaxCount: integer; Separators: TSysCharSet): TStringDynArray; + {* + * Adds Str[StartPos..Endpos-1] to the result array. + *} + procedure AddSplit(StartPos, EndPos: integer); + begin + SetLength(Result, Length(Result)+1); + Result[High(Result)] := Copy(Str, StartPos, EndPos-StartPos); + end; + +var + I: integer; + Start: integer; + Last: integer; +begin + Start := 0; + SetLength(Result, 0); + + for I := 1 to Length(Str) do + begin + if (Str[I] in Separators) then + begin + // end of component found + if (Start > 0) then + begin + AddSplit(Start, I); + Start := 0; + end; + end + else if (Start = 0) then + begin + // mark beginning of component + Start := I; + // check if this is the last component + if (Length(Result) = MaxCount-1) then + begin + // find last non-separator char + Last := Length(Str); + while (Str[Last] in Separators) do + Dec(Last); + // add component up to last non-separator + AddSplit(Start, Last); + Exit; + end; + end; + end; + + // last component + if (Start > 0) then + AddSplit(Start, Length(Str)+1); +end; // data used by the ...Locale() functions {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)} @@ -224,185 +274,23 @@ begin exOverflow, exUnderflow, exPrecision]); end; -function StringReplaceW(text : WideString; search, rep: WideChar) : WideString; -var - iPos : integer; -// sTemp : WideString; -begin -(* - result := text; - iPos := Pos(search, result); - while (iPos > 0) do - begin - sTemp := copy(result, iPos + length(search), length(result)); - result := copy(result, 1, iPos - 1) + rep + sTEmp; - iPos := Pos(search, result); - end; -*) - result := text; - - if search = rep then - exit; - - for iPos := 1 to length(result) do - begin - if result[iPos] = search then - result[iPos] := rep; - end; -end; - -function AdaptFilePaths( const aPath : widestring ): widestring; -begin - result := StringReplaceW( aPath, '\', PathDelim );//, [rfReplaceAll] ); -end; - - {$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS} -procedure ZeroMemory( Destination: Pointer; Length: DWORD ); +procedure ZeroMemory(Destination: pointer; Length: dword); begin - FillChar( Destination^, Length, 0 ); + FillChar(Destination^, Length, 0); end; -function MakeLong(A, B: Word): Longint; +function MakeLong(A, B: word): longint; begin Result := (LongInt(B) shl 16) + A; end; -(* -function QueryPerformanceCounter(lpPerformanceCount:TLARGEINTEGER):Bool; - - // From http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RDTSC - function RDTSC: Int64; register; - asm - rdtsc - end; - -begin - // Use clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, ...) here (but not from the libc unit) - lpPerformanceCount := RDTSC(); - result := true; -end; - -function QueryPerformanceFrequency(lpFrequency:TLARGEINTEGER):Bool; -begin - // clock_getres(CLOCK_REALTIME, ...) - lpFrequency := 0; - result := true; -end; -*) {$ENDIF} -// Checks if a regular files or directory with the given name exists. -// The comparison is case insensitive. -function FileExistsInsensitive(var FileName: string): boolean; -var - FilePath, LocalFileName: string; - SearchInfo: TSearchRec; -begin -{$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)} - // speed up standard case - if FileExists(FileName) then - begin - Result := true; - exit; - end; - - Result := false; - - FilePath := ExtractFilePath(FileName); - if (FindFirst(FilePath+'*', faAnyFile, SearchInfo) = 0) then - begin - LocalFileName := ExtractFileName(FileName); - repeat - if (AnsiSameText(LocalFileName, SearchInfo.Name)) then - begin - FileName := FilePath + SearchInfo.Name; - Result := true; - break; - end; - until (FindNext(SearchInfo) <> 0); - end; - FindClose(SearchInfo); -{$ELSE} - // Windows and Mac OS X do not have case sensitive file systems - Result := FileExists(FileName); -{$IFEND} -end; - -// +++++++++++++++++++++ helpers for RWOpsFromStream() +++++++++++++++ -function SdlStreamSeek( context : PSDL_RWops; offset : Integer; whence : Integer ) : integer; cdecl; -var - stream : TStream; - origin : Word; -begin - stream := TStream( context.unknown ); - if ( stream = nil ) then - raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamSeek on nil' ); - case whence of - 0 : origin := soFromBeginning; // Offset is from the beginning of the resource. Seek moves to the position Offset. Offset must be >= 0. - 1 : origin := soFromCurrent; // Offset is from the current position in the resource. Seek moves to Position + Offset. - 2 : origin := soFromEnd; - else - origin := soFromBeginning; // just in case - end; - Result := stream.Seek( offset, origin ); -end; - -function SdlStreamRead( context : PSDL_RWops; Ptr : Pointer; size : Integer; maxnum: Integer ) : Integer; cdecl; -var - stream : TStream; -begin - stream := TStream( context.unknown ); - if ( stream = nil ) then - raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamRead on nil' ); - try - Result := stream.read( Ptr^, Size * maxnum ) div size; - except - Result := -1; - end; -end; - -function SDLStreamClose( context : PSDL_RWops ) : Integer; cdecl; -var - stream : TStream; -begin - stream := TStream( context.unknown ); - if ( stream = nil ) then - raise EInvalidContainer.Create( 'SDLStreamClose on nil' ); - stream.Free; - Result := 1; -end; -// ----------------------------------------------- - -(* - * Creates an SDL_RWops handle from a TStream. - * The stream and RWops must be freed by the user after usage. - * Use SDL_FreeRW(...) to free the RWops data-struct. - *) -function RWopsFromStream(Stream: TStream): PSDL_RWops; -begin - Result := SDL_AllocRW(); - if (Result = nil) then - Exit; - - // set RW-callbacks - with Result^ do - begin - unknown := TUnknown(Stream); - seek := SDLStreamSeek; - read := SDLStreamRead; - write := nil; - close := SDLStreamClose; - type_ := 2; - end; -end; - - - {$IFDEF FPC} -function RandomRange(aMin: Integer; aMax: Integer) : Integer; +function RandomRange(aMin: integer; aMax: integer): integer; begin - RandomRange := Random(aMax-aMin) + aMin ; + RandomRange := Random(aMax - aMin) + aMin ; end; {$ENDIF} @@ -455,7 +343,7 @@ begin System.EnterCriticalSection(ConsoleCriticalSection); // output pending messages - for i := 0 to MessageList.Count-1 do + for i := 0 to MessageList.Count - 1 do begin _ConsoleWriteLn(MessageList[i]); end; @@ -528,7 +416,7 @@ end; procedure ShowMessage(const msg: String; msgType: TMessageType); {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} -var Flags: Cardinal; +var Flags: cardinal; {$ENDIF} begin {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)} @@ -543,59 +431,6 @@ begin {$IFEND} end; -function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; -begin - // TODO: add chars > 255 when unicode-fonts work? - case ch of - 'A'..'Z', // A-Z - 'a'..'z', // a-z - #170,#181,#186, - #192..#214, - #216..#246, - #248..#255: - Result := true; - else - Result := false; - end; -end; - -function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; -begin - case ch of - '0'..'9': - Result := true; - else - Result := false; - end; -end; - -function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; -begin - Result := (IsAlphaChar(ch) or IsNumericChar(ch)); -end; - -function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; -begin - // TODO: add chars outside of Latin1 basic (0..127)? - case ch of - ' '..'/',':'..'@','['..'`','{'..'~': - Result := true; - else - Result := false; - end; -end; - -function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; -begin - case ch of - #0..#31, - #127..#159: - Result := true; - else - Result := false; - end; -end; - (* * Recursive part of the MergeSort algorithm. * OutList will be either InList or TempList and will be swapped in each @@ -607,7 +442,7 @@ procedure _MergeSort(InList, TempList, OutList: TList; StartPos, BlockSize: inte CompareFunc: TListSortCompare); var LeftSize, RightSize: integer; // number of elements in left/right block - LeftEnd, RightEnd: integer; // Index after last element in left/right block + LeftEnd, RightEnd: integer; // Index after last element in left/right block MidPos: integer; // index of first element in right block Pos: integer; // position in output list begin @@ -683,7 +518,7 @@ end; type // stores the unaligned pointer of data allocated by GetAlignedMem() PMemAlignHeader = ^TMemAlignHeader; - TMemAlignHeader = Pointer; + TMemAlignHeader = pointer; (** * Use this function to assure that allocated memory is aligned on a specific @@ -699,9 +534,9 @@ type * alignments on 16 and 32 byte boundaries too. *) {$WARNINGS OFF} -function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): Pointer; +function GetAlignedMem(Size: cardinal; Alignment: integer): pointer; var - OrigPtr: Pointer; + OrigPtr: pointer; const MIN_ALIGNMENT = 16; begin @@ -722,9 +557,9 @@ begin end; // reserve space for the header - Result := Pointer(PtrUInt(OrigPtr) + SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader)); + Result := pointer(PtrUInt(OrigPtr) + SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader)); // align memory - Result := Pointer(PtrUInt(Result) + Alignment - PtrUInt(Result) mod Alignment); + Result := pointer(PtrUInt(Result) + Alignment - PtrUInt(Result) mod Alignment); // set header with info on old pointer for FreeMem PMemAlignHeader(PtrUInt(Result) - SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader))^ := OrigPtr; @@ -732,7 +567,7 @@ end; {$WARNINGS ON} {$WARNINGS OFF} -procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: Pointer); +procedure FreeAlignedMem(P: pointer); begin if (P <> nil) then FreeMem(PMemAlignHeader(PtrUInt(P) - SizeOf(TMemAlignHeader))^); diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UConfig.pas b/Lua/src/base/UConfig.pas index 773d6203..a24242e8 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UConfig.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UConfig.pas @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - Sysutils; + SysUtils; const // IMPORTANT: @@ -156,6 +156,12 @@ const (FPC_RELEASE * VERSION_MINOR) + (FPC_PATCH * VERSION_RELEASE); + // FPC 2.2.0 unicode support is very buggy. The cwstring unit for example + // always crashes whenever UTF8ToAnsi() is called on a non UTF8 encoded string + // what is fixed in 2.2.2. + {$IF Defined(FPC) and (FPC_VERSION_INT < 2002002)} // < 2.2.2 + {$MESSAGE FATAL 'FPC >= 2.2.2 required!'} + {$IFEND} {$IFDEF HaveFFmpeg} diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCore.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCore.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 901f2f96..00000000 --- a/Lua/src/base/UCore.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,550 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UCore; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - uPluginDefs, - uCoreModule, - UHooks, - UServices, - UModules; - -{********************* - TCore - Class manages all CoreModules, teh StartUp, teh MainLoop and the shutdown process - Also it does some Error Handling, and maybe sometime multithreaded Loading ;) -*********************} - -type - TModuleListItem = record - Module: TCoreModule; //Instance of the Modules Class - Info: TModuleInfo; //ModuleInfo returned by Modules Modulinfo Proc - NeedsDeInit: Boolean; //True if Module was succesful inited - end; - - TCore = class - private - //Some Hook Handles. See Plugin SDKs Hooks.txt for Infos - hLoadingFinished: THandle; - hMainLoop: THandle; - hTranslate: THandle; - hLoadTextures: THandle; - hExitQuery: THandle; - hExit: THandle; - hDebug: THandle; - hError: THandle; - sReportError: THandle; - sReportDebug: THandle; - sShowMessage: THandle; - sRetranslate: THandle; - sReloadTextures: THandle; - sGetModuleInfo: THandle; - sGetApplicationHandle: THandle; - - Modules: Array [0..High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD)] of TModuleListItem; - - //Cur + Last Executed Setting and Getting ;) - iCurExecuted: Integer; - iLastExecuted: Integer; - - procedure SetCurExecuted(Value: Integer); - - //Function Get all Modules and Creates them - function GetModules: Boolean; - - //Loads Core and all Modules - function Load: Boolean; - - //Inits Core and all Modules - function Init: Boolean; - - //DeInits Core and all Modules - function DeInit: Boolean; - - //Load the Core - function LoadCore: Boolean; - - //Init the Core - function InitCore: Boolean; - - //DeInit the Core - function DeInitCore: Boolean; - - //Called one Time per Frame - function MainLoop: Boolean; - - public - Hooks: THookManager; //Teh Hook Manager ;) - Services: TServiceManager;//The Service Manager - - Name: String; //Name of this Application - Version: LongWord; //Version of this ". For Info Look PluginDefs Functions - - LastErrorReporter:String; //Who Reported the Last Error String - LastErrorString: String; //Last Error String reported - - property CurExecuted: Integer read iCurExecuted write SetCurExecuted; //ID of Plugin or Module curently Executed - property LastExecuted: Integer read iLastExecuted; - - //--------------- - //Main Methods to control the Core: - //--------------- - constructor Create(const cName: String; const cVersion: LongWord); - - //Starts Loading and Init Process. Then Runs MainLoop. DeInits on Shutdown - procedure Run; - - //Method for other Classes to get Pointer to a specific Module - function GetModulebyName(const Name: String): PCoreModule; - - //-------------- - // Hook and Service Procs: - //-------------- - function ShowMessage(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Shows a Message (lParam: PChar Text, wParam: Symbol) - function ReportError(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Shows a Message (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername)) - function ReportDebug(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Shows a Message (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername)) - function Retranslate(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Calls Translate hook - function ReloadTextures(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Calls LoadTextures hook - function GetModuleInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TModuleInfo to address at lparam - function GetApplicationHandle(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //Returns Application Handle - end; - -var - Core: TCore; - -implementation - -uses - {$IFDEF win32} - Windows, - {$ENDIF} - SysUtils; - -//------------- -// Create - Creates Class + Hook and Service Manager -//------------- -constructor TCore.Create(const cName: String; const cVersion: LongWord); -begin - inherited Create; - - Name := cName; - Version := cVersion; - iLastExecuted := 0; - iCurExecuted := 0; - - LastErrorReporter := ''; - LastErrorString := ''; - - Hooks := THookManager.Create(50); - Services := TServiceManager.Create; -end; - -//------------- -//Starts Loading and Init Process. Then Runs MainLoop. DeInits on Shutdown -//------------- -procedure TCore.Run; -var - Success: Boolean; - - procedure HandleError(const ErrorMsg: string); - begin - if (LastErrorString <> '') then - Self.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_ERROR, PChar(ErrorMsg + ': ' + LastErrorString)) - else - Self.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_ERROR, PChar(ErrorMsg)); - - //DeInit - DeInit; - end; - -begin - //Get Modules - try - Success := GetModules(); - except - Success := False; - end; - - if (not Success) then - begin - HandleError('Error Getting Modules'); - Exit; - end; - - //Loading - try - Success := Load(); - except - Success := False; - end; - - if (not Success) then - begin - HandleError('Error loading Modules'); - Exit; - end; - - //Init - try - Success := Init(); - except - Success := False; - end; - - if (not Success) then - begin - HandleError('Error initing Modules'); - Exit; - end; - - //Call Translate Hook - if (Hooks.CallEventChain(hTranslate, 0, nil) <> 0) then - begin - HandleError('Error translating'); - Exit; - end; - - //Calls LoadTextures Hook - if (Hooks.CallEventChain(hLoadTextures, 0, nil) <> 0) then - begin - HandleError('Error loading textures'); - Exit; - end; - - //Calls Loading Finished Hook - if (Hooks.CallEventChain(hLoadingFinished, 0, nil) <> 0) then - begin - HandleError('Error calling LoadingFinished Hook'); - Exit; - end; - - //Start MainLoop - while Success do - begin - Success := MainLoop(); - // to-do : Call Display Draw here - end; -end; - -//------------- -//Called one Time per Frame -//------------- -function TCore.MainLoop: Boolean; -begin - Result := False; -end; - -//------------- -//Function Get all Modules and Creates them -//------------- -function TCore.GetModules: Boolean; -var - i: Integer; -begin - Result := False; - for i := 0 to high(Modules) do - begin - try - Modules[i].NeedsDeInit := False; - Modules[i].Module := CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD[i].Create; - Modules[i].Module.Info(@Modules[i].Info); - except - ReportError(Integer(PChar('Can''t get module #' + InttoStr(i) + ' "' + Modules[i].Info.Name + '"')), PChar('Core')); - Exit; - end; - end; - Result := True; -end; - -//------------- -//Loads Core and all Modules -//------------- -function TCore.Load: Boolean; -var - i: Integer; -begin - Result := LoadCore; - - for i := 0 to High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD) do - begin - try - Result := Modules[i].Module.Load; - except - Result := False; - end; - - if (not Result) then - begin - ReportError(Integer(PChar('Error loading module #' + InttoStr(i) + ' "' + Modules[i].Info.Name + '"')), PChar('Core')); - break; - end; - end; -end; - -//------------- -//Inits Core and all Modules -//------------- -function TCore.Init: Boolean; -var - i: Integer; -begin - Result := InitCore; - - for i := 0 to High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD) do - begin - try - Result := Modules[i].Module.Init; - except - Result := False; - end; - - if (not Result) then - begin - ReportError(Integer(PChar('Error initing module #' + InttoStr(i) + ' "' + Modules[i].Info.Name + '"')), PChar('Core')); - break; - end; - - Modules[i].NeedsDeInit := Result; - end; -end; - -//------------- -//DeInits Core and all Modules -//------------- -function TCore.DeInit: boolean; -var - i: integer; -begin - - for i := High(CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD) downto 0 do - begin - try - if (Modules[i].NeedsDeInit) then - Modules[i].Module.DeInit; - except - end; - end; - - DeInitCore; - - Result := true; -end; - -//------------- -//Load the Core -//------------- -function TCore.LoadCore: Boolean; -begin - hLoadingFinished := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/LoadingFinished'); - hMainLoop := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/MainLoop'); - hTranslate := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/Translate'); - hLoadTextures := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/LoadTextures'); - hExitQuery := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/ExitQuery'); - hExit := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/Exit'); - hDebug := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/NewDebugInfo'); - hError := Hooks.AddEvent('Core/NewError'); - - sReportError := Services.AddService('Core/ReportError', nil, Self.ReportError); - sReportDebug := Services.AddService('Core/ReportDebug', nil, Self.ReportDebug); - sShowMessage := Services.AddService('Core/ShowMessage', nil, Self.ShowMessage); - sRetranslate := Services.AddService('Core/Retranslate', nil, Self.Retranslate); - sReloadTextures := Services.AddService('Core/ReloadTextures', nil, Self.ReloadTextures); - sGetModuleInfo := Services.AddService('Core/GetModuleInfo', nil, Self.GetModuleInfo); - sGetApplicationHandle := Services.AddService('Core/GetApplicationHandle', nil, Self.GetApplicationHandle); - - //A little Test - Hooks.AddSubscriber('Core/NewError', HookTest); - - result := true; -end; - -//------------- -//Init the Core -//------------- -function TCore.InitCore: Boolean; -begin - //Don not init something atm. - result := true; -end; - -//------------- -//DeInit the Core -//------------- -function TCore.DeInitCore: Boolean; -begin - // TODO: write TService-/HookManager.Free and call it here - Result := true; -end; - -//------------- -//Method for other classes to get pointer to a specific module -//------------- -function TCore.GetModuleByName(const Name: String): PCoreModule; -var i: Integer; -begin - Result := nil; - for i := 0 to High(Modules) do - begin - if (Modules[i].Info.Name = Name) then - begin - Result := @Modules[i].Module; - Break; - end; - end; -end; - -//------------- -// Shows a MessageDialog (lParam: PChar Text, wParam: Symbol) -//------------- -function TCore.ShowMessage(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} -var Params: Cardinal; -{$ENDIF} -begin - Result := -1; - - {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} - if (lParam <> nil) then - begin - Params := MB_OK; - case wParam of - CORE_SM_ERROR: Params := Params or MB_ICONERROR; - CORE_SM_WARNING: Params := Params or MB_ICONWARNING; - CORE_SM_INFO: Params := Params or MB_ICONINFORMATION; - end; - - //Show: - Result := Messagebox(0, lParam, PChar(Name), Params); - end; - {$ENDIF} - - // TODO: write ShowMessage for other OSes -end; - -//------------- -// Calls NewError HookChain (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername)) -//------------- -function TCore.ReportError(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -begin - //Update LastErrorReporter and LastErrorString - LastErrorReporter := String(PChar(lParam)); - LastErrorString := String(PChar(Pointer(wParam))); - - Hooks.CallEventChain(hError, wParam, lParam); - - // FIXME: return a correct result - Result := 0; -end; - -//------------- -// Calls NewDebugInfo HookChain (wParam: Pchar(Message), lParam: PChar(Reportername)) -//------------- -function TCore.ReportDebug(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -begin - Hooks.CallEventChain(hDebug, wParam, lParam); - - // FIXME: return a correct result - Result := 0; -end; - -//------------- -// Calls Translate hook -//------------- -function TCore.Retranslate(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -begin - Hooks.CallEventChain(hTranslate, 1, nil); - - // FIXME: return a correct result - Result := 0; -end; - -//------------- -// Calls LoadTextures hook -//------------- -function TCore.ReloadTextures(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -begin - Hooks.CallEventChain(hLoadTextures, 1, nil); - - // FIXME: return a correct result - Result := 0; -end; - -//------------- -// If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TModuleInfo to address at lparam -//------------- -function TCore.GetModuleInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -var - I: integer; -begin - if (Pointer(lParam) = nil) then - begin - Result := Length(Modules); - end - else - begin - try - for I := 0 to High(Modules) do - begin - AModuleInfo(Pointer(lParam))[I].Name := Modules[I].Info.Name; - AModuleInfo(Pointer(lParam))[I].Version := Modules[I].Info.Version; - AModuleInfo(Pointer(lParam))[I].Description := Modules[I].Info.Description; - end; - Result := Length(Modules); - except - Result := -1; - end; - end; -end; - -//------------- -// Returns Application Handle -//------------- -function TCore.GetApplicationHandle(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -begin - Result := hInstance; -end; - -//------------- -// Called when setting CurExecuted -//------------- -procedure TCore.SetCurExecuted(Value: Integer); -begin - //Set Last Executed - iLastExecuted := iCurExecuted; - - //Set Cur Executed - iCurExecuted := Value; -end; - -end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCoreModule.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCoreModule.pas deleted file mode 100644 index b87fec85..00000000 --- a/Lua/src/base/UCoreModule.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UCoreModule; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -{********************* - TCoreModule - Dummy class that has methods that will be called from core - In the best case every piece of this software is a module -*********************} -uses - UPluginDefs; - -type - PCoreModule = ^TCoreModule; - TCoreModule = class - public - Constructor Create; virtual; - - //Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core - Procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); virtual; - - //Is Called on Loading. - //In this Method only Events and Services should be created - //to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process - //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit - Function Load: Boolean; virtual; - - //Is Called on Init Process - //In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init - //your Classes, Variables etc. - //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit - Function Init: Boolean; virtual; - - //Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing - //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit - Function MainLoop: Boolean; virtual; - - //Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit. - //Deinit is in backwards Initing Order - //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit - Procedure DeInit; virtual; - - //Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created - //Should be used to Free Memory - Destructor Destroy; override; - end; - cCoreModule = class of TCoreModule; - -implementation - -//------------- -// Just the Constructor -//------------- -Constructor TCoreModule.Create; -begin - //Dummy maaaan ;) - inherited; -end; - -//------------- -// Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core -//------------- -Procedure TCoreModule.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); -begin - pInfo^.Name := 'Not Set'; - pInfo^.Version := 0; - pInfo^.Description := 'Not Set'; -end; - -//------------- -//Is Called on Loading. -//In this Method only Events and Services should be created -//to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process -//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit -//------------- -Function TCoreModule.Load: Boolean; -begin - //Dummy ftw!! - Result := True; -end; - -//------------- -//Is Called on Init Process -//In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init -//your Classes, Variables etc. -//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit -//------------- -Function TCoreModule.Init: Boolean; -begin - //Dummy ftw!! - Result := True; -end; - -//------------- -//Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing -//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit -//------------- -Function TCoreModule.MainLoop: Boolean; -begin - //Dummy ftw!! - Result := True; -end; - -//------------- -//Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit. -//Deinit is in backwards Initing Order -//------------- -Procedure TCoreModule.DeInit; -begin - //Dummy ftw!! -end; - -//------------- -//Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created -//Should be used to Free Memory -//------------- -Destructor TCoreModule.Destroy; -begin - //Dummy ftw!! - inherited; -end; - -end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UCovers.pas b/Lua/src/base/UCovers.pas index a1705674..6c7c9e48 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UCovers.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UCovers.pas @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ uses SysUtils, Classes, UImage, - UTexture; + UTexture, + UPath; type ECoverDBException = class(Exception) @@ -59,9 +60,9 @@ type TCover = class private ID: int64; - Filename: WideString; + Filename: IPath; public - constructor Create(ID: int64; Filename: WideString); + constructor Create(ID: int64; Filename: IPath); function GetPreviewTexture(): TTexture; function GetTexture(): TTexture; end; @@ -76,19 +77,19 @@ type private DB: TSQLiteDatabase; procedure InitCoverDatabase(); - function CreateThumbnail(const Filename: WideString; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface; + function CreateThumbnail(const Filename: IPath; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface; function LoadCover(CoverID: int64): TTexture; procedure DeleteCover(CoverID: int64); - function FindCoverIntern(const Filename: WideString): int64; + function FindCoverIntern(const Filename: IPath): int64; procedure Open(); function GetVersion(): integer; procedure SetVersion(Version: integer); public constructor Create(); destructor Destroy; override; - function AddCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover; - function FindCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover; - function CoverExists(const Filename: WideString): boolean; + function AddCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover; + function FindCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover; + function CoverExists(const Filename: IPath): boolean; function GetMaxCoverSize(): integer; procedure SetMaxCoverSize(Size: integer); end; @@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ uses DateUtils; const - COVERDB_FILENAME = 'cover.db'; + COVERDB_FILENAME: UTF8String = 'cover.db'; COVERDB_VERSION = 01; // 0.1 COVER_TBL = 'Cover'; COVER_THUMBNAIL_TBL = 'CoverThumbnail'; @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ end; { TCover } -constructor TCover.Create(ID: int64; Filename: WideString); +constructor TCover.Create(ID: int64; Filename: IPath); begin Self.ID := ID; Self.Filename := Filename; @@ -210,11 +211,11 @@ end; procedure TCoverDatabase.Open(); var Version: integer; - Filename: string; + Filename: IPath; begin - Filename := UTF8Encode(Platform.GetGameUserPath() + COVERDB_FILENAME); + Filename := Platform.GetGameUserPath().Append(COVERDB_FILENAME); - DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename); + DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename.ToUTF8()); Version := GetVersion(); // check version, if version is too old/new, delete database file @@ -223,10 +224,10 @@ begin Log.LogInfo('Outdated cover-database file found', 'TCoverDatabase.Open'); // close and delete outdated file DB.Free; - if (not DeleteFile(Filename)) then - raise ECoverDBException.Create('Could not delete ' + Filename); + if (not Filename.DeleteFile()) then + raise ECoverDBException.Create('Could not delete ' + Filename.ToNative); // reopen - DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename); + DB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename.ToUTF8()); Version := 0; end; @@ -266,14 +267,14 @@ begin ')'); end; -function TCoverDatabase.FindCoverIntern(const Filename: WideString): int64; +function TCoverDatabase.FindCoverIntern(const Filename: IPath): int64; begin Result := DB.GetTableValue('SELECT [ID] FROM ['+COVER_TBL+'] ' + 'WHERE [Filename] = ?', - [UTF8Encode(Filename)]); + [Filename.ToUTF8]); end; -function TCoverDatabase.FindCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover; +function TCoverDatabase.FindCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover; var CoverID: int64; begin @@ -287,7 +288,7 @@ begin end; end; -function TCoverDatabase.CoverExists(const Filename: WideString): boolean; +function TCoverDatabase.CoverExists(const Filename: IPath): boolean; begin Result := false; try @@ -297,7 +298,7 @@ begin end; end; -function TCoverDatabase.AddCover(const Filename: WideString): TCover; +function TCoverDatabase.AddCover(const Filename: IPath): TCover; var CoverID: int64; Thumbnail: PSDL_Surface; @@ -329,7 +330,7 @@ begin DB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ['+COVER_TBL+'] ' + '([Filename], [Date], [Width], [Height]) VALUES' + '(?, ?, ?, ?)', - [UTF8Encode(Filename), DateTimeToUnixTime(FileDate), + [Filename.ToUTF8, DateTimeToUnixTime(FileDate), Info.CoverWidth, Info.CoverHeight]); // get auto-generated cover ID @@ -358,7 +359,7 @@ var PixelFmt: TImagePixelFmt; Data: PChar; DataSize: integer; - Filename: WideString; + Filename: IPath; Table: TSQLiteUniTable; begin Table := nil; @@ -371,7 +372,7 @@ begin 'USING(ID) ' + 'WHERE [ID] = %d', [CoverID])); - Filename := UTF8Decode(Table.FieldAsString(0)); + Filename := Path(Table.FieldAsString(0)); PixelFmt := TImagePixelFmt(Table.FieldAsInteger(1)); Width := Table.FieldAsInteger(2); Height := Table.FieldAsInteger(3); @@ -384,6 +385,9 @@ begin end else begin + // FillChar() does not decrement the ref-count of ref-counted fields + // -> reset Name field manually + Result.Name := nil; FillChar(Result, SizeOf(TTexture), 0); end; except on E: Exception do @@ -403,7 +407,7 @@ end; * Returns a pointer to an array of bytes containing the texture data in the * requested size *) -function TCoverDatabase.CreateThumbnail(const Filename: WideString; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface; +function TCoverDatabase.CreateThumbnail(const Filename: IPath; var Info: TThumbnailInfo): PSDL_Surface; var //TargetAspect, SourceAspect: double; //TargetWidth, TargetHeight: integer; @@ -417,7 +421,7 @@ begin Thumbnail := LoadImage(Filename); if (not assigned(Thumbnail)) then begin - Log.LogError('Could not load cover: "'+ Filename +'"', 'TCoverDatabase.AddCover'); + Log.LogError('Could not load cover: "'+ Filename.ToNative +'"', 'TCoverDatabase.AddCover'); Exit; end; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UDLLManager.pas b/Lua/src/base/UDLLManager.pas index cd4b7991..d5bb1480 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UDLLManager.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UDLLManager.pas @@ -35,42 +35,49 @@ interface uses ModiSDK, - UFiles; + UFiles, + UPath, + UFilesystem; type TDLLMan = class private - hLib: THandle; + hLib: THandle; P_Init: fModi_Init; P_Draw: fModi_Draw; P_Finish: fModi_Finish; P_RData: pModi_RData; public Plugins: array of TPluginInfo; - PluginPaths: array of String; + PluginPaths: array of IPath; Selected: ^TPluginInfo; constructor Create; procedure GetPluginList; - procedure ClearPluginInfo(No: Cardinal); - function LoadPluginInfo(Filename: String; No: Cardinal): boolean; + procedure ClearPluginInfo(No: cardinal); + function LoadPluginInfo(const Filename: IPath; No: cardinal): boolean; - function LoadPlugin(No: Cardinal): boolean; + function LoadPlugin(No: cardinal): boolean; procedure UnLoadPlugin; - function PluginInit (const TeamInfo: TTeamInfo; var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const Sentences: TSentences; const LoadTex: fModi_LoadTex; const Print: fModi_Print; LoadSound: fModi_LoadSound; PlaySound: pModi_PlaySound): boolean; - function PluginDraw (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: Cardinal): boolean; + function PluginInit (const TeamInfo: TTeamInfo; + var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; + const Sentences: TSentences; + const LoadTex: fModi_LoadTex; + const Print: fModi_Print; + LoadSound: fModi_LoadSound; + PlaySound: pModi_PlaySound) + : boolean; + function PluginDraw (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: cardinal): boolean; function PluginFinish (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo): byte; - procedure PluginRData (handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; len: DWORD; user: DWORD); + procedure PluginRData (handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; len: dword; user: dword); end; var DLLMan: TDLLMan; const - DLLPath = 'Plugins'; - {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)} DLLExt = '.dll'; {$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)} @@ -87,6 +94,7 @@ uses {$ELSE} dynlibs, {$ENDIF} + UPathUtils, ULog, SysUtils; @@ -101,33 +109,32 @@ end; procedure TDLLMan.GetPluginList; var - SR: TSearchRec; + Iter: IFileIterator; + FileInfo: TFileInfo; begin - - if FindFirst(DLLPath +PathDelim+ '*' + DLLExt, faAnyFile , SR) = 0 then + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(PluginPath.Append('*' + DLLExt), 0); + while (Iter.HasNext) do begin - repeat - SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)+1); - SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins)); + SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)+1); + SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins)); - if LoadPluginInfo(SR.Name, High(Plugins)) then //Loaded succesful - begin - PluginPaths[High(PluginPaths)] := SR.Name; - end - else //Error Loading - begin - SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)-1); - SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins)); - end; - - until FindNext(SR) <> 0; - FindClose(SR); + FileInfo := Iter.Next; + + if LoadPluginInfo(FileInfo.Name, High(Plugins)) then // loaded succesful + begin + PluginPaths[High(PluginPaths)] := FileInfo.Name; + end + else // error loading + begin + SetLength(Plugins, Length(Plugins)-1); + SetLength(PluginPaths, Length(Plugins)); + end; end; end; -procedure TDLLMan.ClearPluginInfo(No: Cardinal); +procedure TDLLMan.ClearPluginInfo(No: cardinal); begin - //Set to Party Modi Plugin +// set to party modi plugin Plugins[No].Typ := 8; Plugins[No].Name := 'unknown'; @@ -136,109 +143,117 @@ begin Plugins[No].Creator := 'Nobody'; Plugins[No].PluginDesc := 'NO_PLUGIN_DESC'; - Plugins[No].LoadSong := True; - Plugins[No].ShowScore := True; - Plugins[No].ShowBars := False; - Plugins[No].ShowNotes := True; - Plugins[No].LoadVideo := True; - Plugins[No].LoadBack := True; + Plugins[No].LoadSong := true; + Plugins[No].ShowScore := true; + Plugins[No].ShowBars := true; + Plugins[No].ShowNotes := true; + Plugins[No].LoadVideo := true; + Plugins[No].LoadBack := true; - Plugins[No].TeamModeOnly := False; - Plugins[No].GetSoundData := False; - Plugins[No].Dummy := False; + Plugins[No].TeamModeOnly := true; + Plugins[No].GetSoundData := true; + Plugins[No].Dummy := true; - Plugins[No].BGShowFull := False; - Plugins[No].BGShowFull_O := True; + Plugins[No].BGShowFull := true; + Plugins[No].BGShowFull_O := true; - Plugins[No].ShowRateBar:= False; - Plugins[No].ShowRateBar_O := True; + Plugins[No].ShowRateBar := true; + Plugins[No].ShowRateBar_O := true; - Plugins[No].EnLineBonus := False; - Plugins[No].EnLineBonus_O := True; + Plugins[No].EnLineBonus := true; + Plugins[No].EnLineBonus_O := true; end; -function TDLLMan.LoadPluginInfo(Filename: String; No: Cardinal): boolean; +function TDLLMan.LoadPluginInfo(const Filename: IPath; No: cardinal): boolean; var hLibg: THandle; Info: pModi_PluginInfo; - //I: Integer; +// I: integer; begin - Result := False; - //Clear Plugin Info + Result := true; +// clear plugin info ClearPluginInfo(No); - {//Workaround Plugins Loaded 2 Times - For I := low(PluginPaths) to high(PluginPaths) do - if (PluginPaths[I] = Filename) then - exit; } +{ +// workaround plugins loaded 2 times + for i := low(pluginpaths) to high(pluginpaths) do + if (pluginpaths[i] = filename) then + exit; +} - //Load Libary - hLibg := LoadLibrary(PChar(DLLPath +PathDelim+ Filename)); - //If Loaded +// load libary + hLibg := LoadLibrary(PChar(PluginPath.Append(Filename).ToNative)); +// if loaded if (hLibg <> 0) then begin - //Load Info Procedure - @Info := GetProcAddress (hLibg, PChar('PluginInfo')); +// load info procedure + @Info := GetProcAddress(hLibg, PChar('PluginInfo')); - //If Loaded +// if loaded if (@Info <> nil) then begin - //Load PluginInfo - Info (Plugins[No]); - Result := True; +// load plugininfo + Info(Plugins[No]); + Result := true; end else - Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + Filename + '": Info Procedure not Found'); + Log.LogError('Could not load plugin "' + Filename.ToNative + '": Info procedure not found'); FreeLibrary (hLibg); end - else - Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + Filename + '": Libary not Loaded'); + else + Log.LogError('Could not load plugin "' + Filename.ToNative + '": Libary not loaded'); end; -function TDLLMan.LoadPlugin(No: Cardinal): boolean; +function TDLLMan.LoadPlugin(No: cardinal): boolean; begin - Result := False; - //Load Libary - hLib := LoadLibrary(PChar(DLLPath +PathDelim+ PluginPaths[No])); - //If Loaded + Result := true; +// load libary + hLib := LoadLibrary(PChar(PluginPath.Append(PluginPaths[No]).ToNative)); +// if loaded if (hLib <> 0) then begin - //Load Info Procedure - @P_Init := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('Init')); - @P_Draw := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('Draw')); - @P_Finish := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('Finish')); +// load info procedure + @P_Init := GetProcAddress (hLib, 'Init'); + @P_Draw := GetProcAddress (hLib, 'Draw'); + @P_Finish := GetProcAddress (hLib, 'Finish'); - //If Loaded - if (@P_Init <> nil) And (@P_Draw <> nil) And (@P_Finish <> nil) then +// if loaded + if (@P_Init <> nil) and (@P_Draw <> nil) and (@P_Finish <> nil) then begin Selected := @Plugins[No]; - Result := True; + Result := true; end else begin - Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + PluginPaths[No] + '": Procedures not Found'); - + Log.LogError('Could not load plugin "' + PluginPaths[No].ToNative + '": Procedures not found'); end; end - else - Log.LogError('Could not Load Plugin "' + PluginPaths[No] + '": Libary not Loaded'); + else + Log.LogError('Could not load plugin "' + PluginPaths[No].ToNative + '": Libary not loaded'); end; procedure TDLLMan.UnLoadPlugin; begin -if (hLib <> 0) then - FreeLibrary (hLib); - -//Selected := nil; -@P_Init := nil; -@P_Draw := nil; -@P_Finish := nil; -@P_RData := nil; + if (hLib <> 0) then + FreeLibrary (hLib); + +// Selected := nil; + @P_Init := nil; + @P_Draw := nil; + @P_Finish := nil; + @P_RData := nil; end; -function TDLLMan.PluginInit (const TeamInfo: TTeamInfo; var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const Sentences: TSentences; const LoadTex: fModi_LoadTex; const Print: fModi_Print; LoadSound: fModi_LoadSound; PlaySound: pModi_PlaySound): boolean; +function TDLLMan.PluginInit (const TeamInfo: TTeamInfo; + var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; + const Sentences: TSentences; + const LoadTex: fModi_LoadTex; + const Print: fModi_Print; + LoadSound: fModi_LoadSound; + PlaySound: pModi_PlaySound) + : boolean; var Methods: TMethodRec; begin @@ -250,26 +265,26 @@ begin if (@P_Init <> nil) then Result := P_Init (TeamInfo, PlayerInfo, Sentences, Methods) else - Result := False + Result := true end; -function TDLLMan.PluginDraw (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: Cardinal): boolean; +function TDLLMan.PluginDraw (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo; const CurSentence: cardinal): boolean; begin -if (@P_Draw <> nil) then - Result := P_Draw (PlayerInfo, CurSentence) -else - Result := False + if (@P_Draw <> nil) then + Result := P_Draw (PlayerInfo, CurSentence) + else + Result := true end; function TDLLMan.PluginFinish (var Playerinfo: TPlayerinfo): byte; begin -if (@P_Finish <> nil) then - Result := P_Finish (PlayerInfo) -else - Result := 0; + if (@P_Finish <> nil) then + Result := P_Finish (PlayerInfo) + else + Result := 0; end; -procedure TDLLMan.PluginRData (handle: HSTREAM; buffer: Pointer; len: DWORD; user: DWORD); +procedure TDLLMan.PluginRData (handle: HStream; buffer: Pointer; len: dword; user: dword); begin if (@P_RData <> nil) then P_RData (handle, buffer, len, user); diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UDataBase.pas b/Lua/src/base/UDataBase.pas index 0f9d88a7..85b4b8e8 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UDataBase.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UDataBase.pas @@ -34,20 +34,21 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - USongs, - USong, Classes, - SQLiteTable3; + SQLiteTable3, + UPath, + USong, + USongs; //-------------------- -//DataBaseSystem - Class including all DB Methods +//DataBaseSystem - Class including all DB methods //-------------------- type TStatType = ( - stBestScores, // Best Scores - stBestSingers, // Best Singers - stMostSungSong, // Most sung Songs - stMostPopBand // Most popular Band + stBestScores, // Best scores + stBestSingers, // Best singers + stMostSungSong, // Most sung songs + stMostPopBand // Most popular band ); // abstract super-class for statistic results @@ -58,54 +59,56 @@ type TStatResultBestScores = class(TStatResult) public - Singer: WideString; - Score: Word; - Difficulty: Byte; - SongArtist: WideString; - SongTitle: WideString; + Singer: UTF8String; + Score: word; + Difficulty: byte; + SongArtist: UTF8String; + SongTitle: UTF8String; + Date: UTF8String; end; TStatResultBestSingers = class(TStatResult) public - Player: WideString; - AverageScore: Word; + Player: UTF8String; + AverageScore: word; end; TStatResultMostSungSong = class(TStatResult) public - Artist: WideString; - Title: WideString; - TimesSung: Word; + Artist: UTF8String; + Title: UTF8String; + TimesSung: word; end; TStatResultMostPopBand = class(TStatResult) public - ArtistName: WideString; - TimesSungTot: Word; + ArtistName: UTF8String; + TimesSungTot: word; end; - + TDataBaseSystem = class private - ScoreDB: TSQLiteDatabase; - fFilename: string; + ScoreDB: TSQLiteDatabase; + fFilename: IPath; function GetVersion(): integer; procedure SetVersion(Version: integer); public - property Filename: string read fFilename; + property Filename: IPath read fFilename; destructor Destroy; override; - procedure Init(const Filename: string); + procedure Init(const Filename: IPath); procedure ReadScore(Song: TSong); - procedure AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: WideString; Score: integer); + procedure AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: UTF8String; Score: integer); procedure WriteScore(Song: TSong); - function GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: Byte; Page: Cardinal; Reversed: Boolean): TList; + function GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: byte; Page: cardinal; Reversed: boolean): TList; procedure FreeStats(StatList: TList); - function GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): Cardinal; + function GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): cardinal; function GetStatReset: TDateTime; + function FormatDate(time_stamp: integer): UTF8String; end; var @@ -114,53 +117,72 @@ var implementation uses - ULog, DateUtils, + ULanguage, StrUtils, - SysUtils; - + SysUtils, + ULog; + +{ + cDBVersion - history + 0 = USDX 1.01 or no Database + 01 = USDX 1.1 +} const cDBVersion = 01; // 0.1 cUS_Scores = 'us_scores'; cUS_Songs = 'us_songs'; - cUS_Statistics_Info = 'us_statistics_info'; + cUS_Statistics_Info = 'us_statistics_info'; (** - * Opens Database and Create Tables if not Exist + * Open database and create tables if they do not exist *) -procedure TDataBaseSystem.Init(const Filename: string); +procedure TDataBaseSystem.Init(const Filename: IPath); var - Version: integer; + Version: integer; + finalizeConversion: boolean; begin if Assigned(ScoreDB) then Exit; - Log.LogStatus('Initializing database: "'+Filename+'"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init'); + Log.LogStatus('Initializing database: "' + Filename.ToNative + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init'); try - - // Open Database - ScoreDB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename); + + // open database + ScoreDB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename.ToUTF8); fFilename := Filename; - // Close and delete outdated file Version := GetVersion(); - if ((Version <> 0) and (Version <> cDBVersion)) then + + // add Table cUS_Statistics_Info + // needed in the conversion from 1.01 to 1.1 + if not ScoreDB.TableExists(cUS_Statistics_Info) then begin - Log.LogInfo('Outdated cover-database file found', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init'); - // Close and delete outdated file - ScoreDB.Free; - if (not DeleteFile(Filename)) then - raise Exception.Create('Could not delete ' + Filename); - // Reopen - ScoreDB := TSQLiteDatabase.Create(Filename); - Version := 0; + Log.LogInfo('Outdated song database found - missing table"' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init'); + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS [' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '] (' + + '[ResetTime] INTEGER' + + ');'); + // insert creation timestamp + ScoreDB.ExecSQL(Format('INSERT INTO [' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '] ' + + '([ResetTime]) VALUES(%d);', + [DateTimeToUnix(Now())])); end; - + + // convert data from 1.01 to 1.1 + // part #1 - prearrangement + finalizeConversion := false; + if (Version = 0) AND ScoreDB.TableExists('US_Scores') then + begin + // rename old tables - to be able to insert new table structures + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE US_Scores RENAME TO us_scores_101;'); + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE US_Songs RENAME TO us_songs_101;'); + finalizeConversion := true; // means: conversion has to be done! + end; + // Set version number after creation if (Version = 0) then SetVersion(cDBVersion); - // SQLite does not handle VARCHAR(n) or INT(n) as expected. // Texts do not have a restricted length, no matter which type is used, @@ -169,30 +191,49 @@ begin // types are used (especially FieldAsInteger). Also take care to write the // types in upper-case letters although SQLite does not care about this - // SQLiteTable3 is very sensitive in this regard. - - ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+cUS_Scores+'] (' + + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS [' + cUS_Scores + '] (' + '[SongID] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' + '[Difficulty] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' + '[Player] TEXT NOT NULL, ' + - '[Score] INTEGER NOT NULL' + + '[Score] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' + + '[Date] INTEGER NULL' + ');'); - ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+cUS_Songs+'] (' + + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS [' + cUS_Songs + '] (' + '[ID] INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, ' + '[Artist] TEXT NOT NULL, ' + '[Title] TEXT NOT NULL, ' + - '[TimesPlayed] INTEGER NOT NULL' + + '[TimesPlayed] INTEGER NOT NULL, ' + + '[Rating] INTEGER NULL' + ');'); - if not ScoreDB.TableExists(cUS_Statistics_Info) then + // convert data from 1.01 to 1.1 + // part #2 - accomplishment + if finalizeConversion then begin - ScoreDB.ExecSQL('CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS ['+cUS_Statistics_Info+'] (' + - '[ResetTime] INTEGER' + - ');'); - // insert creation timestamp - ScoreDB.ExecSQL(Format('INSERT INTO ['+cUS_Statistics_Info+'] ' + - '([ResetTime]) VALUES(%d);', - [DateTimeToUnix(Now())])); + Log.LogInfo('Outdated song database found - begin conversion from V1.01 to V1.1', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init'); + // insert old values into new db-schemes (/tables) + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ' + cUS_Scores + ' SELECT SongID, Difficulty, Player, Score FROM us_scores_101;'); + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('INSERT INTO ' + cUS_Songs + ' SELECT ID, Artist, Title, TimesPlayed, ''NULL'' FROM us_songs_101;'); + //now drop old tables + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('DROP TABLE us_scores_101;'); + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('DROP TABLE us_songs_101;'); + end; + + // add column rating to cUS_Songs + // just for users of nightly builds and developers! + if not ScoreDB.ContainsColumn(cUS_Songs, 'Rating') then + begin + Log.LogInfo('Outdated song database found - adding column rating to "' + cUS_Songs + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init'); + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE ' + cUS_Songs + ' ADD COLUMN [Rating] INTEGER NULL'); + end; + + + //add column date to cUS-Scores + if not ScoreDB.ContainsColumn(cUS_Scores, 'Date') then + begin + Log.LogInfo('adding column date to "' + cUS_Scores + '"', 'TDataBaseSystem.Init'); + ScoreDB.ExecSQL('ALTER TABLE ' + cUS_Scores + ' ADD COLUMN [Date] INTEGER NULL'); end; except @@ -216,33 +257,55 @@ begin end; (** + * Format a UNIX-Timestamp into DATE (If 0 then '') + *) +function TDataBaseSystem.FormatDate(time_stamp: integer): UTF8String; +var + Year, Month, Day: word; +begin + Result:=''; + try + if time_stamp<>0 then + begin + DecodeDate(UnixToDateTime(time_stamp), Year, Month, Day); + Result := Format(Language.Translate('STAT_FORMAT_DATE'), [Day, Month, Year]); + end; + except + on E: EConvertError do + Log.LogError('Error Parsing FormatString "STAT_FORMAT_DATE": ' + E.Message); + end; +end; + + +(** * Read Scores into SongArray *) procedure TDataBaseSystem.ReadScore(Song: TSong); var - TableData: TSQLiteUniTable; - Difficulty: Integer; + TableData: TSQLiteUniTable; + Difficulty: integer; + I: integer; + PlayerListed: boolean; begin if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then Exit; TableData := nil; - try // Search Song in DB TableData := ScoreDB.GetUniTable( - 'SELECT [Difficulty], [Player], [Score] FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' + + 'SELECT [Difficulty], [Player], [Score], [Date] FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' + 'WHERE [SongID] = (' + - 'SELECT [ID] FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' + + 'SELECT [ID] FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' + 'WHERE [Artist] = ? AND [Title] = ? ' + 'LIMIT 1) ' + - 'ORDER BY [Score] DESC LIMIT 15', - [UTF8Encode(Song.Artist), UTF8Encode(Song.Title)]); + 'ORDER BY [Score] DESC;', //no LIMIT! see filter below! + [Song.Artist, Song.Title]); // Empty Old Scores - SetLength(Song.Score[0], 0); - SetLength(Song.Score[1], 0); - SetLength(Song.Score[2], 0); + SetLength(Song.Score[0], 0); //easy + SetLength(Song.Score[1], 0); //medium + SetLength(Song.Score[2], 0); //hard // Go through all Entrys while (not TableData.EOF) do @@ -252,12 +315,31 @@ begin if ((Difficulty >= 0) and (Difficulty <= 2)) and (Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) < 5) then begin - SetLength(Song.Score[Difficulty], Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) + 1); + //filter player + PlayerListed:=false; + if (Length(Song.Score[Difficulty])>0) then + begin + for I := 0 to Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) - 1 do + begin + if (Song.Score[Difficulty, I].Name = TableData.FieldByName['Player']) then + begin + PlayerListed:=true; + break; + end; + end; + end; - Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Name := - UTF8Decode(TableData.FieldByName['Player']); - Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Score := + if not PlayerListed then + begin + SetLength(Song.Score[Difficulty], Length(Song.Score[Difficulty]) + 1); + + Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Name := + TableData.FieldByName['Player']; + Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Score := TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['Score']); + Song.Score[Difficulty, High(Song.Score[Difficulty])].Date := + FormatDate(TableData.FieldAsInteger(TableData.FieldIndex['Date'])); + end; end; TableData.Next; @@ -277,70 +359,43 @@ end; (** * Adds one new score to DB *) -procedure TDataBaseSystem.AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: WideString; Score: integer); +procedure TDataBaseSystem.AddScore(Song: TSong; Level: integer; const Name: UTF8String; Score: integer); var - ID: Integer; + ID: integer; TableData: TSQLiteTable; begin if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then Exit; - // Prevent 0 Scores from being added - if (Score <= 0) then - Exit; + // Prevent 0 Scores from being added EDIT: ==> UScreenTop5.pas! + //if (Score <= 0) then + // Exit; TableData := nil; try ID := ScoreDB.GetTableValue( - 'SELECT [ID] FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' + + 'SELECT [ID] FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' + 'WHERE [Artist] = ? AND [Title] = ?', - [UTF8Encode(Song.Artist), UTF8Encode(Song.Title)]); + [Song.Artist, Song.Title]); if (ID = 0) then begin // Create song if it does not exist ScoreDB.ExecSQL( - 'INSERT INTO ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' + + 'INSERT INTO [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' + '([ID], [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed]) VALUES ' + '(NULL, ?, ?, 0);', - [UTF8Encode(Song.Artist), UTF8Encode(Song.Title)]); + [Song.Artist, Song.Title]); // Get song-ID ID := ScoreDB.GetLastInsertRowID(); end; // Create new entry ScoreDB.ExecSQL( - 'INSERT INTO ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' + - '([SongID] ,[Difficulty], [Player], [Score]) VALUES ' + - '(?, ?, ?, ?);', - [ID, Level, UTF8Encode(Name), Score]); - - // Delete last position when there are more than 5 entrys. - // Fixes crash when there are > 5 ScoreEntrys - // Note: GetUniTable is not applicable here, as the results are used while - // table entries are deleted. - TableData := ScoreDB.GetTable( - 'SELECT [Player], [Score] FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' + - 'WHERE [SongID] = ' + InttoStr(ID) + ' AND ' + - '[Difficulty] = ' + InttoStr(Level) +' ' + - 'ORDER BY [Score] DESC LIMIT -1 OFFSET 5'); - - while (not TableData.EOF) do - begin - // Note: Score is an int-value, so in contrast to Player, we do not bind - // this value. Otherwise we had to convert the string to an int to avoid - // an automatic cast of this field to the TEXT type (although it might even - // work that way). - ScoreDB.ExecSQL( - 'DELETE FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' + - 'WHERE [SongID] = ' + InttoStr(ID) + ' AND ' + - '[Difficulty] = ' + InttoStr(Level) +' AND ' + - '[Player] = ? AND ' + - '[Score] = ' + TableData.FieldByName['Score'], - [TableData.FieldByName['Player']]); - - TableData.Next; - end; + 'INSERT INTO [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' + + '([SongID] ,[Difficulty], [Player], [Score], [Date]) VALUES ' + + '(?, ?, ?, ?, ?);', + [ID, Level, Name, Score, DateTimeToUnix(Now())]); except on E: Exception do Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.AddScore'); @@ -350,21 +405,21 @@ begin end; (** - * Not needed with new System. - * Used for increment played count + * Not needed with new system. + * Used to increment played count *) procedure TDataBaseSystem.WriteScore(Song: TSong); begin if not Assigned(ScoreDB) then Exit; - + try // Increase TimesPlayed ScoreDB.ExecSQL( - 'UPDATE ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' + + 'UPDATE [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' + 'SET [TimesPlayed] = [TimesPlayed] + 1 ' + 'WHERE [Title] = ? AND [Artist] = ?;', - [UTF8Encode(Song.Title), UTF8Encode(Song.Artist)]); + [Song.Title, Song.Artist]); except on E: Exception do Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.WriteScore'); end; @@ -376,11 +431,11 @@ end; * entries. * Free the result-list with FreeStats() after usage to avoid memory leaks. *) -function TDataBaseSystem.GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: Byte; Page: Cardinal; Reversed: Boolean): TList; +function TDataBaseSystem.GetStats(Typ: TStatType; Count: byte; Page: cardinal; Reversed: boolean): TList; var - Query: String; + Query: string; TableData: TSQLiteUniTable; - Stat: TStatResult; + Stat: TStatResult; begin Result := nil; @@ -392,19 +447,19 @@ begin // Create query case Typ of stBestScores: begin - Query := 'SELECT [Player], [Difficulty], [Score], [Artist], [Title] FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' + - 'INNER JOIN ['+cUS_Songs+'] ON ([SongID] = [ID]) ORDER BY [Score]'; + Query := 'SELECT [Player], [Difficulty], [Score], [Artist], [Title], [Date] FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' + + 'INNER JOIN [' + cUS_Songs + '] ON ([SongID] = [ID]) ORDER BY [Score]'; end; stBestSingers: begin - Query := 'SELECT [Player], ROUND(AVG([Score])) FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'] ' + + Query := 'SELECT [Player], ROUND(AVG([Score])) FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '] ' + 'GROUP BY [Player] ORDER BY AVG([Score])'; end; stMostSungSong: begin - Query := 'SELECT [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed] FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' + + Query := 'SELECT [Artist], [Title], [TimesPlayed] FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' + 'ORDER BY [TimesPlayed]'; end; stMostPopBand: begin - Query := 'SELECT [Artist], SUM([TimesPlayed]) FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'] ' + + Query := 'SELECT [Artist], SUM([TimesPlayed]) FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '] ' + 'GROUP BY [Artist] ORDER BY SUM([TimesPlayed])'; end; end; @@ -437,18 +492,19 @@ begin Stat := TStatResultBestScores.Create; with TStatResultBestScores(Stat) do begin - Singer := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]); + Singer := TableData.Fields[0]; Difficulty := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1); Score := TableData.FieldAsInteger(2); - SongArtist := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[3]); - SongTitle := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[4]); + SongArtist := TableData.Fields[3]; + SongTitle := TableData.Fields[4]; + Date := FormatDate(TableData.FieldAsInteger(5)); end; end; stBestSingers: begin Stat := TStatResultBestSingers.Create; with TStatResultBestSingers(Stat) do begin - Player := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]); + Player := TableData.Fields[0]; AverageScore := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1); end; end; @@ -456,8 +512,8 @@ begin Stat := TStatResultMostSungSong.Create; with TStatResultMostSungSong(Stat) do begin - Artist := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]); - Title := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[1]); + Artist := TableData.Fields[0]; + Title := TableData.Fields[1]; TimesSung := TableData.FieldAsInteger(2); end; end; @@ -465,7 +521,7 @@ begin Stat := TStatResultMostPopBand.Create; with TStatResultMostPopBand(Stat) do begin - ArtistName := UTF8Decode(TableData.Fields[0]); + ArtistName := TableData.Fields[0]; TimesSungTot := TableData.FieldAsInteger(1); end; end @@ -484,21 +540,21 @@ end; procedure TDataBaseSystem.FreeStats(StatList: TList); var - I: integer; + Index: integer; begin if (StatList = nil) then Exit; - for I := 0 to StatList.Count-1 do - TStatResult(StatList[I]).Free; + for Index := 0 to StatList.Count-1 do + TStatResult(StatList[Index]).Free; StatList.Free; end; (** * Gets total number of entrys for a stats query *) -function TDataBaseSystem.GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): Cardinal; +function TDataBaseSystem.GetTotalEntrys(Typ: TStatType): cardinal; var - Query: String; + Query: string; begin Result := 0; @@ -509,13 +565,13 @@ begin // Create query case Typ of stBestScores: - Query := 'SELECT COUNT([SongID]) FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'];'; + Query := 'SELECT COUNT([SongID]) FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '];'; stBestSingers: - Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Player]) FROM ['+cUS_Scores+'];'; + Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Player]) FROM [' + cUS_Scores + '];'; stMostSungSong: - Query := 'SELECT COUNT([ID]) FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'];'; + Query := 'SELECT COUNT([ID]) FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '];'; stMostPopBand: - Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Artist]) FROM ['+cUS_Songs+'];'; + Query := 'SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT [Artist]) FROM [' + cUS_Songs + '];'; end; Result := ScoreDB.GetTableValue(Query); @@ -538,7 +594,7 @@ begin Exit; try - Query := 'SELECT [ResetTime] FROM ['+cUS_Statistics_Info+'];'; + Query := 'SELECT [ResetTime] FROM [' + cUS_Statistics_Info + '];'; Result := UnixToDateTime(ScoreDB.GetTableValue(Query)); except on E: Exception do Log.LogError(E.Message, 'TDataBaseSystem.GetStatReset'); diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UDraw.pas b/Lua/src/base/UDraw.pas index f1bdcad0..47863f62 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UDraw.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UDraw.pas @@ -55,7 +55,6 @@ procedure SingDrawTimeBar(); //Draw Editor NoteLines procedure EditDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer); - type TRecR = record Top: real; @@ -67,7 +66,6 @@ type WMid: real; Height: real; HMid: real; - Mid: real; end; @@ -75,48 +73,45 @@ var NotesW: real; NotesH: real; Starfr: integer; - StarfrG: integer; + StarfrG: integer; //SingBar - TickOld: cardinal; - TickOld2:cardinal; + TickOld: cardinal; + TickOld2: cardinal; implementation uses + SysUtils, + Math, gl, + TextGL, + UDLLManager, + UDrawTexture, UGraphic, - SysUtils, + UIni, + ULog, + ULyrics, + UNote, UMusic, URecord, - ULog, UScreenSing, UScreenSingModi, - ULyrics, - UMain, - TextGL, - UTexture, - UDrawTexture, - UIni, - Math, - UDLLManager; + UTexture; procedure SingDrawBackground; var - Rec: TRecR; - TexRec: TRecR; + Rec: TRecR; + TexRec: TRecR; begin - if (ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum > 0) then begin - - glClearColor (1, 1, 1, 1); - glColor4f (1, 1, 1, 1); - + if (ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexNum > 0) then + begin if (Ini.MovieSize <= 1) then //HalfSize BG begin (* half screen + gradient *) Rec.Top := 110; // 80 Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 20; - Rec.Left := 0; + Rec.Left := 0; Rec.Right := 800; TexRec.Top := (Rec.Top / 600) * ScreenSing.Tex_Background.TexH; @@ -182,16 +177,17 @@ end; procedure SingDrawOscilloscope(X, Y, W, H: real; NrSound: integer); var SampleIndex: integer; - Sound: TCaptureBuffer; - MaxX, MaxY: real; + Sound: TCaptureBuffer; + MaxX, MaxY: real; begin; Sound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[NrSound]; // Log.LogStatus('Oscilloscope', 'SingDraw'); glColor3f(Skin_OscR, Skin_OscG, Skin_OscB); - {if (ParamStr(1) = '-black') or (ParamStr(1) = '-fsblack') then - glColor3f(1, 1, 1); } - +{ + if (ParamStr(1) = '-black') or (ParamStr(1) = '-fsblack') then + glColor3f(1, 1, 1); +} MaxX := W-1; MaxY := (H-1) / 2; @@ -208,16 +204,15 @@ begin; Sound.UnlockAnalysisBuffer(); end; - - procedure SingDrawNoteLines(Left, Top, Right: real; Space: integer); var - Count: integer; + Count: integer; begin glEnable(GL_BLEND); glColor4f(Skin_P1_LinesR, Skin_P1_LinesG, Skin_P1_LinesB, 0.4); glBegin(GL_LINES); - for Count := 0 to 9 do begin + for Count := 0 to 9 do + begin glVertex2f(Left, Top + Count * Space); glVertex2f(Right, Top + Count * Space); end; @@ -227,13 +222,14 @@ end; procedure SingDrawBeatDelimeters(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer); var - Count: integer; - TempR: real; + Count: integer; + TempR: real; begin TempR := (Right-Left) / (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start); glEnable(GL_BLEND); glBegin(GL_LINES); - for Count := Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start to Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ do begin + for Count := Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start to Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ do + begin if (Count mod Lines[NrLines].Resolution) = Lines[NrLines].NotesGAP then glColor4f(0, 0, 0, 1) else @@ -248,18 +244,17 @@ end; // draw blank Notebars procedure SingDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer); var - Rec: TRecR; - Count: integer; - TempR: real; + Rec: TRecR; + Count: integer; + TempR: real; + + PlayerNumber: integer; - PlayerNumber: Integer; + GoldenStarPos: real; - GoldenStarPos : real; - - lTmpA , - lTmpB : real; + lTmpA, lTmpB : real; begin -// We actually don't have a playernumber in this procedure, it should reside in NrLines - but it's always set to zero +// We actually don't have a playernumber in this procedure, it should reside in NrLines - but it is always set to zero // So we exploit this behavior a bit - we give NrLines the playernumber, keep it in playernumber - and then we set NrLines to zero // This could also come quite in handy when we do the duet mode, cause just the notes for the player that has to sing should be drawn then // BUT this is not implemented yet, all notes are drawn! :D @@ -279,22 +274,19 @@ begin lTmpA := (Right-Left); lTmpB := (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start); - if ( lTmpA > 0 ) AND - ( lTmpB > 0 ) THEN - begin - TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB; - end - else - begin - TempR := 0; - end; - - - with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do begin - for Count := 0 to HighNote do begin - with Note[Count] do begin - if NoteType <> ntFreestyle then begin + if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and ( lTmpB > 0 ) then + TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB + else + TempR := 0; + with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do + begin + for Count := 0 to HighNote do + begin + with Note[Count] do + begin + if NoteType <> ntFreestyle then + begin if Ini.EffectSing = 0 then // If Golden note Effect of then Change not Color @@ -307,18 +299,18 @@ begin else glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 1); // We set alpha to 1, cause we can control the transparency through the png itself - // left part - Rec.Left := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; - Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW; - Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH; - Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Left[PlayerNumber].TexNum); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); - glEnd; + // left part + Rec.Left := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; + Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW; + Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH; + Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH; + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Left[PlayerNumber].TexNum); + glBegin(GL_QUADS); + glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); + glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); + glEnd; //We keep the postion of the top left corner b4 it's overwritten GoldenStarPos := Rec.Left; @@ -338,9 +330,9 @@ begin glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); glEnd; - // right part - Rec.Left := Rec.Right; - Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW; + // right part + Rec.Left := Rec.Right; + Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW; glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_plain_Right[PlayerNumber].TexNum); glBegin(GL_QUADS); @@ -350,11 +342,11 @@ begin glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); glEnd; - // Golden Star Patch - if (NoteType = ntGolden) AND (Ini.EffectSing=1) then - begin - GoldenRec.SaveGoldenStarsRec(GoldenStarPos, Rec.Top, Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); - end; + // Golden Star Patch + if (NoteType = ntGolden) and (Ini.EffectSing=1) then + begin + GoldenRec.SaveGoldenStarsRec(GoldenStarPos, Rec.Top, Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); + end; end; // if not FreeStyle end; // with @@ -366,127 +358,132 @@ begin end; end; - // draw sung notes procedure SingDrawPlayerLine(X, Y, W: real; PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer); var TempR: real; Rec: TRecR; N: integer; - //R, G, B, A: real; +// R, G, B, A: real; NotesH2: real; begin - if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl PlayerIndex) <> 0) then - begin - glColor3f(1, 1, 1); - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); + //Log.LogStatus('Player notes', 'SingDraw'); +{ + if NrGracza = 0 then + LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P1Light') + else + LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P2Light'); +} + //R := 71/255; + //G := 175/255; + //B := 247/255; - //if Player[NrGracza].LengthNote > 0 then + glColor3f(1, 1, 1); + glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); + glEnable(GL_BLEND); + glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); + + //if Player[NrGracza].LengthNote > 0 then + begin + TempR := W / (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_ - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start); + for N := 0 to Player[PlayerIndex].HighNote do begin - TempR := W / (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].End_ - Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start); - for N := 0 to Player[PlayerIndex].HighNote do + with Player[PlayerIndex].Note[N] do begin - with Player[PlayerIndex].Note[N] do - begin - // Left part of note - Rec.Left := X + (Start-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; - Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW; + // Left part of note + Rec.Left := X + (Start-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; + Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW; - // Draw it in half size, if not hit - if Hit then - begin - NotesH2 := NotesH - end - else - begin - NotesH2 := int(NotesH * 0.65); - end; + // Draw it in half size, if not hit + if Hit then + begin + NotesH2 := NotesH + end + else + begin + NotesH2 := int(NotesH * 0.65); + end; - Rec.Top := Y - (Tone-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH2; - Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 *NotesH2; + Rec.Top := Y - (Tone-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH2; + Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH2; - // draw the left part - glColor3f(1, 1, 1); - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); - glEnd; + // draw the left part + glColor3f(1, 1, 1); + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum); + glBegin(GL_QUADS); + glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); + glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); + glEnd; - // Middle part of the note - Rec.Left := Rec.Right; - Rec.Right := X + (Start+Length-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR - NotesW - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; - - // new - if (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then - Rec.Right := Rec.Right - (1-Frac(LyricsState.MidBeatD)) * TempR; - // the left note is more right than the right note itself, sounds weird - so we fix that xD - if Rec.Right <= Rec.Left then - Rec.Right := Rec.Left; - - // draw the middle part - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum); - glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_REPEAT ); - glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_REPEAT ); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); - glEnd; - glColor3f(1, 1, 1); + // Middle part of the note + Rec.Left := Rec.Right; + Rec.Right := X + (Start+Length-Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR - NotesW - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; + + // new + if (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then + Rec.Right := Rec.Right - (1-Frac(LyricsState.MidBeatD)) * TempR; + // the left note is more right than the right note itself, sounds weird - so we fix that xD + if Rec.Right <= Rec.Left then + Rec.Right := Rec.Left; + + // draw the middle part + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum); + glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S, GL_REPEAT ); + glTexParameterf( GL_TEXTURE_2D, GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T, GL_REPEAT ); + glBegin(GL_QUADS); + glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); + glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(round((Rec.Right-Rec.Left)/32), 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); + glEnd; + glColor3f(1, 1, 1); - // the right part of the note - Rec.Left := Rec.Right; - Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW; + // the right part of the note + Rec.Left := Rec.Right; + Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); - glEnd; + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum); + glBegin(GL_QUADS); + glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); + glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); + glEnd; - // Perfect note is stored - if Perfect and (Ini.EffectSing=1) then + // Perfect note is stored + if Perfect and (Ini.EffectSing=1) then + begin + //A := 1 - 2*(LyricsState.GetCurrentTime() - GetTimeFromBeat(Start+Length)); + if not (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then begin - //A := 1 - 2*(LyricsState.GetCurrentTime() - GetTimeFromBeat(Start+Length)); - if not (Start+Length-1 = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then - begin - //Star animation counter - //inc(Starfr); - //Starfr := Starfr mod 128; - GoldenRec.SavePerfectNotePos(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); - end; + //Star animation counter + //inc(Starfr); + //Starfr := Starfr mod 128; + GoldenRec.SavePerfectNotePos(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); end; - end; // with - end; // for + end; + end; // with + end; // for - // actually we need a comparison here, to determine if the singing process - // is ahead Rec.Right even if there is no singing + // actually we need a comparison here, to determine if the singing process + // is ahead Rec.Right even if there is no singing - if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then - GoldenRec.GoldenNoteTwinkle(Rec.Top,Rec.Bottom,Rec.Right, PlayerIndex); - end; // if - end; + if (Ini.EffectSing = 1) then + GoldenRec.GoldenNoteTwinkle(Rec.Top,Rec.Bottom,Rec.Right, PlayerIndex); + end; // if end; //draw Note glow procedure SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines, PlayerIndex: integer; Space: integer); var - Rec: TRecR; - Count: integer; - TempR: real; + Rec: TRecR; + Count: integer; + TempR: real; X1, X2, X3, X4: real; - W, H: real; - - lTmpA , - lTmpB : real; + W, H: real; + lTmpA, lTmpB: real; begin if (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1 shl PlayerIndex) <> 0) then begin @@ -498,15 +495,10 @@ begin lTmpA := (Right-Left); lTmpB := (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start); - if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and - ( lTmpB > 0 ) then - begin - TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB; - end + if ( lTmpA > 0 ) and ( lTmpB > 0 ) then + TempR := lTmpA / lTmpB else - begin TempR := 0; - end; with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do begin @@ -528,7 +520,7 @@ begin X4 := X3+W; // left - Rec.Left := X1; + Rec.Left := X1; Rec.Right := X2; Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - H; Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * H; @@ -542,7 +534,7 @@ begin glEnd; // middle part - Rec.Left := X2; + Rec.Left := X2; Rec.Right := X3; glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Mid[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum); @@ -554,7 +546,7 @@ begin glEnd; // right part - Rec.Left := X3; + Rec.Left := X3; Rec.Right := X4; glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_BG_Right[PlayerIndex+1].TexNum); @@ -602,7 +594,7 @@ begin // FIXME: accessing ScreenSing is not that generic LyricEngine := ScreenSing.Lyrics; - + // do not draw the lyrics helper if the current line does not contain any note if (Length(CurLine.Note) > 0) then begin @@ -650,7 +642,7 @@ begin // determine lyric help bar position and size Bounds.Left := MoveStartX + BarProgress * MoveDist; Bounds.Right := Bounds.Left + BarWidth; - Bounds.Top := Skin_LyricsT + 3; + Bounds.Top := Theme.LyricBar.IndicatorYOffset + Theme.LyricBar.UpperY ; Bounds.Bottom := Bounds.Top + BarHeight + 3; // draw lyric help bar @@ -690,9 +682,6 @@ begin // FIXME: accessing ScreenSing is not that generic LyricEngine := ScreenSing.Lyrics; - // background //BG Fullsize Mod - //SingDrawBackground; - // draw time-bar SingDrawTimeBar(); @@ -700,7 +689,7 @@ begin // to-do : needs fix when party mode works w/ 2 screens if (PlayersPlay = 1) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) and (ScreenSing.settings.NotesVisible and (1) <> 0) then - SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15); + SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15); if ((PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4)) and (Ini.NoteLines = 1) then begin @@ -724,39 +713,48 @@ begin SingDrawLyricHelper(NR.Left, NR.WMid); // oscilloscope - if Ini.Oscilloscope = 1 then begin + if Ini.Oscilloscope = 1 then + begin if PlayersPlay = 1 then SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0); - if PlayersPlay = 2 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 2 then + begin SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0); SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1); end; - if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 4 then + begin + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0); SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 2); SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 3); end; end; - if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin - SingDrawOscilloscope(75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0); + if PlayersPlay = 3 then + begin + SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0); SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1); SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2); end; - if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 6 then + begin + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0); SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1); SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 3); SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 4); SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 5); @@ -785,104 +783,121 @@ begin end; // Draw the Notes - if PlayersPlay = 1 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 1 then + begin SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); // Background glow - colorized in playercolor SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15); // Plain unsung notes - colorized in playercolor - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15); // imho the sung notes + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15); // imho the sung notes end; - if (PlayersPlay = 2) then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15); + if PlayersPlay = 2 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 1, 15); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15); end; - if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 3 then + begin NotesW := NotesW * 0.8; NotesH := NotesH * 0.8; - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 1, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 2, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12); end; - if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15); + if PlayersPlay = 4 then + begin + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15); + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15); end; - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 1, 15); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 2, 15); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 3, 15); end; - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15); + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 15); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 15); + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 2, 15); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 3, 15); end; end; - if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 6 then + begin NotesW := NotesW * 0.8; NotesH := NotesH * 0.8; - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12); + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12); + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12); end; - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 1, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 2, 12); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 3, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 4, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 5, 12); end; - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12); + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 4, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 5, 12); + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 3, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 4, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 5, 12); end; end; glDisable(GL_BLEND); @@ -892,12 +907,15 @@ end; // q'n'd for using the game mode dll's procedure SingModiDraw (PlayerInfo: TPlayerInfo); var - NR: TRecR; + NR: TRecR; begin // positions - if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then begin + if Ini.SingWindow = 0 then + begin NR.Left := 120; - end else begin + end + else + begin NR.Left := 20; end; @@ -912,16 +930,18 @@ begin if DLLMan.Selected.ShowNotes then begin if PlayersPlay = 1 then - SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15); - if (PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4) then begin - SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P1_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15); - SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15); + SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15); + if (PlayersPlay = 2) or (PlayersPlay = 4) then + begin + SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P1_NotesB - 105, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15); + SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, Skin_P2_NotesB - 105, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 15); end; - if (PlayersPlay = 3) or (PlayersPlay = 6) then begin - SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 120, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12); - SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 245, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12); - SingDrawNoteLines(Nr.Left + 10*ScreenX, 370, Nr.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12); + if (PlayersPlay = 3) or (PlayersPlay = 6) then + begin + SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, 120, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12); + SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, 245, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12); + SingDrawNoteLines(NR.Left + 10*ScreenX, 370, NR.Right + 10*ScreenX, 12); end; end; @@ -930,26 +950,31 @@ begin // TODO: Lyrics helper // oscilloscope | the thing that moves when you yell into your mic (imho) - if (((Ini.Oscilloscope = 1) AND (DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar_O)) AND (NOT DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar)) then begin + if (((Ini.Oscilloscope = 1) and (DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar_O)) and (not DLLMan.Selected.ShowRateBar)) then + begin if PlayersPlay = 1 then if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0); - if PlayersPlay = 2 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 2 then + begin if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0); if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1); end; - if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 4 then + begin + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 0); if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope(425 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 1); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope(190 + 10*ScreenX, 55, 180, 40, 2); if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].Enabled then @@ -957,17 +982,20 @@ begin end; end; - if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 3 then + begin if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then - SingDrawOscilloscope(75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0); + SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0); if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope(370 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 1); if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2); end; - if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 6 then + begin + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 0); if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then @@ -975,7 +1003,8 @@ begin if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope(670 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 2); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[3].Enabled then SingDrawOscilloscope( 75 + 10*ScreenX, 95, 100, 20, 3); if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[4].Enabled then @@ -1006,107 +1035,120 @@ begin end; end; - if (DLLMAn.Selected.ShowNotes And DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong) then + if (DLLMAn.Selected.ShowNotes and DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong) then begin - if (PlayersPlay = 1) And PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then begin + if (PlayersPlay = 1) and PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then + begin SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15); end; - if (PlayersPlay = 2) then begin + if PlayersPlay = 2 then + begin if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15); end; if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15); end; end; - if PlayersPlay = 3 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 3 then + begin NotesW := NotesW * 0.8; NotesH := NotesH * 0.8; if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[0].Enabled then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12); end; if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[1].Enabled then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12); end; if PlayerInfo.Playerinfo[2].Enabled then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12); end; end; - if PlayersPlay = 4 then begin - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15); + if PlayersPlay = 4 then + begin + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 15); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 15); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15); + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 15); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 15); end; SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Right - 20, 0, 15); - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 15); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 15); + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 0, 15); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 1, 15); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 15); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 15); + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P1_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 2, 15); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, Skin_P2_NotesB, NR.Width - 40, 3, 15); end; end; - if PlayersPlay = 6 then begin + if PlayersPlay = 6 then + begin NotesW := NotesW * 0.8; NotesH := NotesH * 0.8; - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12); + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 0, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 1, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 2, 12); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12); - SingDrawPlayerBGLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12); + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 3, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 4, 12); + SingDrawPlayerBGLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 5, 12); end; SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12); SingDrawLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Right - 20, 0, 12); - if ScreenAct = 1 then begin - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 0, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 1, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 2, 12); + if ScreenAct = 1 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 0, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 1, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 2, 12); end; - if ScreenAct = 2 then begin - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 120+95, Nr.Width - 40, 3, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 245+95, Nr.Width - 40, 4, 12); - SingDrawPlayerLine(Nr.Left + 20, 370+95, Nr.Width - 40, 5, 12); + if ScreenAct = 2 then + begin + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 120+95, NR.Width - 40, 3, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 245+95, NR.Width - 40, 4, 12); + SingDrawPlayerLine(NR.Left + 20, 370+95, NR.Width - 40, 5, 12); end; end; end; @@ -1115,15 +1157,14 @@ begin glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); end; - {//SingBar Mod procedure SingDrawSingbar(X, Y, W, H: real; Percent: integer); var - R: Real; - G: Real; - B: Real; - A: cardinal; - I: Integer; + R: real; + G: real; + B: real; + A: cardinal; + I: integer; begin; @@ -1141,7 +1182,7 @@ begin; glEnd; //SingBar coloured Bar - Case Percent of + case Percent of 0..22: begin R := 1; G := 0; @@ -1167,7 +1208,7 @@ begin; G := 1; B := 0; end; - End; //Case + end; //case glColor4f(R, G, B, 1); glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); @@ -1198,99 +1239,103 @@ end; //end Singbar Mod //PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Pop Up -procedure SingDrawLineBonus( const X, Y: Single; Color: TRGB; Alpha: Single; Text: string; Age: Integer); +procedure SingDrawLineBonus(const X, Y: Single; Color: TRGB; Alpha: Single; Text: string; Age: integer); var -Length, X2: Real; //Length of Text -Size: Integer; //Size of Popup -begin -if Alpha <> 0 then + Length, X2: real; //Length of Text + Size: integer; //Size of Popup begin + if Alpha <> 0 then + begin //Set Font Propertys -SetFontStyle(2); //Font: Outlined1 -if Age < 5 then SetFontSize((Age + 1) * 3) else SetFontSize(18); -SetFontItalic(False); + SetFontStyle(2); //Font: Outlined1 + if Age < 5 then + SetFontSize((Age + 1) * 3) + else + SetFontSize(18); + SetFontItalic(False); //Check Font Size -Length := glTextWidth (Text) + 3; //Little Space for a Better Look ^^ + Length := glTextWidth (Text) + 3; //Little Space for a Better Look ^^ //Text -SetFontPos (X + 50 - (Length / 2), Y + 12); //Position - + SetFontPos (X + 50 - (Length / 2), Y + 12); //Position -if Age < 5 then Size := Age * 10 else Size := 50; - - //Draw Background - //glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Alpha); //Set Color - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha); - - - glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); - glEnable(GL_BLEND); - //glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); + if Age < 5 then + Size := Age * 10 + else + Size := 50; +//Draw Background +// glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Alpha); //Set Color + glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha); - //New Method, Not Variable - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingLineBonusBack[2].TexNum); + glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); + glEnable(GL_BLEND); +// glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2)); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2)); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2)); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2)); - glEnd; +//New Method, Not Variable + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_SingLineBonusBack[2].TexNum); - glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha); //Set Color - //Draw Text - glPrint (Text); -end; + glBegin(GL_QUADS); + glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2)); + glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 - Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2)); + glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 + (Size/2)); + glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(X + 50 + Size, Y + 25 - (Size/2)); + glEnd; + + glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha); //Set Color +//Draw Text + glPrint (Text); + end; end; //PhrasenBonus - Line Bonus Mod} // Draw Note Bars for Editor -//There are 11 Resons for a new Procdedure: (nice binary :D ) -// 1. It don't look good when you Draw the Golden Note Star Effect in the Editor -// 2. You can see the Freestyle Notes in the Editor SemiTransparent -// 3. Its easier and Faster then changing the old Procedure +// There are 11 reasons for a new procedure: (nice binary :D ) +// 1. It does not look good when you draw the golden note star effect in the editor +// 2. You can see the freestyle notes in the editor semitransparent +// 3. It is easier and faster then changing the old procedure procedure EditDrawLine(Left, Top, Right: real; NrLines: integer; Space: integer); var - Rec: TRecR; - Count: integer; - TempR: real; + Rec: TRecR; + Count: integer; + TempR: real; begin glColor3f(1, 1, 1); glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glEnable(GL_BLEND); glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); TempR := (Right-Left) / (Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].End_ - Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start); - with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do begin - for Count := 0 to HighNote do begin - with Note[Count] do begin - - // Golden Note Patch - case NoteType of - ntFreestyle: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.35); - ntNormal: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.85); - ntGolden: Glcolor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 0.85); - end; // case - - + with Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current] do + begin + for Count := 0 to HighNote do + begin + with Note[Count] do + begin - // left part - Rec.Left := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; - Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW; - Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH; - Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH; - glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[Color].TexNum); - glBegin(GL_QUADS); - glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); - glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); - glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); - glEnd; + // Golden Note Patch + case NoteType of + ntFreestyle: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.35); + ntNormal: glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.85); + ntGolden: Glcolor4f(1, 1, 0.3, 0.85); + end; // case + + // left part + Rec.Left := (Start-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left + 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; + Rec.Right := Rec.Left + NotesW; + Rec.Top := Top - (Tone-BaseNote)*Space/2 - NotesH; + Rec.Bottom := Rec.Top + 2 * NotesH; + glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Left[Color].TexNum); + glBegin(GL_QUADS); + glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Top); + glTexCoord2f(0, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Left, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(1, 1); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Bottom); + glTexCoord2f(1, 0); glVertex2f(Rec.Right, Rec.Top); + glEnd; - // middle part - Rec.Left := Rec.Right; + // middle part + Rec.Left := Rec.Right; Rec.Right := (Start+Length-Lines[NrLines].Line[Lines[NrLines].Current].Note[0].Start) * TempR + Left - NotesW - 0.5 + 10*ScreenX; glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Mid[Color].TexNum); @@ -1302,7 +1347,7 @@ begin glEnd; // right part - Rec.Left := Rec.Right; + Rec.Left := Rec.Right; Rec.Right := Rec.Right + NotesW; glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Tex_Right[Color].TexNum); @@ -1323,7 +1368,7 @@ end; procedure SingDrawTimeBar(); var - x,y: real; + x, y: real; width, height: real; LyricsProgress: real; CurLyricsTime: real; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas b/Lua/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas index fe8c3ee5..0eacd1f9 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UEditorLyrics.pas @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ uses UTexture; type - alignment = (left, center, right); + TAlignmentType = (atLeft, atCenter, atRight); TWord = record X: real; @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ type TEditorLyrics = class private - AlignI: alignment; + AlignI: TAlignmentType; XR: real; YR: real; SizeR: real; @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ type procedure SetX(Value: real); procedure SetY(Value: real); function GetClientX: real; - procedure SetAlign(Value: alignment); + procedure SetAlign(Value: TAlignmentType); function GetSize: real; procedure SetSize(Value: real); procedure SetSelected(Value: integer); procedure SetFontStyle(Value: integer); - procedure AddWord(Text: string); + procedure AddWord(Text: UTF8String); procedure Refresh; public ColR: real; @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ type property X: real write SetX; property Y: real write SetY; property ClientX: real read GetClientX; - property Align: alignment write SetAlign; + property Align: TAlignmentType write SetAlign; property Size: real read GetSize write SetSize; property Selected: integer read SelectedI write SetSelected; property FontStyle: integer write SetFontStyle; @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ begin Result := Word[0].X; end; -procedure TEditorLyrics.SetAlign(Value: alignment); +procedure TEditorLyrics.SetAlign(Value: TAlignmentType); begin AlignI := Value; end; @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ begin FontStyleI := Value; end; -procedure TEditorLyrics.AddWord(Text: string); +procedure TEditorLyrics.AddWord(Text: UTF8String); var WordNum: integer; begin @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ var WordIndex: integer; TotalWidth: real; begin - if AlignI = center then + if AlignI = atCenter then begin TotalWidth := 0; for WordIndex := 0 to High(Word) do diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UFiles.pas b/Lua/src/base/UFiles.pas index add81f23..5a258e3e 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UFiles.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UFiles.pas @@ -34,32 +34,33 @@ interface uses SysUtils, + Classes, ULog, UMusic, USongs, - USong; + USong, + UPath; procedure ResetSingTemp; -function SaveSong(Song: TSong; Lines: TLines; Name: string; Relative: boolean): boolean; +type + TSaveSongResult = (ssrOK, ssrFileError, ssrEncodingError); -var - SongFile: TextFile; // all procedures in this unit operates on this file - FileLineNo: integer; //Line which is readed at Last, for error reporting - - // variables available for all procedures - Base : array[0..1] of integer; - Rel : array[0..1] of integer; - Mult : integer = 1; - MultBPM : integer = 4; +{** + * Throws a TEncodingException if the song's fields cannot be encoded in the + * requested encoding. + *} +function SaveSong(const Song: TSong; const Lines: TLines; const Name: IPath; Relative: boolean): TSaveSongResult; implementation uses TextGL, UIni, + UNote, UPlatform, - UMain; + UUnicodeUtils, + UTextEncoding; //-------------------- // Resets the temporary Sentence Arrays for each Player and some other Variables @@ -73,106 +74,139 @@ begin SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1); SetLength(Lines[Count].Line[0].Note, 0); Lines[Count].Line[0].Lyric := ''; - Lines[Count].Line[0].LyricWidth := 0; Player[Count].Score := 0; Player[Count].LengthNote := 0; Player[Count].HighNote := -1; end; - - (* FIXME - //Reset Path and Filename Values to Prevent Errors in Editor - if assigned( CurrentSong ) then - begin - SetLength(CurrentSong.BPM, 0); - CurrentSong.Path := ''; - CurrentSong.FileName := ''; - end; - *) - -// CurrentSong := nil; end; - //-------------------- // Saves a Song //-------------------- -function SaveSong(Song: TSong; Lines: TLines; Name: string; Relative: boolean): boolean; +function SaveSong(const Song: TSong; const Lines: TLines; const Name: IPath; Relative: boolean): TSaveSongResult; var C: integer; N: integer; - S: string; + S: AnsiString; B: integer; - RelativeSubTime: integer; - NoteState: String; + RelativeSubTime: integer; + NoteState: AnsiString; + SongFile: TTextFileStream; -begin -// Relative := true; // override (idea - use shift+S to save with relative) - AssignFile(SongFile, Name); - Rewrite(SongFile); - - Writeln(SongFile, '#TITLE:' + Song.Title + ''); - Writeln(SongFile, '#ARTIST:' + Song.Artist); - - if Song.Creator <> '' then Writeln(SongFile, '#CREATOR:' + Song.Creator); - if Song.Edition <> 'Unknown' then Writeln(SongFile, '#EDITION:' + Song.Edition); - if Song.Genre <> 'Unknown' then Writeln(SongFile, '#GENRE:' + Song.Genre); - if Song.Language <> 'Unknown' then Writeln(SongFile, '#LANGUAGE:' + Song.Language); - - Writeln(SongFile, '#MP3:' + Song.Mp3); - - if Song.Cover <> '' then Writeln(SongFile, '#COVER:' + Song.Cover); - if Song.Background <> '' then Writeln(SongFile, '#BACKGROUND:' + Song.Background); - if Song.Video <> '' then Writeln(SongFile, '#VIDEO:' + Song.Video); - if Song.VideoGAP <> 0 then Writeln(SongFile, '#VIDEOGAP:' + FloatToStr(Song.VideoGAP)); - if Song.Resolution <> 4 then Writeln(SongFile, '#RESOLUTION:' + IntToStr(Song.Resolution)); - if Song.NotesGAP <> 0 then Writeln(SongFile, '#NOTESGAP:' + IntToStr(Song.NotesGAP)); - if Song.Start <> 0 then Writeln(SongFile, '#START:' + FloatToStr(Song.Start)); - if Song.Finish <> 0 then Writeln(SongFile, '#END:' + IntToStr(Song.Finish)); - if Relative then Writeln(SongFile, '#RELATIVE:yes'); - - Writeln(SongFile, '#BPM:' + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[0].BPM / 4)); - Writeln(SongFile, '#GAP:' + FloatToStr(Song.GAP)); - - RelativeSubTime := 0; - for B := 1 to High(CurrentSong.BPM) do - Writeln(SongFile, 'B ' + FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[B].StartBeat) + ' ' + FloatToStr(CurrentSong.BPM[B].BPM/4)); - - for C := 0 to Lines.High do begin - for N := 0 to Lines.Line[C].HighNote do begin - with Lines.Line[C].Note[N] do begin - - - //Golden + Freestyle Note Patch - case Lines.Line[C].Note[N].NoteType of - ntFreestyle: NoteState := 'F '; - ntNormal: NoteState := ': '; - ntGolden: NoteState := '* '; - end; // case - S := NoteState + IntToStr(Start-RelativeSubTime) + ' ' + IntToStr(Length) + ' ' + IntToStr(Tone) + ' ' + Text; - - - Writeln(SongFile, S); - end; // with - end; // N - - if C < Lines.High then begin // don't write end of last sentence - if not Relative then - S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start) - else begin - S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime) + - ' ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime); - RelativeSubTime := Lines.Line[C+1].Start; - end; - Writeln(SongFile, S); - end; + function EncodeToken(const Str: UTF8String): RawByteString; + var + Success: boolean; + begin + Success := EncodeStringUTF8(Str, Result, Song.Encoding); + if (not Success) then + SaveSong := ssrEncodingError; + end; - end; // C + procedure WriteCustomTags; + var + I: integer; + Line: RawByteString; + begin + for I := 0 to High(Song.CustomTags) do + begin + Line := EncodeToken(Song.CustomTags[I].Content); + if (Length(Song.CustomTags[I].Tag) > 0) then + Line := EncodeToken(Song.CustomTags[I].Tag) + ':' + Line; + SongFile.WriteLine('#' + Line); + end; - Writeln(SongFile, 'E'); - CloseFile(SongFile); + end; - Result := true; +begin + // Relative := true; // override (idea - use shift+S to save with relative) + Result := ssrOK; + + try + SongFile := TMemTextFileStream.Create(Name, fmCreate); + try + // to-do: should we really write the BOM? + // it causes problems w/ older versions + // e.g. usdx 1.0.1a or ultrastar < 0.7.0 + if (Song.Encoding = encUTF8) then + SongFile.WriteString(UTF8_BOM); + + SongFile.WriteLine('#ENCODING:' + EncodingName(Song.Encoding)); + SongFile.WriteLine('#TITLE:' + EncodeToken(Song.Title)); + SongFile.WriteLine('#ARTIST:' + EncodeToken(Song.Artist)); + + if Song.Creator <> '' then SongFile.WriteLine('#CREATOR:' + EncodeToken(Song.Creator)); + if Song.Edition <> 'Unknown' then SongFile.WriteLine('#EDITION:' + EncodeToken(Song.Edition)); + if Song.Genre <> 'Unknown' then SongFile.WriteLine('#GENRE:' + EncodeToken(Song.Genre)); + if Song.Language <> 'Unknown' then SongFile.WriteLine('#LANGUAGE:' + EncodeToken(Song.Language)); + if Song.Year <> 0 then SongFile.WriteLine('#YEAR:' + IntToStr(Song.Year)); + + SongFile.WriteLine('#MP3:' + EncodeToken(Song.Mp3.ToUTF8)); + if Song.Cover.IsSet then SongFile.WriteLine('#COVER:' + EncodeToken(Song.Cover.ToUTF8)); + if Song.Background.IsSet then SongFile.WriteLine('#BACKGROUND:' + EncodeToken(Song.Background.ToUTF8)); + if Song.Video.IsSet then SongFile.WriteLine('#VIDEO:' + EncodeToken(Song.Video.ToUTF8)); + + if Song.VideoGAP <> 0 then SongFile.WriteLine('#VIDEOGAP:' + FloatToStr(Song.VideoGAP)); + if Song.Resolution <> 4 then SongFile.WriteLine('#RESOLUTION:' + IntToStr(Song.Resolution)); + if Song.NotesGAP <> 0 then SongFile.WriteLine('#NOTESGAP:' + IntToStr(Song.NotesGAP)); + if Song.Start <> 0 then SongFile.WriteLine('#START:' + FloatToStr(Song.Start)); + if Song.Finish <> 0 then SongFile.WriteLine('#END:' + IntToStr(Song.Finish)); + if Relative then SongFile.WriteLine('#RELATIVE:yes'); + + SongFile.WriteLine('#BPM:' + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[0].BPM / 4)); + SongFile.WriteLine('#GAP:' + FloatToStr(Song.GAP)); + + // write custom header tags + WriteCustomTags; + + RelativeSubTime := 0; + for B := 1 to High(Song.BPM) do + SongFile.WriteLine('B ' + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[B].StartBeat) + ' ' + + FloatToStr(Song.BPM[B].BPM/4)); + + for C := 0 to Lines.High do + begin + for N := 0 to Lines.Line[C].HighNote do + begin + with Lines.Line[C].Note[N] do + begin + //Golden + Freestyle Note Patch + case Lines.Line[C].Note[N].NoteType of + ntFreestyle: NoteState := 'F '; + ntNormal: NoteState := ': '; + ntGolden: NoteState := '* '; + end; // case + S := NoteState + IntToStr(Start-RelativeSubTime) + ' ' + + IntToStr(Length) + ' ' + + IntToStr(Tone) + ' ' + + EncodeToken(Text); + + SongFile.WriteLine(S); + end; // with + end; // N + + if C < Lines.High then // don't write end of last sentence + begin + if not Relative then + S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start) + else + begin + S := '- ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime) + + ' ' + IntToStr(Lines.Line[C+1].Start - RelativeSubTime); + RelativeSubTime := Lines.Line[C+1].Start; + end; + SongFile.WriteLine(S); + end; + end; // C + + SongFile.WriteLine('E'); + finally + SongFile.Free; + end; + except + Result := ssrFileError; + end; end; end. + diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UFilesystem.pas b/Lua/src/base/UFilesystem.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4972df5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Lua/src/base/UFilesystem.pas @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game + * + * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names + * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT + * file distributed with this source distribution. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to + * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * + * $URL$ + * $Id$ + *} + +unit UFilesystem; + +interface + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE Delphi} +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} + +uses + SysUtils, + Classes, + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + Windows, + TntSysUtils, + {$ENDIF} + UPath; + +type + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + TSytemSearchRec = TSearchRecW; + {$ELSE} + TSytemSearchRec = TSearchRec; + {$ENDIF} + + TFileInfo = record + Time: integer; // timestamp + Size: int64; // file size (byte) + Attr: integer; // file attributes + Name: IPath; // basename with extension + end; + + {** + * Iterates through the search results retrieved by FileFind(). + * Example usage: + * while(Iter.HasNext()) do + * SearchRec := Iter.Next(); + *} + IFileIterator = interface + function HasNext(): boolean; + function Next(): TFileInfo; + end; + + {** + * Wrapper for SysUtils file functions. + * For documentation and examples, check the SysUtils equivalent. + *} + IFileSystem = interface + function ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): THandle; + function DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean; + function FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): THandle; + function FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer; overload; + function FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload; + + function DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean; + + {** + * On Windows: returns true only for files (not directories) + * On Apple/Unix: returns true for all kind of files (even directories) + * @seealso SysUtils.FileExists() + *} + function FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean; + + function FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal; + function FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean; + function FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean; + function FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean; + function FileIsAbsolute(const FileName: IPath): boolean; + function ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean; + function RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean; + function DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean; + function RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean; + + {** + * Copies file Source to Target. If FailIfExists is true, the file is not + * copied if it already exists. + * Returns true if the file was successfully copied. + *} + function CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; + + function ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath; + + function ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath; + + function IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + + {** + * Searches for a file with filename Name in the directories given in DirList. + *} + function FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath; + + {** + * More convenient version of FindFirst/Next/Close with iterator support. + *} + function FileFind(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer): IFileIterator; + + {** + * Old style search functions. Use FileFind() instead. + *} + function FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer; + function FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer; + procedure FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec); + + function GetCurrentDir: IPath; + function SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean; + + {** + * Returns true if the filesystem is case-sensitive. + *} + function IsCaseSensitive(): boolean; + end; + + function FileSystem(): IFileSystem; + +implementation + +type + TFileSystemImpl = class(TInterfacedObject, IFileSystem) + public + function ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): THandle; + function DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean; + function FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): THandle; + function FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer; overload; + function FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload; + function DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean; + function FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean; + function FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal; + function FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean; + function FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean; + function FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean; + function FileIsAbsolute(const FileName: IPath): boolean; + function ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean; + function RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean; + function DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean; + function RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean; + function CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; + + function ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath; + function IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + function ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath; + + function FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath; + function FileFind(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer): IFileIterator; + + function FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer; + function FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer; + procedure FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec); + + function GetCurrentDir: IPath; + function SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean; + + function IsCaseSensitive(): boolean; + end; + + TFileIterator = class(TInterfacedObject, IFileIterator) + private + fHasNext: boolean; + fSearchRec: TSytemSearchRec; + public + constructor Create(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer); + destructor Destroy(); override; + + function HasNext(): boolean; + function Next(): TFileInfo; + end; + + +var + FileSystem_Singleton: IFileSystem; + +function FileSystem(): IFileSystem; +begin + Result := FileSystem_Singleton; +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileFind(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer): IFileIterator; +begin + Result := TFileIterator.Create(FilePattern, Attr); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.IsCaseSensitive(): boolean; +begin + // Windows and Mac OS X do not have case sensitive file systems + {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS) or Defined(DARWIN)} + Result := false; + {$ELSE} + Result := true; + {$IFEND} +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileIsAbsolute(const FileName: IPath): boolean; +var + NameStr: UTF8String; +begin + Result := true; + NameStr := FileName.ToUTF8(); + + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + // check if drive is given 'C:...' + if (FileName.GetDrive().ToUTF8 <> '') then + Exit; + // check if path starts with '\\' + if (Length(NameStr) >= 2) and + (NameStr[1] = PathDelim) and (NameStr[2] = PathDelim) then + Exit; + {$ELSE} // Unix based systems + // check if root dir given '/...' + if (Length(NameStr) >= 1) and (NameStr[1] = PathDelim) then + Exit; + {$ENDIF} + + Result := false; +end; + +{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideExpandFileName(FileName.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): THandle; +begin + Result := WideFileCreate(FileName.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := WideCreateDir(Dir.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): THandle; +begin + Result := WideFileOpen(FileName.ToWide(), Mode); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer; +begin + Result := WideFileAge(FileName.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; +begin + Result := WideFileAge(FileName.ToWide(), FileDateTime); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := WideDirectoryExists(Name.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := WideFileExists(Name.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal; +begin + Result := WideFileGetAttr(FileName.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean; +begin + Result := WideFileSetAttr(FileName.ToWide(), Attr); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := WideFileIsReadOnly(FileName.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean; +begin + Result := WideFileSetReadOnly(FileName.ToWide(), ReadOnly); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := WideForceDirectories(Dir.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath; +var + I: integer; + DirListStr: WideString; +begin + DirListStr := ''; + for I := 0 to High(DirList) do + begin + if (I > 0) then + DirListStr := DirListStr + PathSep; + DirListStr := DirListStr + DirList[I].ToWide(); + end; + Result := Path(WideFileSearch(Name.ToWide(), DirListStr)); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := WideRenameFile(OldName.ToWide(), NewName.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := WideDeleteFile(FileName.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := WideRemoveDir(Dir.ToWide()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; +begin + Result := WideCopyFile(Source.ToWide(), Target.ToWide(), FailIfExists); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideExtractFileDrive(FileName.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideExtractFilePath(FileName.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideExtractFileDir(FileName.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideExtractFileName(FileName.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideExtractFileExt(FileName.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideExtractRelativePath(BaseName.ToWide(), FileName.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideChangeFileExt(FileName.ToWide(), Extension.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideIncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToWide())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer; +begin + Result := WideFindFirst(FilePattern.ToWide(), Attr, F); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer; +begin + Result := WideFindNext(F); +end; + +procedure TFileSystemImpl.FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec); +begin + WideFindClose(F); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.GetCurrentDir: IPath; +begin + Result := Path(WideGetCurrentDir()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := WideSetCurrentDir(Dir.ToWide()); +end; + +{$ELSE} // UNIX + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExpandFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.ExpandFileName(FileName.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileCreate(const FileName: IPath): THandle; +begin + Result := SysUtils.FileCreate(FileName.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryCreate(const Dir: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := SysUtils.CreateDir(Dir.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileOpen(const FileName: IPath; Mode: longword): THandle; +begin + Result := SysUtils.FileOpen(FileName.ToNative(), Mode); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath): integer; +begin + Result := SysUtils.FileAge(FileName.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileAge(const FileName: IPath; out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; +var + FileDate: integer; +begin + FileDate := SysUtils.FileAge(FileName.ToNative()); + Result := (FileDate <> -1); + if (Result) then + FileDateTime := FileDateToDateTime(FileDate); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.DirectoryExists(const Name: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := SysUtils.DirectoryExists(Name.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileExists(const Name: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := SysUtils.FileExists(Name.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileGetAttr(const FileName: IPath): Cardinal; +begin + Result := SysUtils.FileGetAttr(FileName.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetAttr(const FileName: IPath; Attr: integer): boolean; +begin + Result := (SysUtils.FileSetAttr(FileName.ToNative(), Attr) = 0); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileIsReadOnly(const FileName: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := SysUtils.FileIsReadOnly(FileName.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileSetReadOnly(const FileName: IPath; ReadOnly: boolean): boolean; +begin + Result := (SysUtils.FileSetAttr(FileName.ToNative(), faReadOnly) = 0); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ForceDirectories(const Dir: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := SysUtils.ForceDirectories(Dir.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FileSearch(const Name: IPath; DirList: array of IPath): IPath; +var + I: integer; + DirListStr: AnsiString; +begin + DirListStr := ''; + for I := 0 to High(DirList) do + begin + if (I > 0) then + DirListStr := DirListStr + PathSep; + DirListStr := DirListStr + DirList[I].ToNative(); + end; + Result := Path(SysUtils.FileSearch(Name.ToNative(), DirListStr)); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.RenameFile(const OldName, NewName: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := SysUtils.RenameFile(OldName.ToNative(), NewName.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.DeleteFile(const FileName: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := SysUtils.DeleteFile(FileName.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.RemoveDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := SysUtils.RemoveDir(Dir.ToNative()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.CopyFile(const Source, Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; +const + COPY_BUFFER_SIZE = 4096; // a good tradeoff between speed and memory consumption +var + SourceFile, TargetFile: TFileStream; + FileCopyBuffer: array [0..COPY_BUFFER_SIZE-1] of byte; // temporary copy-buffer. + NumberOfBytes: integer; // number of bytes read from SourceFile +begin + Result := false; + SourceFile := nil; + TargetFile := nil; + + // if overwrite is disabled return if the target file already exists + if (FailIfExists and FileExists(Target)) then + Exit; + + try + try + // open source and target file (might throw an exception on error) + SourceFile := TFileStream.Create(Source.ToNative(), fmOpenRead); + TargetFile := TFileStream.Create(Target.ToNative(), fmCreate or fmOpenWrite); + + while true do + begin + // read a block from the source file and check for errors or EOF + NumberOfBytes := SourceFile.Read(FileCopyBuffer, SizeOf(FileCopyBuffer)); + if (NumberOfBytes <= 0) then + Break; + // write block to target file and check if everything was written + if (TargetFile.Write(FileCopyBuffer, NumberOfBytes) <> NumberOfBytes) then + Exit; + end; + except + Exit; + end; + finally + SourceFile.Free; + TargetFile.Free; + end; + + Result := true; +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDrive(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileDrive(FileName.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFilePath(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFilePath(FileName.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileDir(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileDir(FileName.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileName(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileName(FileName.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractFileExt(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractFileExt(FileName.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExtractRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath; const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.ExtractRelativePath(BaseName.ToNative(), FileName.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ChangeFileExt(const FileName: IPath; const Extension: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.ChangeFileExt(FileName.ToNative(), Extension.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(const FileName: IPath): IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(FileName.ToNative())); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FindFirst(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer; var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer; +begin + Result := SysUtils.FindFirst(FilePattern.ToNative(), Attr, F); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.FindNext(var F: TSytemSearchRec): integer; +begin + Result := SysUtils.FindNext(F); +end; + +procedure TFileSystemImpl.FindClose(var F: TSytemSearchRec); +begin + SysUtils.FindClose(F); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.GetCurrentDir: IPath; +begin + Result := Path(SysUtils.GetCurrentDir()); +end; + +function TFileSystemImpl.SetCurrentDir(const Dir: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := SysUtils.SetCurrentDir(Dir.ToNative()); +end; + +{$ENDIF} + + +{ TFileIterator } + +constructor TFileIterator.Create(const FilePattern: IPath; Attr: integer); +begin + inherited Create(); + fHasNext := (FileSystem.FindFirst(FilePattern, Attr, fSearchRec) = 0); +end; + +destructor TFileIterator.Destroy(); +begin + FileSystem.FindClose(fSearchRec); + inherited; +end; + +function TFileIterator.HasNext(): boolean; +begin + Result := fHasNext; +end; + +function TFileIterator.Next(): TFileInfo; +begin + if (not fHasNext) then + begin + // Note: do not use FillChar() on records with ref-counted fields + Result.Time := 0; + Result.Size := 0; + Result.Attr := 0; + Result.Name := nil; + Exit; + end; + + Result.Time := fSearchRec.Time; + Result.Size := fSearchRec.Size; + Result.Attr := fSearchRec.Attr; + Result.Name := Path(fSearchRec.Name); + + // fetch next entry + fHasNext := (FileSystem.FindNext(fSearchRec) = 0); +end; + + +initialization + FileSystem_Singleton := TFileSystemImpl.Create; + +finalization + FileSystem_Singleton := nil; + +end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UFont.pas b/Lua/src/base/UFont.pas index a72bca21..191e74d2 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UFont.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UFont.pas @@ -47,12 +47,14 @@ uses glext, glu, sdl, + Math, + Classes, + SysUtils, + UUnicodeUtils, {$IFDEF BITMAP_FONT} UTexture, {$ENDIF} - Math, - Classes, - SysUtils; + UPath; type @@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ type TGLubyteArray = array[0 .. (MaxInt div SizeOf(GLubyte))-1] of GLubyte; TGLubyteDynArray = array of GLubyte; - TWideStringArray = array of WideString; + TUCS4StringArray = array of UCS4String; TGLColor = packed record case byte of @@ -126,34 +128,34 @@ type {** * Splits lines in Text seperated by newline (char-code #13). - * @param Text UTF-8 encoded string - * @param Lines splitted WideString lines + * @param Text UCS-4 encoded string + * @param Lines splitted UCS4String lines *} - procedure SplitLines(const Text: UTF8String; var Lines: TWideStringArray); + procedure SplitLines(const Text: UCS4String; var Lines: TUCS4StringArray); {** - * Print an array of WideStrings. Each array-item is a line of text. + * Print an array of UCS4Strings. Each array-item is a line of text. * Lines of text are seperated by the line-spacing. * This is the base function for all text drawing. *} - procedure Print(const Text: TWideStringArray); overload; virtual; + procedure Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray); overload; virtual; {** * Draws an underline. *} - procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString); virtual; + procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String); virtual; {** * Renders (one) line of text. *} - procedure Render(const Text: WideString); virtual; abstract; + procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); virtual; abstract; {** * Returns the bounds of text-lines contained in Text. * @param(Advance if true the right bound is set to the advance instead * of the minimal right bound.) *} - function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; overload; virtual; abstract; + function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; overload; virtual; abstract; {** * Resets all user settings to default values. @@ -188,9 +190,11 @@ type {** * Prints a text. *} + procedure Print(const Text: UCS4String); overload; + {** UTF-16 version of @link(Print) } procedure Print(const Text: WideString); overload; {** UTF-8 version of @link(Print) } - procedure Print(const Text: string); overload; + procedure Print(const Text: UTF8String); overload; {** * Calculates the bounding box (width and height) around Text. @@ -203,6 +207,8 @@ type * bigger than the text's width as it additionally contains the advance * and glyph-spacing of the last character. *} + function BBox(const Text: UCS4String; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload; + {** UTF-16 version of @link(BBox) } function BBox(const Text: WideString; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload; {** UTF-8 version of @link(BBox) } function BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean = true): TBoundsDbl; overload; @@ -249,9 +255,9 @@ type /// Mipmap fonts (size[level+1] = size[level]/2) fMipmapFonts: array[0..cMaxMipmapLevel] of TFont; - procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override; - procedure Print(const Text: TWideStringArray); override; - function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override; + procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override; + procedure Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray); override; + function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override; {** * Callback called for creation of each mipmap font. @@ -322,7 +328,7 @@ type {** * Table for storage of max. 256 glyphs. - * Used for the second cache level. Indexed by the LSB of the WideChar + * Used for the second cache level. Indexed by the LSB of the UCS4Char * char-code. *} PGlyphTable = ^TGlyphTable; @@ -332,7 +338,7 @@ type * Cache for glyphs of a single font. * The cached glyphs are stored inside a hash-list. * Hashing is performed in two steps: - * 1. the least significant byte (LSB) of the WideChar character code + * 1. the least significant byte (LSB) of the UCS4Char character code * is removed (shr 8) and the result (we call it BaseCode here) looked up in * the hash-list. * 2. Each entry of the hash-list contains a table with max. 256 entries. @@ -359,22 +365,22 @@ type * Add glyph Glyph with char-code ch to the cache. * @returns @true on success, @false otherwise *} - function AddGlyph(ch: WideChar; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean; + function AddGlyph(ch: UCS4Char; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean; {** * Removes the glyph with char-code ch from the cache. *} - procedure DeleteGlyph(ch: WideChar); + procedure DeleteGlyph(ch: UCS4Char); {** * Removes the glyph with char-code ch from the cache. *} - function GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; + function GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; {** * Checks if a glyph with char-code ch is cached. *} - function HasGlyph(ch: WideChar): boolean; + function HasGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; {** * Remove and free all cached glyphs. If KeepBaseSet is set to @@ -408,13 +414,13 @@ type * Retrieves a cached glyph with char-code ch from cache. * If the glyph is not already cached, it is loaded with LoadGlyph(). *} - function GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; + function GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; {** * Callback to create (load) a glyph with char-code ch. * Implemented by subclasses. *} - function LoadGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; virtual; abstract; + function LoadGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; virtual; abstract; public constructor Create(); @@ -436,6 +442,7 @@ type *} TFTGlyph = class(TGlyph) private + fCharCode: UCS4Char; //**< Char code fCharIndex: FT_UInt; //**< Freetype specific char-index (<> char-code) fDisplayList: GLuint; //**< Display-list ID fTexture: GLuint; //**< Texture ID @@ -458,7 +465,7 @@ type * The bitmap must be 2* pixels wider and higher than the * original glyph's bitmap with the latter centered in it. *} - procedure Extrude(var TexBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray; Outset: single); + procedure StrokeBorder(var Glyph: FT_Glyph); {** * Creates an OpenGL texture (and display list) for the glyph. @@ -477,7 +484,7 @@ type * Creates a glyph with char-code ch from font Font. * @param LoadFlags flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph() *} - constructor Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: WideChar; Outset: single; + constructor Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: UCS4Char; Outset: single; LoadFlags: FT_Int32); destructor Destroy(); override; @@ -490,6 +497,8 @@ type property CharIndex: FT_UInt read fCharIndex; end; + TFontPart = ( fpNone, fpInner, fpOutline ); + {** * Freetype font class. *} @@ -498,19 +507,20 @@ type procedure ResetIntern(); protected - fFilename: string; //**< filename of the font-file + fFilename: IPath; //**< filename of the font-file fSize: integer; //**< Font base size (in pixels) fOutset: single; //**< size of outset extrusion (in pixels) fFace: FT_Face; //**< Holds the height of the font fLoadFlags: FT_Int32; //**< FT glpyh load-flags fFontUnitScale: TPositionDbl; //**< FT font-units to pixel ratio fUseDisplayLists: boolean; //**< true: use display-lists, false: direct drawing + fPart: TFontPart; //**< indicates the part of an outline font {** @seealso TCachedFont.LoadGlyph } - function LoadGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; override; + function LoadGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; override; - procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override; - function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override; + procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override; + function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override; function GetHeight(): single; override; function GetAscender(): single; override; @@ -528,7 +538,7 @@ type * @param LoadFlags flags passed to FT_Load_Glyph() * @raises Exception if the font-file could not be loaded *} - constructor Create(const Filename: string; + constructor Create(const Filename: IPath; Size: integer; Outset: single = 0.0; LoadFlags: FT_Int32 = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT); @@ -558,7 +568,7 @@ type * The extrusion in pixels is Size*OutsetAmount * (0.0 -> no extrusion, 0.1 -> 10%). *} - constructor Create(const Filename: string; + constructor Create(const Filename: IPath; Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single = 0.0; UseMipmaps: boolean = true); @@ -576,7 +586,7 @@ type *} TFTOutlineFont = class(TFont) private - fFilename: string; + fFilename: IPath; fSize: integer; fOutset: single; fInnerFont, fOutlineFont: TFTFont; @@ -585,9 +595,9 @@ type procedure ResetIntern(); protected - procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString); override; - procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override; - function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override; + procedure DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String); override; + procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override; + function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override; function GetHeight(): single; override; function GetAscender(): single; override; @@ -603,7 +613,7 @@ type procedure SetReflectionPass(Enable: boolean); override; public - constructor Create(const Filename: string; + constructor Create(const Filename: IPath; Size: integer; Outset: single; LoadFlags: FT_Int32 = FT_LOAD_DEFAULT); destructor Destroy; override; @@ -637,7 +647,7 @@ type function CreateMipmap(Level: integer; Scale: single): TFont; override; public - constructor Create(const Filename: string; + constructor Create(const Filename: IPath; Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single; UseMipmaps: boolean = true); @@ -672,18 +682,18 @@ type procedure ResetIntern(); - procedure RenderChar(ch: WideChar; var AdvanceX: real); + procedure RenderChar(ch: UCS4Char; var AdvanceX: real); {** * Load font widths from an info file. * @param InfoFile the name of the info (.dat) file * @raises Exception if the file is corrupted *} - procedure LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: string); + procedure LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: IPath); protected - procedure Render(const Text: WideString); override; - function BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override; + procedure Render(const Text: UCS4String); override; + function BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; override; function GetHeight(): single; override; function GetAscender(): single; override; @@ -699,7 +709,7 @@ type * (y-axis up) and from the lower edge of the glyphs bounding box) * @param(Ascender pixels from baseline to top of highest glyph) *} - constructor Create(const Filename: string; Outline: integer; + constructor Create(const Filename: IPath; Outline: integer; Baseline, Ascender, Descender: integer); destructor Destroy(); override; @@ -801,37 +811,61 @@ begin ResetIntern(); end; -procedure TFont.SplitLines(const Text: UTF8String; var Lines: TWideStringArray); +procedure TFont.SplitLines(const Text: UCS4String; var Lines: TUCS4StringArray); var - LineList: TStringList; - LineIndex: integer; + CharIndex: integer; + LineStart: integer; + LineLength: integer; + EOT: boolean; // End-Of-Text begin - // split lines on newline (there is no WideString version of ExtractStrings) - LineList := TStringList.Create(); - ExtractStrings([#13], [], PChar(Text), LineList); + // split lines on newline + SetLength(Lines, 0); + EOT := false; + LineStart := 0; - // create an array of WideStrins from the UTF-8 string-list - SetLength(Lines, LineList.Count); - for LineIndex := 0 to LineList.Count-1 do - Lines[LineIndex] := UTF8Decode(LineList[LineIndex]); - LineList.Free(); + for CharIndex := 0 to High(Text) do + begin + // check for end of text (UCS4Strings are zero-terminated) + if (CharIndex = High(Text)) then + EOT := true; + + // check for newline (carriage return (#13)) or end of text + if (Text[CharIndex] = 13) or EOT then + begin + LineLength := CharIndex - LineStart; + // check if last character was a newline + if (EOT and (LineLength = 0)) then + Break; + + // copy line (even if LineLength is 0) + SetLength(Lines, Length(Lines)+1); + Lines[High(Lines)] := UCS4Copy(Text, LineStart, LineLength); + + LineStart := CharIndex+1; + end; + end; end; -function TFont.BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; +function TFont.BBox(const Text: UCS4String; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; var - LineArray: TWideStringArray; + LineArray: TUCS4StringArray; begin SplitLines(Text, LineArray); Result := BBox(LineArray, Advance); SetLength(LineArray, 0); end; +function TFont.BBox(const Text: UTF8String; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; +begin + Result := BBox(UTF8Decode(Text), Advance); +end; + function TFont.BBox(const Text: WideString; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; begin - Result := BBox(UTF8Encode(Text), Advance); + Result := BBox(WideStringToUCS4String(Text), Advance); end; -procedure TFont.Print(const Text: TWideStringArray); +procedure TFont.Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray); var LineIndex: integer; begin @@ -912,21 +946,26 @@ begin glPopAttrib(); end; -procedure TFont.Print(const Text: string); +procedure TFont.Print(const Text: UCS4String); var - LineArray: TWideStringArray; + LineArray: TUCS4StringArray; begin SplitLines(Text, LineArray); Print(LineArray); SetLength(LineArray, 0); end; +procedure TFont.Print(const Text: UTF8String); +begin + Print(UTF8Decode(Text)); +end; + procedure TFont.Print(const Text: WideString); begin - Print(UTF8Encode(Text)); + Print(WideStringToUCS4String(Text)); end; -procedure TFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString); +procedure TFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String); var UnderlineY1, UnderlineY2: single; Bounds: TBoundsDbl; @@ -1128,12 +1167,22 @@ begin // projected width ||(x1, y1) - (x2, y1)|| Dist := (WinCoords[0][0] - WinCoords[1][0]); Dist2 := (WinCoords[0][1] - WinCoords[1][1]); - WidthScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2); + + WidthScale := 1; + if (Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2) <> 0) then + begin + WidthScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2); + end; // projected height ||(x1, y1) - (x1, y2)|| Dist := (WinCoords[0][0] - WinCoords[2][0]); Dist2 := (WinCoords[0][1] - WinCoords[2][1]); - HeightScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2); + + HeightScale := 1; + if (Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2) <> 0) then + begin + HeightScale := cTestSize / Sqrt(Dist*Dist + Dist2*Dist2); + end; //writeln(Format('Scale %f, %f', [WidthScale, HeightScale])); @@ -1194,7 +1243,7 @@ begin glScalef(MipmapScale, MipmapScale, 0); end; -procedure TScalableFont.Print(const Text: TWideStringArray); +procedure TScalableFont.Print(const Text: TUCS4StringArray); begin glPushMatrix(); @@ -1210,12 +1259,12 @@ begin glPopMatrix(); end; -procedure TScalableFont.Render(const Text: WideString); +procedure TScalableFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String); begin Assert(false, 'Unused TScalableFont.Render() was called'); end; -function TScalableFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; +function TScalableFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; begin Result := fBaseFont.BBox(Text, Advance); Result.Left := Result.Left * fScale * fAspect; @@ -1287,7 +1336,7 @@ var Level: integer; begin for Level := 0 to High(fMipmapFonts) do - if (fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) then + if ((fMipmapFonts[Level] <> nil) AND (GetMipmapScale(Level) > 0)) then fMipmapFonts[Level].SetReflectionSpacing(Spacing / GetMipmapScale(Level)); end; @@ -1346,7 +1395,7 @@ begin inherited; end; -function TCachedFont.GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; +function TCachedFont.GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; begin Result := fCache.GetGlyph(ch); if (Result = nil) then @@ -1368,11 +1417,11 @@ end; *} constructor TFTFont.Create( - const Filename: string; + const Filename: IPath; Size: integer; Outset: single; LoadFlags: FT_Int32); var - i: WideChar; + ch: UCS4Char; begin inherited Create(); @@ -1381,10 +1430,11 @@ begin fOutset := Outset; fLoadFlags := LoadFlags; fUseDisplayLists := true; + fPart := fpNone; // load font information - if (FT_New_Face(TFreeType.GetLibrary(), PChar(Filename), 0, fFace) <> 0) then - raise Exception.Create('FT_New_Face: Could not load font ''' + Filename + ''''); + if (FT_New_Face(TFreeType.GetLibrary(), PChar(Filename.ToNative), 0, fFace) <> 0) then + raise Exception.Create('FT_New_Face: Could not load font ''' + Filename.ToNative + ''''); // support scalable fonts only if (not FT_IS_SCALABLE(fFace)) then @@ -1400,8 +1450,8 @@ begin ResetIntern(); // pre-cache some commonly used glyphs (' ' - '~') - for i := #32 to #126 do - fCache.AddGlyph(i, TFTGlyph.Create(Self, i, Outset, LoadFlags)); + for ch := 32 to 126 do + fCache.AddGlyph(ch, TFTGlyph.Create(Self, ch, Outset, LoadFlags)); end; destructor TFTFont.Destroy(); @@ -1424,15 +1474,15 @@ begin ResetIntern(); end; -function TFTFont.LoadGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; +function TFTFont.LoadGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; begin Result := TFTGlyph.Create(Self, ch, Outset, fLoadFlags); end; -function TFTFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; +function TFTFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; var Glyph, PrevGlyph: TFTGlyph; - TextLine: WideString; + TextLine: UCS4String; LineYOffset: single; LineIndex, CharIndex: integer; LineBounds: TBoundsDbl; @@ -1462,7 +1512,7 @@ begin LineBounds.Top := 0; // for each glyph image, compute its bounding box - for CharIndex := 1 to Length(TextLine) do + for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(TextLine)-1 do begin Glyph := TFTGlyph(GetGlyph(TextLine[CharIndex])); if (Glyph <> nil) then @@ -1480,9 +1530,9 @@ begin LineBounds.Left := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Bounds.Left; // update right bound - if (CharIndex < Length(TextLine)) or // not the last character - (TextLine[CharIndex] = ' ') or // on space char (Bounds.Right = 0) - Advance then // or in advance mode + if (CharIndex < LengthUCS4(TextLine)-1) or // not the last character + (TextLine[CharIndex] = Ord(' ')) or // on space char (Bounds.Right = 0) + Advance then // or in advance mode begin // add advance and glyph spacing LineBounds.Right := LineBounds.Right + Glyph.Advance.x + GlyphSpacing @@ -1534,13 +1584,13 @@ begin end; // if left or bottom bound was not set, set them to 0 - if (Result.Left = Infinity) then + if (IsInfinite(Result.Left)) then Result.Left := 0.0; - if (Result.Bottom = Infinity) then + if (IsInfinite(Result.Bottom)) then Result.Bottom := 0.0; end; -procedure TFTFont.Render(const Text: WideString); +procedure TFTFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String); var CharIndex: integer; Glyph, PrevGlyph: TFTGlyph; @@ -1550,7 +1600,7 @@ begin PrevGlyph := nil; // draw current line - for CharIndex := 1 to Length(Text) do + for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(Text)-1 do begin Glyph := TFTGlyph(GetGlyph(Text[CharIndex])); if (Assigned(Glyph)) then @@ -1606,7 +1656,7 @@ end; * TFTScalableFont *} -constructor TFTScalableFont.Create(const Filename: string; +constructor TFTScalableFont.Create(const Filename: IPath; Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single; UseMipmaps: boolean); var @@ -1662,7 +1712,7 @@ end; *} constructor TFTOutlineFont.Create( - const Filename: string; + const Filename: IPath; Size: integer; Outset: single; LoadFlags: FT_Int32); begin @@ -1673,7 +1723,9 @@ begin fOutset := Outset; fInnerFont := TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, 0.0, LoadFlags); + fInnerFont.fPart := fpInner; fOutlineFont := TFTFont.Create(Filename, Size, Outset, LoadFlags); + fOutlineFont.fPart := fpOutline; ResetIntern(); end; @@ -1705,7 +1757,7 @@ begin ResetIntern(); end; -procedure TFTOutlineFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: WideString); +procedure TFTOutlineFont.DrawUnderline(const Text: UCS4String); var CurrentColor: TGLColor; OutlineColor: TGLColor; @@ -1730,7 +1782,7 @@ begin glPopMatrix(); end; -procedure TFTOutlineFont.Render(const Text: WideString); +procedure TFTOutlineFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String); var CurrentColor: TGLColor; OutlineColor: TGLColor; @@ -1770,7 +1822,7 @@ begin fInnerFont.FlushCache(KeepBaseSet); end; -function TFTOutlineFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; +function TFTOutlineFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; begin Result := fOutlineFont.BBox(Text, Advance); end; @@ -1852,7 +1904,7 @@ end; *} constructor TFTScalableOutlineFont.Create( - const Filename: string; + const Filename: IPath; Size: integer; OutsetAmount: single; UseMipmaps: boolean); var @@ -1935,82 +1987,113 @@ const *} cTexSmoothBorder = 1; -procedure TFTGlyph.Extrude(var TexBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray; Outset: single); +procedure TFTGlyph.StrokeBorder(var Glyph: FT_Glyph); +var + Outline: PFT_Outline; + OuterStroker, InnerStroker: FT_Stroker; + OuterNumPoints, InnerNumPoints, GlyphNumPoints: FT_UInt; + OuterNumContours, InnerNumContours, GlyphNumContours: FT_UInt; + OuterBorder, InnerBorder: FT_StrokerBorder; + OutlineFlags: FT_Int; + UseStencil: boolean; +begin + // It is possible to extrude the borders of a glyph with FT_Glyph_Stroke + // but it will extrude the border to the outside and the inside of a glyph + // although we just want to extrude to the outside. + // FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder extrudes to the outside but also fills the interior + // (this is what we need for bold fonts). + // In both cases the inner font and outline font (border) will overlap. + // Normally this does not matter but it does if alpha blending is active. + // In this case if e.g. the inner color is set to white, the outline to red + // and alpha to 0.5 the inner part will not be white it will be pink. + + InnerStroker := nil; + OuterStroker := nil; + + // If we are to create the interior of an outlined font (fInner = true) + // we have to create two borders: + // - one extruded to the outside by fOutset pixels and + // - one extruded to the inside by almost 0 zero pixels. + // The second one is used as a stencil for the first one, clearing the + // interiour of the glyph. + // The stencil is not needed to create bold fonts. + UseStencil := (fFont.fPart = fpInner); + + Outline := @FT_OutlineGlyph(Glyph).outline; + + OuterBorder := FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder(Outline); + if (OuterBorder = FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT) then + InnerBorder := FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT + else + InnerBorder := FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT; + + { extrude outer border } + + if (FT_Stroker_New(Glyph.library_, OuterStroker) <> 0) then + raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_New failed!'); + FT_Stroker_Set( + OuterStroker, + Round(fOutset * 64), + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL, + 0); + + // similar to FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder(inner = FT_FALSE) but it is possible to + // use FT_Stroker_ExportBorder() afterwards to combine inner and outer borders + if (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline(OuterStroker, Outline, FT_FALSE) <> 0) then + raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_ParseOutline failed!'); - procedure SetToMax(var Val1: GLubyte; Val2: GLubyte); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts(OuterStroker, OuterBorder, OuterNumPoints, OuterNumContours); + + { extrude inner border (= stencil) } + + if (UseStencil) then begin - if (Val1 < Val2) then - Val1 := Val2; + if (FT_Stroker_New(Glyph.library_, InnerStroker) <> 0) then + raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_New failed!'); + FT_Stroker_Set( + InnerStroker, + 63, // extrude at most one pixel to avoid a black border + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL, + 0); + + if (FT_Stroker_ParseOutline(InnerStroker, Outline, FT_FALSE) <> 0) then + raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_ParseOutline failed!'); + + FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts(InnerStroker, InnerBorder, InnerNumPoints, InnerNumContours); + end else begin + InnerNumPoints := 0; + InnerNumContours := 0; end; -var - I, X, Y: integer; - SrcBuffer,TmpBuffer: TGLubyteDynArray; - TexLine, TexLinePrev, TexLineNext: PGLubyteArray; - SrcLine: PGLubyteArray; - AlphaScale: single; - Value, ValueNeigh, ValueDiag: GLubyte; -const - // square-root of 2 used for diagonal neighbor pixels - cSqrt2 = 1.4142; - // number of ignored pixels on each edge of the bitmap. Consists of: - // - border used for font smoothing and - // - outer (extruded) bitmap pixel (because it is just written but never read) - cBorder = cTexSmoothBorder + 1; -begin - // allocate memory for temporary buffer - SetLength(SrcBuffer, Length(TexBuffer)); - FillChar(SrcBuffer[0], Length(TexBuffer), 0); - - // extrude pixel by pixel - for I := 1 to Ceil(Outset) do - begin - // swap arrays - TmpBuffer := TexBuffer; - TexBuffer := SrcBuffer; - SrcBuffer := TmpBuffer; - - // as long as we add an entire pixel of outset, use a solid color. - // If the fractional part is reached blend, e.g. outline=3.2 -> 3 solid - // pixels and one blended with alpha=0.2. - // For the fractional part I = Ceil(Outset) is always true. - if (I <= Outset) then - AlphaScale := 1 - else - AlphaScale := Outset - Trunc(Outset); - - // copy data to the expanded bitmap. - for Y := cBorder to fTexSize.Height - 2*cBorder do - begin - TexLine := @TexBuffer[Y*fTexSize.Width]; - TexLinePrev := @TexBuffer[(Y-1)*fTexSize.Width]; - TexLineNext := @TexBuffer[(Y+1)*fTexSize.Width]; - SrcLine := @SrcBuffer[Y*fTexSize.Width]; + { combine borders (subtract: OuterBorder - InnerBorder) } - // expand current line's pixels - for X := cBorder to fTexSize.Width - 2*cBorder do - begin - Value := SrcLine[X]; - ValueNeigh := Round(Value * AlphaScale); - ValueDiag := Round(ValueNeigh / cSqrt2); + GlyphNumPoints := InnerNumPoints + OuterNumPoints; + GlyphNumContours := InnerNumContours + OuterNumContours; - SetToMax(TexLine[X], Value); - SetToMax(TexLine[X-1], ValueNeigh); - SetToMax(TexLine[X+1], ValueNeigh); + // save flags before deletion (TODO: set them on the resulting outline) + OutlineFlags := Outline.flags; - SetToMax(TexLinePrev[X], ValueNeigh); - SetToMax(TexLinePrev[X-1], ValueDiag); - SetToMax(TexLinePrev[X+1], ValueDiag); + // resize glyph outline to hold inner and outer border + FT_Outline_Done(Glyph.Library_, Outline); + if (FT_Outline_New(Glyph.Library_, GlyphNumPoints, GlyphNumContours, Outline) <> 0) then + raise Exception.Create('FT_Outline_New failed!'); - SetToMax(TexLineNext[X], ValueNeigh); - SetToMax(TexLineNext[X-1], ValueDiag); - SetToMax(TexLineNext[X+1], ValueDiag); - end; - end; - end; + Outline.n_points := 0; + Outline.n_contours := 0; + + // add points to outline. The inner-border is used as a stencil. + FT_Stroker_ExportBorder(OuterStroker, OuterBorder, Outline); + if (UseStencil) then + FT_Stroker_ExportBorder(InnerStroker, InnerBorder, Outline); + if (FT_Outline_Check(outline) <> 0) then + raise Exception.Create('FT_Stroker_ExportBorder failed!'); - TmpBuffer := nil; - SetLength(SrcBuffer, 0); + if (InnerStroker <> nil) then + FT_Stroker_Done(InnerStroker); + if (OuterStroker <> nil) then + FT_Stroker_Done(OuterStroker); end; procedure TFTGlyph.CreateTexture(LoadFlags: FT_Int32); @@ -2033,6 +2116,9 @@ begin if (FT_Get_Glyph(fFont.Face^.glyph, Glyph) <> 0) then raise Exception.Create('FT_Get_Glyph failed'); + if (fOutset > 0) then + StrokeBorder(Glyph); + // store scaled advance width/height in glyph-object fAdvance.X := fFont.Face^.glyph^.advance.x / 64 + fOutset*2; fAdvance.Y := fFont.Face^.glyph^.advance.y / 64 + fOutset*2; @@ -2114,9 +2200,6 @@ begin end; end; - if (fOutset > 0) then - Extrude(TexBuffer, fOutset); - // allocate resources for textures and display lists glGenTextures(1, @fTexture); @@ -2151,13 +2234,14 @@ begin FT_Done_Glyph(Glyph); end; -constructor TFTGlyph.Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: WideChar; Outset: single; +constructor TFTGlyph.Create(Font: TFTFont; ch: UCS4Char; Outset: single; LoadFlags: FT_Int32); begin inherited Create(); fFont := Font; fOutset := Outset; + fCharCode := ch; // get the Freetype char-index (use default UNICODE charmap) fCharIndex := FT_Get_Char_Index(Font.fFace, FT_ULONG(ch)); @@ -2336,7 +2420,7 @@ begin InsertPos := fHash.Count; end; -function TGlyphCache.AddGlyph(ch: WideChar; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean; +function TGlyphCache.AddGlyph(ch: UCS4Char; const Glyph: TGlyph): boolean; var BaseCode: cardinal; GlyphCode: integer; @@ -2346,7 +2430,7 @@ var begin Result := false; - BaseCode := cardinal(ch) shr 8; + BaseCode := Ord(ch) shr 8; GlyphTable := FindGlyphTable(BaseCode, InsertPos); if (GlyphTable = nil) then begin @@ -2356,7 +2440,7 @@ begin end; // get glyph table offset - GlyphCode := cardinal(ch) and $FF; + GlyphCode := Ord(ch) and $FF; // insert glyph into table if not present if (GlyphTable[GlyphCode] = nil) then begin @@ -2365,19 +2449,19 @@ begin end; end; -procedure TGlyphCache.DeleteGlyph(ch: WideChar); +procedure TGlyphCache.DeleteGlyph(ch: UCS4Char); var Table: PGlyphTable; TableIndex, GlyphIndex: integer; TableEmpty: boolean; begin // find table - Table := FindGlyphTable(cardinal(ch) shr 8, TableIndex); + Table := FindGlyphTable(Ord(ch) shr 8, TableIndex); if (Table = nil) then Exit; // find glyph - GlyphIndex := cardinal(ch) and $FF; + GlyphIndex := Ord(ch) and $FF; if (Table[GlyphIndex] <> nil) then begin // destroy glyph @@ -2402,19 +2486,19 @@ begin end; end; -function TGlyphCache.GetGlyph(ch: WideChar): TGlyph; +function TGlyphCache.GetGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): TGlyph; var InsertPos: integer; Table: PGlyphTable; begin - Table := FindGlyphTable(cardinal(ch) shr 8, InsertPos); + Table := FindGlyphTable(Ord(ch) shr 8, InsertPos); if (Table = nil) then Result := nil else - Result := Table[cardinal(ch) and $FF]; + Result := Table[Ord(ch) and $FF]; end; -function TGlyphCache.HasGlyph(ch: WideChar): boolean; +function TGlyphCache.HasGlyph(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; begin Result := (GetGlyph(ch) <> nil); end; @@ -2482,7 +2566,7 @@ end; * TBitmapFont *} -constructor TBitmapFont.Create(const Filename: string; Outline: integer; +constructor TBitmapFont.Create(const Filename: IPath; Outline: integer; Baseline, Ascender, Descender: integer); begin inherited Create(); @@ -2494,7 +2578,7 @@ begin fAscender := Ascender; fDescender := Descender; - LoadFontInfo(ChangeFileExt(Filename, '.dat')); + LoadFontInfo(Filename.SetExtension('.dat')); ResetIntern(); end; @@ -2524,27 +2608,27 @@ begin fWidths[Count] := Round(fWidths[Count] * WidthMult) + WidthAdd; end; -procedure TBitmapFont.LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: string); +procedure TBitmapFont.LoadFontInfo(const InfoFile: IPath); var - Stream: TFileStream; + Stream: TStream; begin FillChar(fWidths[0], Length(fWidths), 0); Stream := nil; try - Stream := TFileStream.Create(InfoFile, fmOpenRead); + Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(InfoFile, fmOpenRead); Stream.Read(fWidths, 256); except - raise Exception.Create('Could not read font info file ''' + InfoFile + ''''); + raise Exception.Create('Could not read font info file ''' + InfoFile.ToNative + ''''); end; Stream.Free; end; -function TBitmapFont.BBox(const Text: TWideStringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; +function TBitmapFont.BBox(const Text: TUCS4StringArray; Advance: boolean): TBoundsDbl; var LineIndex, CharIndex: integer; CharCode: cardinal; - Line: WideString; + Line: UCS4String; LineWidth: double; begin Result.Left := 0; @@ -2556,7 +2640,7 @@ begin begin Line := Text[LineIndex]; LineWidth := 0; - for CharIndex := 1 to Length(Line) do + for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(Line)-1 do begin CharCode := Ord(Line[CharIndex]); if (CharCode < Length(fWidths)) then @@ -2567,7 +2651,7 @@ begin end; end; -procedure TBitmapFont.RenderChar(ch: WideChar; var AdvanceX: real); +procedure TBitmapFont.RenderChar(ch: UCS4Char; var AdvanceX: real); var TexX, TexY: real; TexR, TexB: real; @@ -2659,20 +2743,20 @@ begin AdvanceX := AdvanceX + GlyphWidth; end; -procedure TBitmapFont.Render(const Text: WideString); +procedure TBitmapFont.Render(const Text: UCS4String); var CharIndex: integer; AdvanceX: real; begin // if there is no text do nothing - if (Text = '') then + if (Text = nil) or (Text[0] = 0) then Exit; //Save the current color and alpha (for reflection) glGetFloatv(GL_CURRENT_COLOR, @fTempColor); AdvanceX := 0; - for CharIndex := 1 to Length(Text) do + for CharIndex := 0 to LengthUCS4(Text)-1 do begin RenderChar(Text[CharIndex], AdvanceX); end; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UGraphic.pas b/Lua/src/base/UGraphic.pas index 99478b70..a1f63366 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UGraphic.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UGraphic.pas @@ -150,11 +150,12 @@ var //popup mod ScreenPopupCheck: TScreenPopupCheck; ScreenPopupError: TScreenPopupError; + ScreenPopupInfo: TScreenPopupInfo; //Notes - Tex_Left: array[0..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_note_left - Tex_Mid: array[0..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_note_mid - Tex_Right: array[0..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_note_right + Tex_Left: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_note_left + Tex_Mid: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_note_mid + Tex_Right: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_note_right Tex_plain_Left: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_notebg_left Tex_plain_Mid: array[1..6] of TTexture; //rename to tex_notebg_mid @@ -198,7 +199,14 @@ var Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest : array [1..6] of TTexture; Tex_Score_Ratings : array [0..7] of TTexture; - + + // arrows for SelectSlide + Tex_SelectS_ArrowL: TTexture; + Tex_SelectS_ArrowR: TTexture; + + // textures for software mouse cursor + Tex_Cursor_Unpressed: TTexture; + Tex_Cursor_Pressed: TTexture; const Skin_BGColorR = 1; Skin_BGColorG = 1; @@ -232,17 +240,6 @@ const Skin_OscG = 0; Skin_OscB = 0; - // TODO: add to theme ini file - Skin_LyricsT = 493; - Skin_LyricsUpperX = 80; - Skin_LyricsUpperW = 640; - Skin_LyricsUpperY = Skin_LyricsT; - Skin_LyricsUpperH = 41; - Skin_LyricsLowerX = 80; - Skin_LyricsLowerW = 640; - Skin_LyricsLowerY = Skin_LyricsT + Skin_LyricsUpperH + 1; - Skin_LyricsLowerH = 41; - Skin_SpectrumT = 470; Skin_SpectrumBot = 570; Skin_SpectrumH = 100; @@ -280,11 +277,12 @@ function LoadingThreadFunction: integer; implementation uses + Classes, UMain, UIni, UDisplay, UCommandLine, - Classes; + UPathUtils; procedure LoadFontTextures; begin @@ -294,23 +292,13 @@ end; procedure LoadTextures; - var - P: integer; - R, G, B: real; - Col: integer; + P: integer; + R, G, B: real; + Col: integer; begin Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures', 'LoadTextures'); - // FIXME: do we need this? (REMOVE otherwise) - Tex_Left[0] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayLeft'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - // FIXME: do we need this? (REMOVE otherwise) - Tex_Mid[0] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayMid'), TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0); - // FIXME: do we need this? (REMOVE otherwise) - Tex_Right[0] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); - - Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - A', 'LoadTextures'); - // P1-6 // TODO... do it once for each player... this is a bit crappy !! // can we make it any better !? @@ -318,7 +306,29 @@ begin begin LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Light'); Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255); - + + { some colors for tests + Col := $10000 * Round(0.02*255) + $100 * Round(0.6 *255) + Round(0.8 *255); //blue + Col := $10000 * Round(0.8 *255) ; //red + Col := $100 * Round(0.85*255) ; //green + Col := $10000 * 255 + $100 * Round(0.52*255) ; //orange + Col := $10000 * 255 + $100 * 255 ; //yellow + Col := $10000 * Round(0.82*255) + 255 ; //purple + Col := $10000 * Round(0.22*255) + $100 * Round(0.39*255) + Round(0.64*255); //dark blue + Col := $10000 * Round(0 *255) + $100 * Round(0 *255) + Round(0 *255); //black + Col := $10000 * Round(1.0 *255) + $100 * Round(0.43*255) + Round(0.70*255); //pink + Col := 0; //black + Col := $FFFFFF; //white + Col := $FF0000; //red + Col := $00FF00; //green + Col := $002200; //light green + Col := $002222; //light greenblue + Col := $222200; //light yellow + Col := $340000; //red + Col := $FF6EB4; //pink + Col := $333333; //grey + } + Tex_Left[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayLeft'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); Tex_Mid[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayMid'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); Tex_Right[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('GrayRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); @@ -339,6 +349,15 @@ begin Tex_Ball := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Ball'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); Tex_Lyric_Help_Bar := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricHelpBar'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, $FF00FF); + Tex_SelectS_ArrowL := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Select_ArrowLeft'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); + Tex_SelectS_ArrowR := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Select_ArrowRight'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); + + Tex_Cursor_Unpressed := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Cursor'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); + + if (Skin.GetTextureFileName('Cursor_Pressed').IsSet) then + Tex_Cursor_Pressed := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Cursor_Pressed'), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0) + else + Tex_Cursor_Pressed.TexNum := 0; //TimeBar mod Tex_TimeProgress := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('TimeBar')); @@ -384,14 +403,14 @@ begin End; Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255); - Tex_SingLineBonusBack[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LineBonusBack')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); + Tex_SingLineBonusBack[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LineBonusBack'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); end; //## backgrounds for the scores ## for P := 0 to 5 do begin LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P+1) + 'Light'); Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255); - Tex_ScoreBG[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreBG')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); + Tex_ScoreBG[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreBG'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); end; @@ -406,23 +425,23 @@ begin //NoteBar ScoreBar LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Dark'); Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255); - Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); - Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark_Round')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); + Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); + Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Dark[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Dark_Round'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); //LineBonus ScoreBar LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Light'); Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255); - Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); - Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light_Round')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); + Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); + Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Light[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Light_Round'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); //GoldenNotes ScoreBar LoadColor(R, G, B, 'P' + IntToStr(P) + 'Lightest'); Col := $10000 * Round(R*255) + $100 * Round(G*255) + Round(B*255); - Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); - Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest_Round')), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); + Tex_Score_NoteBarLevel_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); + Tex_Score_NoteBarRound_Lightest[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('ScoreLevel_Lightest_Round'), TEXTURE_TYPE_COLORIZED, Col); end; //## rating pictures that show a picture according to your rate ## for P := 0 to 7 do begin - Tex_Score_Ratings[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rating_'+IntToStr(P))), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); + Tex_Score_Ratings[P] := Texture.LoadTexture(Skin.GetTextureFileName('Rating_'+IntToStr(P)), TEXTURE_TYPE_TRANSPARENT, 0); end; Log.LogStatus('Loading Textures - Done', 'LoadTextures'); @@ -459,9 +478,9 @@ begin end; // load icon image (must be 32x32 for win32) - Icon := LoadImage(ResourcesPath + WINDOW_ICON); + Icon := LoadImage(ResourcesPath.Append(WINDOW_ICON)); if (Icon <> nil) then - SDL_WM_SetIcon(Icon, 0); + SDL_WM_SetIcon(Icon, nil); SDL_WM_SetCaption(PChar(Title), nil); @@ -497,6 +516,7 @@ begin Log.LogStatus('TDisplay.Create', 'UGraphic.Initialize3D'); Display := TDisplay.Create; + //Display.SetCursor; //Log.BenchmarkEnd(2); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Creating Display', 2); @@ -629,15 +649,15 @@ begin begin Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Set Video Mode... Full Screen'); screen := SDL_SetVideoMode(W, H, (Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN ); - SDL_ShowCursor(0); end else begin Log.LogStatus('SDL_SetVideoMode', 'Set Video Mode... Windowed'); screen := SDL_SetVideoMode(W, H, 0, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE); - SDL_ShowCursor(1); end; + SDL_ShowCursor(0); + if (screen = nil) then begin Log.LogCritical('SDL_SetVideoMode Failed', 'Initialize3D'); @@ -661,7 +681,7 @@ end; procedure LoadLoadingScreen; begin ScreenLoading := TScreenLoading.Create; - ScreenLoading.onShow; + ScreenLoading.OnShow; Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenLoading; @@ -676,7 +696,7 @@ end; procedure LoadScreens; begin { ScreenLoading := TScreenLoading.Create; - ScreenLoading.onShow; + ScreenLoading.OnShow; Display.CurrentScreen := @ScreenLoading; ScreenLoading.Draw; Display.Draw; @@ -737,6 +757,8 @@ begin Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Check)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3); ScreenPopupError := TScreenPopupError.Create; Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Error)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3); + ScreenPopupInfo := TScreenPopupInfo.Create; + Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen Popup (Info)', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3); ScreenPartyNewRound := TScreenPartyNewRound.Create; Log.BenchmarkEnd(3); Log.LogBenchmark('====> Screen PartyNewRound', 3); Log.BenchmarkStart(3); ScreenPartyScore := TScreenPartyScore.Create; @@ -788,6 +810,7 @@ begin ScreenSongJumpto.Destroy; ScreenPopupCheck.Destroy; ScreenPopupError.Destroy; + ScreenPopupInfo.Destroy; ScreenPartyNewRound.Destroy; ScreenPartyScore.Destroy; ScreenPartyWin.Destroy; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas b/Lua/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas index 3fbe262f..cdaa238e 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UGraphicClasses.pas @@ -124,16 +124,16 @@ var implementation uses - sysutils, + SysUtils, + Math, gl, + UCommon, + UDrawTexture, + UGraphic, UIni, - UMain, - UThemes, + UNote, USkins, - UGraphic, - UDrawTexture, - UCommon, - math; + UThemes; //TParticle constructor TParticle.Create(cX, cY : real; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UHooks.pas b/Lua/src/base/UHooks.pas deleted file mode 100644 index ab830090..00000000 --- a/Lua/src/base/UHooks.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,461 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UHooks; - -{********************* - THookManager - Class for saving, managing and calling of hooks. - Saves all hookable events and their subscribers -*********************} -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - uPluginDefs, - SysUtils; - -type - //Record that saves info from Subscriber - PSubscriberInfo = ^TSubscriberInfo; - TSubscriberInfo = record - Self: THandle; //ID of this Subscription (First word: ID of Subscription; 2nd word: ID of Hook) - Next: PSubscriberInfo; //Pointer to next Item in HookChain - - Owner: integer; //For Error Handling and Plugin Unloading. - - //Here is s/t tricky - //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to Hook an Event with a Class - //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class - case isClass: boolean of - False: (Proc: TUS_Hook); //Proc that will be called on Event - True: (ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object); - end; - - TEventInfo = record - Name: string[60]; //Name of Event - FirstSubscriber: PSubscriberInfo; //First subscriber in chain - LastSubscriber: PSubscriberInfo; //Last " (for easier subscriber adding - end; - - THookManager = class - private - Events: array of TEventInfo; - SpaceinEvents: word; //Number of empty Items in Events Array. (e.g. Deleted Items) - - procedure FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo); - public - constructor Create(const SpacetoAllocate: word); - - function AddEvent (const EventName: Pchar): THandle; - function DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer; - - function AddSubscriber (const EventName: Pchar; const Proc: TUS_Hook = nil; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object = nil): THandle; - function DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): integer; - - function CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; - function EventExists (const EventName: Pchar): integer; - - procedure DelbyOwner(const Owner: integer); - end; - -function HookTest(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall; - -var - HookManager: THookManager; - -implementation - -uses - ULog, - UCore; - -//------------ -// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values -//------------ -constructor THookManager.Create(const SpacetoAllocate: word); -var I: integer; -begin - inherited Create(); - - //Get the Space and "Zero" it - SetLength (Events, SpacetoAllocate); - for I := 0 to SpacetoAllocate-1 do - Events[I].Name[1] := chr(0); - - SpaceinEvents := SpacetoAllocate; - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteLn('HookManager: Succesful Created.'); - {$ENDIF} -end; - -//------------ -// AddEvent - Adds an Event and return the Events Handle or 0 on Failure -//------------ -function THookManager.AddEvent (const EventName: Pchar): THandle; -var I: integer; -begin - Result := 0; - - if (EventExists(EventName) = 0) then - begin - if (SpaceinEvents > 0) then - begin - //There is already Space available - //Go Search it! - for I := 0 to High(Events) do - if (Events[I].Name[1] = chr(0)) then - begin //Found Space - Result := I; - Dec(SpaceinEvents); - Break; - end; - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteLn('HookManager: Found Space for Event at Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result+1) + ''); - {$ENDIF} - end - else - begin //There is no Space => Go make some! - Result := Length(Events); - SetLength(Events, Result + 1); - end; - - //Set Events Data - Events[Result].Name := EventName; - Events[Result].FirstSubscriber := nil; - Events[Result].LastSubscriber := nil; - - //Handle is Index + 1 - Inc(Result); - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteLn('HookManager: Add Event succesful: ''' + EventName + ''); - {$ENDIF} - end - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - else - debugWriteLn('HookManager: Trying to ReAdd Event: ''' + EventName + ''); - {$ENDIF} -end; - -//------------ -// DelEvent - Deletes an Event by Handle Returns False on Failure -//------------ -function THookManager.DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer; -var - Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo; -begin - hEvent := hEvent - 1; //Arrayindex is Handle - 1 - Result := -1; - - - if (Length(Events) > hEvent) and (Events[hEvent].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then - begin //Event exists - //Free the Space for all Subscribers - Cur := Events[hEvent].FirstSubscriber; - - while (Cur <> nil) do - begin - Last := Cur; - Cur := Cur.Next; - FreeMem(Last, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo)); - end; - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteLn('HookManager: Removed Event succesful: ''' + Events[hEvent].Name + ''); - {$ENDIF} - - //Free the Event - Events[hEvent].Name[1] := chr(0); - Inc(SpaceinEvents); //There is one more space for new events - end - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - else - debugWriteLn('HookManager: Try to Remove not Existing Event. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hEvent) + ''); - {$ENDIF} -end; - -//------------ -// AddSubscriber - Adds an Subscriber to the Event by Name -// Returns Handle of the Subscribtion or 0 on Failure -//------------ -function THookManager.AddSubscriber (const EventName: Pchar; const Proc: TUS_Hook; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object): THandle; -var - EventHandle: THandle; - EventIndex: Cardinal; - Cur: PSubscriberInfo; -begin - Result := 0; - - if (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then - begin - EventHandle := EventExists(EventName); - - if (EventHandle <> 0) then - begin - EventIndex := EventHandle - 1; - - //Get Memory - GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo)); - - //Fill it with Data - Cur.Next := nil; - - //Add Owner - Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted; - - if (@Proc = nil) then - begin //Use the ProcofClass Method - Cur.isClass := True; - Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass; - end - else //Use the normal Proc - begin - Cur.isClass := False; - Cur.Proc := Proc; - end; - - //Create Handle (1st word: Handle of Event; 2nd word: unique ID - if (Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber = nil) then - begin - if (Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber = nil) then - begin - Result := (EventHandle SHL 16); - Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur; - end - else - begin - Result := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber.Self + 1; - end; - end - else - begin - Result := Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Self + 1; - Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Next := Cur; - end; - - Cur.Self := Result; - - //Add to Chain - Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Cur; - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteLn('HookManager: Add Subscriber to Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + ''' Owner: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Owner)); - {$ENDIF} - end; - end; -end; - -//------------ -// FreeSubscriber - Helper for DelSubscriber. Prevents Loss of Chain Items. Frees Memory. -//------------ -procedure THookManager.FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo); -begin - //Delete from Chain - if (Last <> nil) then - begin - Last.Next := Cur.Next; - end - else //Was first Popup - begin - Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur.Next; - end; - - //Was this Last subscription ? - if (Cur = Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber) then - begin //Change Last Subscriber - Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Last; - end; - - //Free Space: - FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo)); -end; - -//------------ -// DelSubscriber - Deletes a Subscribtion by Handle, return non Zero on Failure -//------------ -function THookManager.DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): integer; -var - EventIndex: Cardinal; - Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo; -begin - Result := -1; - EventIndex := ((hSubscriber and (High(THandle) xor High(word))) SHR 16) - 1; - - //Existing Event ? - if (EventIndex < Length(Events)) and (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then - begin - Result := -2; //Return -1 on not existing Event, -2 on not existing Subscription - - //Search for Subscription - Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber; - Last := nil; - - //go through the chain ... - while (Cur <> nil) do - begin - if (Cur.Self = hSubscriber) then - begin //Found Subscription we searched for - FreeSubscriber(EventIndex, Last, Cur); - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteLn('HookManager: Del Subscriber from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hSubscriber) + ''); - {$ENDIF} - - //Set Result and Break the Loop - Result := 0; - Break; - end; - - Last := Cur; - Cur := Cur.Next; - end; - - end; -end; - - -//------------ -// CallEventChain - Calls the Chain of a specified EventHandle -// Returns: -1: Handle doesn't Exist, 0 Chain is called until the End -//------------ -function THookManager.CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -var - EventIndex: Cardinal; - Cur: PSubscriberInfo; - CurExecutedBackup: integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute -begin - Result := -1; - EventIndex := hEvent - 1; - - if ((EventIndex <= High(Events)) and (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0))) then - begin //Existing Event - //Backup CurExecuted - CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted; - - //Start calling the Chain !!!11 - Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber; - Result := 0; - //Call Hooks until the Chain is at the End or breaked - while ((Cur <> nil) and (Result = 0)) do - begin - //Set CurExecuted - Core.CurExecuted := Cur.Owner; - if (Cur.isClass) then - Result := Cur.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam) - else - Result := Cur.Proc(wParam, lParam); - - Cur := Cur.Next; - end; - - //Restore CurExecuted - Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup; - end; - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteLn('HookManager: Called Chain from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Result: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + ''); - {$ENDIF} -end; - -//------------ -// EventExists - Returns non Zero if an Event with the given Name exists -//------------ -function THookManager.EventExists (const EventName: Pchar): integer; -var - I: integer; - Name: string[60]; -begin - Result := 0; - //if (Length(EventName) < - Name := string(EventName); - - //Sure not to search for empty space - if (Name[1] <> chr(0)) then - begin - //Search for Event - for I := 0 to High(Events) do - if (Events[I].Name = Name) then - begin //Event found - Result := I + 1; - Break; - end; - end; -end; - -//------------ -// DelbyOwner - Dels all Subscriptions by a specific Owner. (For Clean Plugin/Module unloading) -//------------ -procedure THookManager.DelbyOwner(const Owner: integer); -var - I: integer; - Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo; -begin - //Search for Owner in all Hooks Chains - for I := 0 to High(Events) do - begin - if (Events[I].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then - begin - - Last := nil; - Cur := Events[I].FirstSubscriber; - //Went Through Chain - while (Cur <> nil) do - begin - if (Cur.Owner = Owner) then - begin //Found Subscription by Owner -> Delete - FreeSubscriber(I, Last, Cur); - if (Last <> nil) then - Cur := Last.Next - else - Cur := Events[I].FirstSubscriber; - end - else - begin - //Next Item: - Last := Cur; - Cur := Cur.Next; - end; - end; - end; - end; -end; - - -function HookTest(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall; -begin - Result := 0; //Don't break the chain - Core.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_INFO, Pchar(string(Pchar(Pointer(lParam))) + ': ' + string(Pchar(Pointer(wParam))))); -end; - -end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UImage.pas b/Lua/src/base/UImage.pas index 18b0035c..1866316e 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UImage.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UImage.pas @@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - SDL; + SDL, + UPath; {$DEFINE HavePNG} {$DEFINE HaveBMP} @@ -131,30 +132,29 @@ type *******************************************************) {$IFDEF HavePNG} -function WritePNGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean; +function WritePNGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF HaveBMP} -function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean; +function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean; {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF HaveJPG} -function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean; +function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean; {$ENDIF} (******************************************************* * Image loading *******************************************************) -function LoadImage(const Filename: string): PSDL_Surface; +function LoadImage(const Filename: IPath): PSDL_Surface; (******************************************************* * Image manipulation *******************************************************) function PixelFormatEquals(fmt1, fmt2: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean; -procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal); -procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal); -procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: Cardinal); - +procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal); +procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal); +procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: cardinal); implementation @@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ uses zlib, sdl_image, sdlutils, + sdlstreams, UCommon, ULog; - function IsRGBSurface(pixelFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean; begin Result := (pixelFmt.BitsPerPixel = 24) and @@ -266,7 +266,6 @@ begin end; end; - (******************************************************* * Image saving *******************************************************) @@ -285,26 +284,26 @@ end; procedure user_read_data(png_ptr: png_structp; data: png_bytep; length: png_size_t); cdecl; var - inFile: TFileStream; + inFile: TStream; begin - inFile := TFileStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr)); + inFile := TStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr)); inFile.Read(data^, length); end; procedure user_write_data(png_ptr: png_structp; data: png_bytep; length: png_size_t); cdecl; var - outFile: TFileStream; + outFile: TStream; begin - outFile := TFileStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr)); + outFile := TStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr)); outFile.Write(data^, length); end; procedure user_flush_data(png_ptr: png_structp); cdecl; //var -// outFile: TFileStream; +// outFile: TStream; begin // binary files are flushed automatically, Flush() works with Text-files only - //outFile := TFileStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr)); + //outFile := TStream(png_get_io_ptr(png_ptr)); //outFile.Flush(); end; @@ -314,23 +313,23 @@ var hour, minute, second, msecond: word; begin DecodeDate(time, year, month, day); - pngTime.year := year; - pngTime.month := month; - pngTime.day := day; + pngTime.year := png_uint_16(year); + pngTime.month := png_byte(month); + pngTime.day := png_byte(day); DecodeTime(time, hour, minute, second, msecond); - pngTime.hour := hour; - pngTime.minute := minute; - pngTime.second := second; + pngTime.hour := png_byte(hour); + pngTime.minute := png_byte(minute); + pngTime.second := png_byte(second); end; (* * ImageData must be in RGB-format *) -function WritePNGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean; +function WritePNGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean; var png_ptr: png_structp; info_ptr: png_infop; - pngFile: TFileStream; + pngFile: TStream; row: integer; rowData: array of png_bytep; // rowStride: integer; @@ -342,9 +341,9 @@ begin // open file for writing try - pngFile := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate); + pngFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate); except - Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WritePngImage'); + Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WritePngImage'); Exit; end; @@ -503,9 +502,9 @@ type (* * ImageData must be in BGR-format *) -function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean; +function WriteBMPImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface): boolean; var - bmpFile: TFileStream; + bmpFile: TStream; FileInfo: BITMAPINFOHEADER; FileHeader: BITMAPFILEHEADER; Converted: boolean; @@ -516,9 +515,9 @@ begin // open file for writing try - bmpFile := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate); + bmpFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate); except - Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteBMPImage'); + Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteBMPImage'); Exit; end; @@ -582,7 +581,7 @@ begin Result := true; finally - Log.LogError('Could not write file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteBMPImage'); + Log.LogError('Could not write file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteBMPImage'); end; if (Converted) then @@ -600,20 +599,21 @@ end; {$IFDEF HaveJPG} -function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: string; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean; +function WriteJPGImage(const FileName: IPath; Surface: PSDL_Surface; Quality: integer): boolean; var {$IFDEF Delphi} - Bitmap: TBitmap; + Bitmap: TBitmap; BitmapInfo: TBitmapInfo; - Jpeg: TJpegImage; - row: integer; + Jpeg: TJpegImage; + row: integer; + FileStream: TBinaryFileStream; {$ELSE} cinfo: jpeg_compress_struct; jerr : jpeg_error_mgr; - jpgFile: TFileStream; + jpgFile: TBinaryFileStream; rowPtr: array[0..0] of JSAMPROW; {$ENDIF} - converted: boolean; + converted: boolean; begin Result := false; @@ -672,19 +672,32 @@ begin SDL_UnlockSurface(Surface); // assign Bitmap to JPEG and store the latter - Jpeg := TJPEGImage.Create; - Jpeg.Assign(Bitmap); - Bitmap.Free; - Jpeg.CompressionQuality := Quality; try - // compress image (don't forget this line, otherwise it won't be compressed) - Jpeg.Compress(); - Jpeg.SaveToFile(FileName); + // init with nil so Free() will not fail if an exception occurs + Jpeg := nil; + Bitmap := nil; + FileStream := nil; + + try + Jpeg := TJPEGImage.Create; + Jpeg.Assign(Bitmap); + + // compress image (don't forget this line, otherwise it won't be compressed) + Jpeg.CompressionQuality := Quality; + Jpeg.Compress(); + + // Note: FileStream needed for unicode filename support + FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmCreate); + Jpeg.SaveToStream(FileStream); + finally + FileStream.Free; + Bitmap.Free; + Jpeg.Free; + end; except - Log.LogError('Could not save file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteJPGImage'); + Log.LogError('Could not save file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteJPGImage'); Exit; end; - Jpeg.Free; {$ELSE} // based on example.pas in FPC's packages/base/pasjpeg directory @@ -706,9 +719,9 @@ begin // open file for writing try - jpgFile := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate); + jpgFile := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate); except - Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName + '"', 'WriteJPGImage'); + Log.LogError('Could not open file: "' + FileName.ToNative + '"', 'WriteJPGImage'); Exit; end; @@ -759,62 +772,56 @@ end; {$ENDIF} - (******************************************************* * Image loading *******************************************************) - (* * Loads an image from the given file *) -function LoadImage(const Filename: string): PSDL_Surface; +function LoadImage(const Filename: IPath): PSDL_Surface; var - FilenameFound: string; + FilenameCaseAdj: IPath; + FileStream: TBinaryFileStream; + SDLStream: PSDL_RWops; begin - Result := nil; - - // FileExistsInsensitive() requires a var-arg - FilenameFound := Filename; + Result := nil; - // try to find the file case insensitive - if (not FileExistsInsensitive(FilenameFound)) then + // try to adjust filename's case and check if it exists + FilenameCaseAdj := Filename.AdjustCase(false); + if (not FilenameCaseAdj.IsFile) then begin - Log.LogError('Image-File does not exist "'+FilenameFound+'"', 'LoadImage'); + Log.LogError('Image-File does not exist "' + FilenameCaseAdj.ToNative + '"', 'LoadImage'); Exit; end; // load from file try - Result := IMG_Load(PChar(FilenameFound)); + SDLStream := SDLStreamSetup(TBinaryFileStream.Create(FilenameCaseAdj, fmOpenRead)); + Result := IMG_Load_RW(SDLStream, 1); + // Note: TBinaryFileStream is freed by SDLStream. SDLStream by IMG_Load_RW(). except - Log.LogError('Could not load from file "'+FilenameFound+'"', 'LoadImage'); + Log.LogError('Could not load from file "' + FilenameCaseAdj.ToNative + '"', 'LoadImage'); Exit; end; end; - (******************************************************* * Image manipulation *******************************************************) - function PixelFormatEquals(fmt1, fmt2: PSDL_PixelFormat): boolean; begin - if (fmt1^.BitsPerPixel = fmt2^.BitsPerPixel) and - (fmt1^.BytesPerPixel = fmt2^.BytesPerPixel) and - (fmt1^.Rloss = fmt2^.Rloss) and (fmt1^.Gloss = fmt2^.Gloss) and - (fmt1^.Bloss = fmt2^.Bloss) and (fmt1^.Rmask = fmt2^.Rmask) and - (fmt1^.Gmask = fmt2^.Gmask) and (fmt1^.Bmask = fmt2^.Bmask) and - (fmt1^.Rshift = fmt2^.Rshift) and (fmt1^.Gshift = fmt2^.Gshift) and - (fmt1^.Bshift = fmt2^.Bshift) - then - Result := true - else - Result := false; + Result := + (fmt1^.BitsPerPixel = fmt2^.BitsPerPixel) and + (fmt1^.BytesPerPixel = fmt2^.BytesPerPixel) and + (fmt1^.Rloss = fmt2^.Rloss) and (fmt1^.Gloss = fmt2^.Gloss) and (fmt1^.Bloss = fmt2^.Bloss) and + (fmt1^.Rmask = fmt2^.Rmask) and (fmt1^.Gmask = fmt2^.Gmask) and (fmt1^.Bmask = fmt2^.Bmask) and + (fmt1^.Rshift = fmt2^.Rshift) and (fmt1^.Gshift = fmt2^.Gshift) and (fmt1^.Bshift = fmt2^.Bshift) + ; end; -procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal); +procedure ScaleImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal); var TempSurface: PSDL_Surface; begin @@ -825,10 +832,10 @@ begin SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface); end; -procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: Cardinal); +procedure FitImage(var ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; Width, Height: cardinal); var TempSurface: PSDL_Surface; - ImgFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; + ImgFmt: PSDL_PixelFormat; begin TempSurface := ImgSurface; @@ -849,12 +856,12 @@ end; (* // Old slow floating point version of ColorizeTexture. // For an easier understanding of the faster fixed point version below. -procedure ColorizeTexture(TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Col: Cardinal); +procedure ColorizeTexture(TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Col: cardinal); var - clr: array[0..2] of Double; // [0: R, 1: G, 2: B] - hsv: array[0..2] of Double; // [0: H(ue), 1: S(aturation), 2: V(alue)] - delta, f, p, q, t: Double; - max: Double; + clr: array[0..2] of double; // [0: R, 1: G, 2: B] + hsv: array[0..2] of double; // [0: H(ue), 1: S(aturation), 2: V(alue)] + delta, f, p, q, t: double; + max: double; begin clr[0] := PixelColors[0]/255; clr[1] := PixelColors[1]/255; @@ -892,90 +899,230 @@ begin end; *) -procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: Cardinal); +procedure ColorizeImage(ImgSurface: PSDL_Surface; NewColor: longword); - //returns hue within range [0.0-6.0) - function col2hue(Color:Cardinal): double; + // First, the rgb colors are converted to hsv, second hue is replaced by + // the NewColor, saturation and value remain unchanged, finally this + // hsv color is converted back to rgb space. + // For the conversion algorithms of colors from rgb to hsv space + // and back simply check the wikipedia. + // In order to speed up starting time of USDX the division of reals is + // replaced by division of longints, shifted by 10 bits to keep + // digits. + + // The use of longwards leeds to some type size mismatch warnings + // whenever differences are formed. + // This should not be a problem, since the results should all be positive. + // replacing longword by longint would probably resolve this cosmetic fault :-) + + function ColorToHue(const Color: longword): longword; + // returns hue within the range [0.0-6.0] but shl 10, ie. times 1024 var - clr: array[0..2] of double; - hue, max, delta: double; + Red, Green, Blue: longint; + Min, Max, Delta: longint; + Hue: double; begin - clr[0] := ((Color and $ff0000) shr 16)/255; // R - clr[1] := ((Color and $ff00) shr 8)/255; // G - clr[2] := (Color and $ff) /255; // B - max := maxvalue(clr); - delta := max - minvalue(clr); + // extract the colors + // division by 255 is omitted, since it is implicitly done + // when deviding by delta + Red := ((Color and $ff0000) shr 16); // R + Green := ((Color and $ff00) shr 8); // G + Blue := (Color and $ff) ; // B + + Min := Red; + if Green < Min then Min := Green; + if Blue < Min then Min := Blue; + + Max := Red; + if Green > Max then Max := Green; + if Blue > Max then Max := Blue; + // calc hue - if (delta = 0.0) then hue := 0 - else if (clr[0] = max) then hue := (clr[1]-clr[2])/delta - else if (clr[1] = max) then hue := 2.0+(clr[2]-clr[0])/delta - else if (clr[2] = max) then hue := 4.0+(clr[0]-clr[1])/delta; - if (hue < 0.0) then - hue := hue + 6.0; - Result := hue; + Delta := Max - Min; // This gives a type size mismatch warning, because Delta is longword, ie. >= 0 + // But the assignments above are easy enough to be sure, that Max - Min is >= 0. + if (Delta = 0) then + Result := 0 + else + begin + // The division by Delta is done separately afterwards. + // Necessary because Delphi did not do the type conversion from + // longword to double as expected. + // After the change to longint, we may not need it, but left for now + // Something to check + if (Max = Red ) then Hue := Green - Blue + else if (Max = Green) then Hue := 2.0*Delta + Blue - Red + else if (Max = Blue ) then Hue := 4.0*Delta + Red - Green; + Hue := Hue / Delta; + if (Hue < 0.0) then + Hue := Hue + 6.0; + Result := trunc(Hue*1024); // '*1024' is shl 10 + // if NewColor = $000000 then + // Log.LogError ('Hue: ' + FloatToStr(Hue), 'ColorToHue'); + end; end; var - DestinationHue: Double; - PixelIndex: Cardinal; + PixelIndex: longword; Pixel: PByte; PixelColors: PByteArray; - clr: array[0..2] of UInt32; // [0: R, 1: G, 2: B] - hsv: array[0..2] of UInt32; // [0: H(ue), 1: S(aturation), 2: V(alue)] - dhue: UInt32; - h_int: Cardinal; - delta, f, p, q, t: Longint; - max: Uint32; + Red, Green, Blue: longword; + Hue, Sat: longword; + Min, Max, Delta: longword; + HueInteger: longword; + f, p, q, t: longword; + GreyReal: real; + Grey: byte; begin - DestinationHue := col2hue(NewColor); - - dhue := Trunc(DestinationHue*1024); Pixel := ImgSurface^.Pixels; + // check of the size of a pixel in bytes. + // It should be always 4, but this + // additional safeguard will show, + // whether something went wrong up to here. + + if ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel <> 4 then + Log.LogError ('ColorizeImage: The pixel size should be 4, but it is ' + + IntToStr(ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel)); + + // Check whether the new color is white, grey or black, + // because a greyscale must be created in a different + // way. + + Red := ((NewColor and $ff0000) shr 16); // R + Green := ((NewColor and $ff00) shr 8); // G + Blue := (NewColor and $ff) ; // B + + if (Red = Green) and (Green = Blue) then // greyscale image + begin + // According to these recommendations (ITU-R BT.709-5) + // the conversion parameters for rgb to greyscale are + // 0.299, 0.587, 0.114 + for PixelIndex := 0 to (ImgSurface^.W * ImgSurface^.H)-1 do + begin + PixelColors := PByteArray(Pixel); + {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN} + GreyReal := 0.299*PixelColors[3] + 0.587*PixelColors[2] + 0.114*PixelColors[1]; + // PixelColors[0] is alpha and remains untouched + {$ELSE} + GreyReal := 0.299*PixelColors[0] + 0.587*PixelColors[1] + 0.114*PixelColors[2]; + // PixelColors[3] is alpha and remains untouched + {$ENDIF} + Grey := round(GreyReal); + {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN} + PixelColors[3] := Grey; + PixelColors[2] := Grey; + PixelColors[1] := Grey; + // PixelColors[0] is alpha and remains untouched + {$ELSE} + PixelColors[0] := Grey; + PixelColors[1] := Grey; + PixelColors[2] := Grey; + // PixelColors[3] is alpha and remains untouched + {$ENDIF} + Inc(Pixel, ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel); + end; + exit; // we are done with a greyscale image. + end; + + Hue := ColorToHue(NewColor); // Hue is shl 10 + f := Hue and $3ff; // f is the dezimal part of hue + HueInteger := Hue shr 10; + for PixelIndex := 0 to (ImgSurface^.W * ImgSurface^.H)-1 do begin PixelColors := PByteArray(Pixel); // inlined colorize per pixel // uses fixed point math + // shl 10 is used for divisions + // get color values - clr[0] := PixelColors[0] shl 10; - clr[1] := PixelColors[1] shl 10; - clr[2] := PixelColors[2] shl 10; + + {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN} + Red := PixelColors[3]; + Green := PixelColors[2]; + Blue := PixelColors[1]; + // PixelColors[0] is alpha and remains untouched + {$ELSE} + Red := PixelColors[0]; + Green := PixelColors[1]; + Blue := PixelColors[2]; + // PixelColors[3] is alpha and remains untouched + {$ENDIF} + //calculate luminance and saturation from rgb - max := clr[0]; - if clr[1] > max then max := clr[1]; - if clr[2] > max then max := clr[2]; - delta := clr[0]; - if clr[1] < delta then delta := clr[1]; - if clr[2] < delta then delta := clr[2]; - delta := max-delta; - hsv[0] := dhue; // shl 8 - hsv[2] := max; // shl 8 - if (max = 0) then - hsv[1] := 0 + Max := Red; + if Green > Max then Max := Green; + if Blue > Max then Max := Blue ; + + if (Max = 0) then // the color is black + begin + {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN} + PixelColors[3] := 0; + PixelColors[2] := 0; + PixelColors[1] := 0; + {$ELSE} + PixelColors[0] := 0; + PixelColors[1] := 0; + PixelColors[2] := 0; + {$ENDIF} + end else - hsv[1] := (delta shl 10) div max; // shl 8 - h_int := hsv[0] and $fffffC00; - f := hsv[0]-h_int; //shl 10 - p := (hsv[2]*(1024-hsv[1])) shr 10; - q := (hsv[2]*(1024-(hsv[1]*f) shr 10)) shr 10; - t := (hsv[2]*(1024-(hsv[1]*(1024-f)) shr 10)) shr 10; - h_int := h_int shr 10; - case h_int of - 0: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := t; clr[2] := p; end; // (v,t,p) - 1: begin clr[0] := q; clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := p; end; // (q,v,p) - 2: begin clr[0] := p; clr[1] := hsv[2]; clr[2] := t; end; // (p,v,t) - 3: begin clr[0] := p; clr[1] := q; clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (p,q,v) - 4: begin clr[0] := t; clr[1] := p; clr[2] := hsv[2]; end; // (t,p,v) - 5: begin clr[0] := hsv[2]; clr[1] := p; clr[2] := q; end; // (v,p,q) - end; + begin + Min := Red; + if Green < Min then Min := Green; + if Blue < Min then Min := Blue ; - PixelColors[0] := clr[0] shr 10; - PixelColors[1] := clr[1] shr 10; - PixelColors[2] := clr[2] shr 10; + if (Min = 255) then // the color is white + begin + {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN} + PixelColors[3] := 255; + PixelColors[2] := 255; + PixelColors[1] := 255; + {$ELSE} + PixelColors[0] := 255; + PixelColors[1] := 255; + PixelColors[2] := 255; + {$ENDIF} + end + else // all colors except black and white + begin + Delta := Max - Min; // This gives a type size mismatch warning, because Delta is longword, ie. >= 0 + // But the assignments above are easy enough to be sure, that Max - Min is >= 0. + Sat := (Delta shl 10) div Max; // shl 10 + + // shr 10 corrects that Sat and f are shl 10 + // the resulting p, q and t are unshifted + + p := (Max * (1024 - Sat )) shr 10; + q := (Max * (1024 - (Sat * f ) shr 10)) shr 10; + t := (Max * (1024 - (Sat * (1024 - f)) shr 10)) shr 10; + + // The above 3 lines give type size mismatch warning, but all variables are longword and the ranges should be ok. + + case HueInteger of + 0: begin Red := Max; Green := t; Blue := p; end; // (v,t,p) + 1: begin Red := q; Green := Max; Blue := p; end; // (q,v,p) + 2: begin Red := p; Green := Max; Blue := t; end; // (p,v,t) + 3: begin Red := p; Green := q; Blue := Max; end; // (p,q,v) + 4: begin Red := t; Green := p; Blue := Max; end; // (t,p,v) + 5: begin Red := Max; Green := p; Blue := q; end; // (v,p,q) + end; + + {$IFDEF FPC_BIG_ENDIAN} + PixelColors[3] := byte(Red); + PixelColors[2] := byte(Green); + PixelColors[1] := byte(Blue); + {$ELSE} + PixelColors[0] := byte(Red); + PixelColors[1] := byte(Green); + PixelColors[2] := byte(Blue); + {$ENDIF} + + end; + end; Inc(Pixel, ImgSurface^.format.BytesPerPixel); end; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UIni.pas b/Lua/src/base/UIni.pas index 3a4d6129..998d19fb 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UIni.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UIni.pas @@ -36,8 +36,11 @@ interface uses Classes, IniFiles, + SysUtils, ULog, - SysUtils; + UTextEncoding, + UFilesystem, + UPath; type // TInputDeviceConfig stores the configuration for an input device. @@ -70,13 +73,13 @@ type TBackgroundMusicOption = (bmoOff, bmoOn); TIni = class private - function RemoveFileExt(FullName: string): string; function ExtractKeyIndex(const Key, Prefix, Suffix: string): integer; function GetMaxKeyIndex(Keys: TStringList; const Prefix, Suffix: string): integer; - function GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; Value: string; CaseInsensitiv: Boolean = False): integer; - function ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; IniFile: TCustomIniFile; + function GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; Value: string; CaseInsensitiv: boolean = false): integer; + function ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; IniFile: TCustomIniFile; IniSection: string; IniProperty: string; Default: integer): integer; + procedure TranslateOptionValues; procedure LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TMemIniFile); procedure SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TIniFile); procedure LoadThemes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile); @@ -84,21 +87,21 @@ type procedure LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile); public - Name: array[0..11] of string; + Name: array[0..11] of UTF8String; // Templates for Names Mod - NameTeam: array[0..2] of string; - NameTemplate: array[0..11] of string; + NameTeam: array[0..2] of UTF8String; + NameTemplate: array[0..11] of UTF8String; //Filename of the opened iniFile - Filename: string; + Filename: IPath; // Game Players: integer; Difficulty: integer; Language: integer; Tabs: integer; - Tabs_at_startup:integer; //Tabs at Startup fix + TabsAtStartup: integer; //Tabs at Startup fix Sorting: integer; Debug: integer; @@ -106,7 +109,7 @@ type Screens: integer; Resolution: integer; Depth: integer; - VisualizerOption:integer; + VisualizerOption: integer; FullScreen: integer; TextureSize: integer; SingWindow: integer; @@ -121,8 +124,8 @@ type BeatClick: integer; SavePlayback: integer; ThresholdIndex: integer; - AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex:integer; - VoicePassthrough:integer; + AudioOutputBufferSizeIndex: integer; + VoicePassthrough: integer; //Song Preview PreviewVolume: integer; @@ -138,8 +141,8 @@ type Theme: integer; SkinNo: integer; Color: integer; - BackgroundMusicOption:integer; - + BackgroundMusicOption: integer; + // Record InputDeviceConfig: array of TInputDeviceConfig; @@ -154,6 +157,7 @@ type // Controller Joypad: integer; + Mouse: integer; procedure Load(); procedure Save(); @@ -162,117 +166,366 @@ type end; var - Ini: TIni; - IResolution: array of string; - ILanguage: array of string; - ITheme: array of string; - ISkin: array of string; - - + Ini: TIni; + IResolution: array of UTF8String; + ILanguage: array of UTF8String; + ITheme: array of UTF8String; + ISkin: array of UTF8String; const - IPlayers: array[0..4] of string = ('1', '2', '3', '4', '6'); - IPlayersVals: array[0..4] of integer = ( 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 6 ); + IPlayers: array[0..4] of UTF8String = ('1', '2', '3', '4', '6'); + IPlayersVals: array[0..4] of integer = ( 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 6 ); - IDifficulty: array[0..2] of string = ('Easy', 'Medium', 'Hard'); - ITabs: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); + IDifficulty: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Easy', 'Medium', 'Hard'); + ITabs: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); - ISorting: array[0..7] of string = ('Edition', 'Genre', 'Language', 'Folder', 'Title', 'Artist', 'Title2', 'Artist2'); + ISorting: array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Edition', 'Genre', 'Language', 'Folder', 'Title', 'Artist', 'Artist2'); sEdition = 0; sGenre = 1; sLanguage = 2; sFolder = 3; sTitle = 4; sArtist = 5; - sTitle2 = 6; - sArtist2 = 7; - - IDebug: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); + sArtist2 = 6; - IScreens: array[0..1] of string = ('1', '2'); - IFullScreen: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); - IDepth: array[0..1] of string = ('16 bit', '32 bit'); - IVisualizer: array[0..2] of string = ('Off', 'WhenNoVideo','On'); + IDebug: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); - IBackgroundMusic: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); + IScreens: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('1', '2'); + IFullScreen: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IDepth: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('16 bit', '32 bit'); + IVisualizer: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'WhenNoVideo','On'); + IBackgroundMusic: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); - ITextureSize: array[0..2] of string = ('128', '256', '512'); - ITextureSizeVals: array[0..2] of integer = ( 128, 256, 512); + ITextureSize: array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('64', '128', '256', '512'); + ITextureSizeVals: array[0..3] of integer = ( 64, 128, 256, 512); - ISingWindow: array[0..1] of string = ('Small', 'Big'); + ISingWindow: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Small', 'Big'); //SingBar Mod - IOscilloscope: array[0..2] of string = ('Off', 'Osci', 'Bar'); -//IOscilloscope: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); + IOscilloscope: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + + ISpectrum: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + ISpectrograph: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IMovieSize: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Half', 'Full [Vid]', 'Full [BG+Vid]'); + + IClickAssist: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IBeatClick: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + ISavePlayback: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + + IThreshold: array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('5%', '10%', '15%', '20%'); + IThresholdVals: array[0..3] of single = (0.05, 0.10, 0.15, 0.20); + + IVoicePassthrough: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + + IAudioOutputBufferSize: array[0..9] of UTF8String = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536'); + IAudioOutputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer = ( 0, 256, 512 , 1024 , 2048 , 4096 , 8192 , 16384 , 32768 , 65536 ); + + IAudioInputBufferSize: array[0..9] of UTF8String = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536'); + IAudioInputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer = ( 0, 256, 512 , 1024 , 2048 , 4096 , 8192 , 16384 , 32768 , 65536 ); + + //Song Preview + IPreviewVolume: array[0..10] of UTF8String = ('Off', '10%', '20%', '30%', '40%', '50%', '60%', '70%', '80%', '90%', '100%'); + IPreviewVolumeVals: array[0..10] of single = ( 0, 0.10, 0.20, 0.30, 0.40, 0.50, 0.60, 0.70, 0.80, 0.90, 1.00 ); + + IPreviewFading: array[0..5] of UTF8String = ('Off', '1 Sec', '2 Secs', '3 Secs', '4 Secs', '5 Secs'); + IPreviewFadingVals: array[0..5] of integer = ( 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ); + + ILyricsFont: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Plain', 'OLine1', 'OLine2'); + ILyricsEffect: array[0..4] of UTF8String = ('Simple', 'Zoom', 'Slide', 'Ball', 'Shift'); + ISolmization: array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Euro', 'Jap', 'American'); + INoteLines: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); - ISpectrum: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); - ISpectrograph: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); - IMovieSize: array[0..2] of string = ('Half', 'Full [Vid]', 'Full [BG+Vid]'); + IColor: array[0..8] of UTF8String = ('Blue', 'Green', 'Pink', 'Red', 'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black'); - IClickAssist: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); - IBeatClick: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); - ISavePlayback: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); + // Advanced + ILoadAnimation: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IEffectSing: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IScreenFade: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IAskbeforeDel: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IOnSongClick: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Sing', 'Select Players', 'Open Menu'); + sStartSing = 0; + sSelectPlayer = 1; + sOpenMenu = 2; + + ILineBonus: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IPartyPopup: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + + IJoypad: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IMouse: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Hardware Cursor', 'Software Cursor'); + + // Recording options + IChannelPlayer: array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Off', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6'); + IMicBoost: array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', '+6dB', '+12dB', '+18dB'); + +var + ILanguageTranslated: array of UTF8String; - IThreshold: array[0..3] of string = ('5%', '10%', '15%', '20%'); - IThresholdVals: array[0..3] of single = (0.05, 0.10, 0.15, 0.20); + IDifficultyTranslated: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Easy', 'Medium', 'Hard'); + ITabsTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); - IVoicePassthrough: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); + ISortingTranslated: array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Edition', 'Genre', 'Language', 'Folder', 'Title', 'Artist', 'Artist2'); - IAudioOutputBufferSize: array[0..9] of string = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536'); - IAudioOutputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer = ( 0, 256, 512 , 1024 , 2048 , 4096 , 8192 , 16384 , 32768 , 65536 ); + IDebugTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); - IAudioInputBufferSize: array[0..9] of string = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536'); - IAudioInputBufferSizeVals: array[0..9] of integer = ( 0, 256, 512 , 1024 , 2048 , 4096 , 8192 , 16384 , 32768 , 65536 ); + IFullScreenTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IVisualizerTranslated: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'WhenNoVideo','On'); + + IBackgroundMusicTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + ISingWindowTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Small', 'Big'); + + //SingBar Mod + IOscilloscopeTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + + ISpectrumTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + ISpectrographTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IMovieSizeTranslated: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Half', 'Full [Vid]', 'Full [BG+Vid]'); + + IClickAssistTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IBeatClickTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + ISavePlaybackTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + + IVoicePassthroughTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); //Song Preview - IPreviewVolume: array[0..10] of string = ('Off', '10%', '20%', '30%', '40%', '50%', '60%', '70%', '80%', '90%', '100%'); - IPreviewVolumeVals: array[0..10] of single = ( 0, 0.10, 0.20, 0.30, 0.40, 0.50, 0.60, 0.70, 0.80, 0.90, 1.00 ); + IPreviewVolumeTranslated: array[0..10] of UTF8String = ('Off', '10%', '20%', '30%', '40%', '50%', '60%', '70%', '80%', '90%', '100%'); + + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated: array[0..9] of UTF8String = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536'); - IPreviewFading: array[0..5] of string = ('Off', '1 Sec', '2 Secs', '3 Secs', '4 Secs', '5 Secs'); - IPreviewFadingVals: array[0..5] of integer = ( 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ); + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated: array[0..9] of UTF8String = ('Auto', '256', '512', '1024', '2048', '4096', '8192', '16384', '32768', '65536'); + IPreviewFadingTranslated: array[0..5] of UTF8String = ('Off', '1 Sec', '2 Secs', '3 Secs', '4 Secs', '5 Secs'); - ILyricsFont: array[0..2] of string = ('Plain', 'OLine1', 'OLine2'); - ILyricsEffect: array[0..4] of string = ('Simple', 'Zoom', 'Slide', 'Ball', 'Shift'); - ISolmization: array[0..3] of string = ('Off', 'Euro', 'Jap', 'American'); - INoteLines: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); + ILyricsFontTranslated: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Plain', 'OLine1', 'OLine2'); + ILyricsEffectTranslated: array[0..4] of UTF8String = ('Simple', 'Zoom', 'Slide', 'Ball', 'Shift'); + ISolmizationTranslated: array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Euro', 'Jap', 'American'); + INoteLinesTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); - IColor: array[0..8] of string = ('Blue', 'Green', 'Pink', 'Red', 'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black'); + IColorTranslated: array[0..8] of UTF8String = ('Blue', 'Green', 'Pink', 'Red', 'Violet', 'Orange', 'Yellow', 'Brown', 'Black'); // Advanced - ILoadAnimation: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); - IEffectSing: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); - IScreenFade: array[0..1] of string =('Off', 'On'); - IAskbeforeDel: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); - IOnSongClick: array[0..2] of string = ('Sing', 'Select Players', 'Open Menu'); - ILineBonus: array[0..2] of string = ('Off', 'At Score', 'At Notes'); - IPartyPopup: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); + ILoadAnimationTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IEffectSingTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IScreenFadeTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IAskbeforeDelTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IOnSongClickTranslated: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Sing', 'Select Players', 'Open Menu'); + ILineBonusTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IPartyPopupTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); - IJoypad: array[0..1] of string = ('Off', 'On'); + IJoypadTranslated: array[0..1] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'On'); + IMouseTranslated: array[0..2] of UTF8String = ('Off', 'Hardware Cursor', 'Software Cursor'); // Recording options - IChannelPlayer: array[0..6] of string = ('Off', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6'); - IMicBoost: array[0..3] of string = ('Off', '+6dB', '+12dB', '+18dB'); + IChannelPlayerTranslated: array[0..6] of UTF8String = ('Off', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6'); + IMicBoostTranslated: array[0..3] of UTF8String = ('Off', '+6dB', '+12dB', '+18dB'); implementation uses StrUtils, - UMain, SDL, + UCommandLine, ULanguage, UPlatform, - USkins, + UMain, URecord, - UCommandLine; + USkins, + UPathUtils, + UUnicodeUtils; (** - * Returns the filename without its fileextension + * Translate and set the values of options, which need translation. *) -function TIni.RemoveFileExt(FullName: string): string; +procedure TIni.TranslateOptionValues; +var + I: integer; begin - Result := ChangeFileExt(FullName, ''); + // Load Languagefile + if (Params.Language <> -1) then + ULanguage.Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Params.Language]) + else + ULanguage.Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Ini.Language]); + + SetLength(ILanguageTranslated, Length(ILanguage)); + for I := 0 to High(ILanguage) do + begin + ILanguageTranslated[I] := ULanguage.Language.Translate( + 'OPTION_VALUE_' + UpperCase(ILanguage[I]) + ); + end; + + IDifficultyTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_EASY'); + IDifficultyTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_MEDIUM'); + IDifficultyTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_HARD'); + + ITabsTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + ITabsTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + ISortingTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_EDITION'); + ISortingTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_GENRE'); + ISortingTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_LANGUAGE'); + ISortingTranslated[3] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_FOLDER'); + ISortingTranslated[4] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_TITLE'); + ISortingTranslated[5] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ARTIST'); + ISortingTranslated[6] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ARTIST2'); + + IDebugTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IDebugTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IFullScreenTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IFullScreenTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IVisualizerTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IVisualizerTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_WHENNOVIDEO'); + IVisualizerTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IBackgroundMusicTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IBackgroundMusicTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + ISingWindowTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SMALL'); + ISingWindowTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BIG'); + + IOscilloscopeTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IOscilloscopeTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + ISpectrumTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + ISpectrumTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + ISpectrographTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + ISpectrographTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IMovieSizeTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_HALF'); + IMovieSizeTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_FULL_VID'); + IMovieSizeTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_FULL_VID_BG'); + + IClickAssistTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IClickAssistTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IBeatClickTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IBeatClickTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + ISavePlaybackTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + ISavePlaybackTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IVoicePassthroughTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IVoicePassthroughTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + ILyricsFontTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_PLAIN'); + ILyricsFontTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OLINE1'); + ILyricsFontTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OLINE2'); + + ILyricsEffectTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SIMPLE'); + ILyricsEffectTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ZOOM'); + ILyricsEffectTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SLIDE'); + ILyricsEffectTranslated[3] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BALL'); + ILyricsEffectTranslated[4] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SHIFT'); + + ISolmizationTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + ISolmizationTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_EURO'); + ISolmizationTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_JAPAN'); + ISolmizationTranslated[3] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_AMERICAN'); + + INoteLinesTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + INoteLinesTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IColorTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BLUE'); + IColorTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_GREEN'); + IColorTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_PINK'); + IColorTranslated[3] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_RED'); + IColorTranslated[4] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_VIOLET'); + IColorTranslated[5] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ORANGE'); + IColorTranslated[6] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_YELLOW'); + IColorTranslated[7] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BROWN'); + IColorTranslated[8] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_BLACK'); + + // Advanced + ILoadAnimationTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + ILoadAnimationTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IEffectSingTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IEffectSingTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IScreenFadeTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IScreenFadeTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IAskbeforeDelTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IAskbeforeDelTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IOnSongClickTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SING'); + IOnSongClickTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SELECT_PLAYERS'); + IOnSongClickTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OPEN_MENU'); + + ILineBonusTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + ILineBonusTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IPartyPopupTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IPartyPopupTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IJoypadTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IJoypadTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_ON'); + + IMouseTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IMouseTranslated[1] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_HARDWARE_CURSOR'); + IMouseTranslated[2] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SOFTWARE_CURSOR'); + + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_AUTO'); + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[1] := '256'; + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[2] := '512'; + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[3] := '1024'; + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[4] := '2048'; + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[5] := '4096'; + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[6] := '8192'; + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[7] := '16384'; + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[8] := '32768'; + IAudioOutputBufferSizeTranslated[9] := '65536'; + + + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_AUTO'); + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[1] := '256'; + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[2] := '512'; + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[3] := '1024'; + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[4] := '2048'; + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[5] := '4096'; + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[6] := '8192'; + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[7] := '16384'; + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[8] := '32768'; + IAudioInputBufferSizeTranslated[9] := '65536'; + + //Song Preview + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[1] := '10%'; + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[2] := '20%'; + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[3] := '30%'; + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[4] := '40%'; + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[5] := '50%'; + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[6] := '60%'; + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[7] := '70%'; + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[8] := '80%'; + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[9] := '90%'; + IPreviewVolumeTranslated[10] := '100%'; + + + IPreviewFadingTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IPreviewFadingTranslated[1] := '1 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SEC'); + IPreviewFadingTranslated[2] := '2 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS'); + IPreviewFadingTranslated[3] := '3 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS'); + IPreviewFadingTranslated[4] := '4 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS'); + IPreviewFadingTranslated[5] := '5 ' + ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_SECS'); + + // Recording options + IChannelPlayerTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IChannelPlayerTranslated[1] := '1'; + IChannelPlayerTranslated[2] := '2'; + IChannelPlayerTranslated[3] := '3'; + IChannelPlayerTranslated[4] := '4'; + IChannelPlayerTranslated[5] := '5'; + IChannelPlayerTranslated[6] := '6'; + + IMicBoostTranslated[0] := ULanguage.Language.Translate('OPTION_VALUE_OFF'); + IMicBoostTranslated[1] := '+6dB'; + IMicBoostTranslated[2] := '+12dB'; + IMicBoostTranslated[3] := '+18dB'; + end; (** @@ -283,17 +536,22 @@ function TIni.ExtractKeyIndex(const Key, Prefix, Suffix: string): integer; var Value: string; Start: integer; + PrefixPos, SuffixPos: integer; begin Result := -1; - if Pos(Prefix, Key) > -1 then - begin - Start := Pos(Prefix, Key) + Length(Prefix); + PrefixPos := Pos(Prefix, Key); + if (PrefixPos <= 0) then + Exit; + SuffixPos := Pos(Suffix, Key); + if (SuffixPos <= 0) then + Exit; - // copy all between prefix and suffix - Value := Copy(Key, Start, Pos(Suffix, Key)-1 - Start); - Result := StrToIntDef(Value, -1); - end; + Start := PrefixPos + Length(Prefix); + + // copy all between prefix and suffix + Value := Copy(Key, Start, SuffixPos - Start); + Result := StrToIntDef(Value, -1); end; (** @@ -303,7 +561,7 @@ end; *) function TIni.GetMaxKeyIndex(Keys: TStringList; const Prefix, Suffix: string): integer; var - i: integer; + i: integer; KeyIndex: integer; begin Result := -1; @@ -320,8 +578,8 @@ end; * Returns the index of Value in SearchArray * or -1 if Value is not in SearchArray. *) -function TIni.GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; Value: string; - CaseInsensitiv: Boolean = False): integer; +function TIni.GetArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; Value: string; + CaseInsensitiv: boolean = false): integer; var i: integer; begin @@ -344,7 +602,7 @@ end; * If SearchArray does not contain the property value, the default value is * returned. *) -function TIni.ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of string; IniFile: TCustomIniFile; +function TIni.ReadArrayIndex(const SearchArray: array of UTF8String; IniFile: TCustomIniFile; IniSection: string; IniProperty: string; Default: integer): integer; var StrValue: string; @@ -357,15 +615,14 @@ begin end; end; - procedure TIni.LoadInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TMemIniFile); var - DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; - DeviceIndex: integer; + DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; + DeviceIndex: integer; ChannelCount: integer; ChannelIndex: integer; - RecordKeys: TStringList; - i: integer; + RecordKeys: TStringList; + i: integer; begin RecordKeys := TStringList.Create(); @@ -414,15 +671,15 @@ begin RecordKeys.Free(); // MicBoost - //MicBoost := GetArrayIndex(IMicBoost, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'MicBoost', 'Off')); + MicBoost := GetArrayIndex(IMicBoost, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'MicBoost', 'Off')); // Threshold - // ThresholdIndex := GetArrayIndex(IThreshold, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[1])); + ThresholdIndex := GetArrayIndex(IThreshold, IniFile.ReadString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[1])); end; procedure TIni.SaveInputDeviceCfg(IniFile: TIniFile); var - DeviceIndex: integer; - ChannelIndex: integer; + DeviceIndex: integer; + ChannelIndex: integer; begin for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(InputDeviceConfig) do begin @@ -431,7 +688,7 @@ begin InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].Name); IniFile.WriteInteger('Record', Format('Input[%d]', [DeviceIndex+1]), InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].Input); - + // Channel-to-Player Mapping for ChannelIndex := 0 to High(InputDeviceConfig[DeviceIndex].ChannelToPlayerMap) do begin @@ -442,15 +699,15 @@ begin end; // MicBoost - //IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'MicBoost', IMicBoost[MicBoost]); + IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'MicBoost', IMicBoost[MicBoost]); // Threshold - //IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[ThresholdIndex]); + IniFile.WriteString('Record', 'Threshold', IThreshold[ThresholdIndex]); end; procedure TIni.LoadPaths(IniFile: TCustomIniFile); var PathStrings: TStringList; - I: integer; + I: integer; begin PathStrings := TStringList.Create; IniFile.ReadSection('Directories', PathStrings); @@ -458,9 +715,9 @@ begin // Load song-paths for I := 0 to PathStrings.Count-1 do begin - if (AnsiStartsText('SongDir', PathStrings[I])) then + if (Pos('SONGDIR', UpperCase(PathStrings[I])) = 1) then begin - AddSongPath(IniFile.ReadString('Directories', PathStrings[I], '')); + AddSongPath(Path(IniFile.ReadString('Directories', PathStrings[I], ''))); end; end; @@ -473,18 +730,23 @@ var ThemeIni: TMemIniFile; ThemeName: string; I: integer; + Iter: IFileIterator; + FileInfo: TFileInfo; begin // Theme SetLength(ITheme, 0); - Log.LogStatus('Searching for Theme : ' + ThemePath + '*.ini', 'Theme'); + Log.LogStatus('Searching for Theme : ' + ThemePath.ToNative + '*.ini', 'Theme'); - FindFirst(ThemePath + '*.ini',faAnyFile, SearchResult); - Repeat - Log.LogStatus('Found Theme: ' + SearchResult.Name, 'Theme'); + + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(ThemePath.Append('*.ini'), 0); + while (Iter.HasNext) do + begin + FileInfo := Iter.Next; + Log.LogStatus('Found Theme: ' + FileInfo.Name.ToNative, 'Theme'); //Read Themename from Theme - ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(SearchResult.Name); - ThemeName := UpperCase(ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme','Name', RemoveFileExt(SearchResult.Name))); + ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileInfo.Name.ToNative); + ThemeName := UpperCase(ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme','Name', FileInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToNative)); ThemeIni.Free; //Search for Skins for this Theme @@ -493,12 +755,11 @@ begin if UpperCase(Skin.Skin[I].Theme) = ThemeName then begin SetLength(ITheme, Length(ITheme)+1); - ITheme[High(ITheme)] := RemoveFileExt(SearchResult.Name); + ITheme[High(ITheme)] := FileInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToNative; break; end; end; - until FindNext(SearchResult) <> 0; - FindClose(SearchResult); + end; // No Theme Found if (Length(ITheme) = 0) then @@ -508,7 +769,7 @@ begin Theme := GetArrayIndex(ITheme, IniFile.ReadString('Themes', 'Theme', 'DELUXE'), true); if (Theme = -1) then - Theme := 0; + Theme := 0; // Skin Skin.onThemeChange; @@ -519,7 +780,7 @@ end; procedure TIni.LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile); // swap two strings - procedure swap(var s1, s2: string); + procedure swap(var s1, s2: UTF8String); var s3: string; begin @@ -530,25 +791,25 @@ procedure TIni.LoadScreenModes(IniFile: TCustomIniFile); var Modes: PPSDL_Rect; - I: integer; + I: integer; begin // Screens Screens := GetArrayIndex(IScreens, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Screens', IScreens[0])); - + // FullScreen FullScreen := GetArrayIndex(IFullScreen, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'FullScreen', 'On')); // Resolution SetLength(IResolution, 0); - + // Check if there are any modes available // TODO: we should seperate windowed and fullscreen modes. Otherwise it is not // possible to select a reasonable fullscreen mode when in windowed mode if IFullScreen[FullScreen] = 'On' then Modes := SDL_ListModes(nil, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN) - else + else Modes := SDL_ListModes(nil, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE) ; - + if (Modes = nil) then begin Log.LogStatus( 'No resolutions Found' , 'Video'); @@ -567,7 +828,7 @@ begin IResolution[7] := '1440x900'; IResolution[8] := '1600x1200'; IResolution[9] := '1680x1050'; - + Resolution := GetArrayIndex(IResolution, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Resolution', '800x600')); if Resolution = -1 then begin @@ -587,6 +848,7 @@ begin end; // reverse order + Log.LogStatus( 'Log size of resolution: ' + IntToStr(Length(IResolution)), 'Video'); for I := 0 to (Length(IResolution) div 2) - 1 do begin swap(IResolution[I], IResolution[High(IResolution)-I]); @@ -623,23 +885,19 @@ end; procedure TIni.Load(); var IniFile: TMemIniFile; - I: integer; + I: integer; begin GamePath := Platform.GetGameUserPath; - Log.LogStatus( 'GamePath : ' +GamePath , '' ); + Log.LogStatus( 'GamePath : ' +GamePath.ToNative , '' ); - if (Params.ConfigFile <> '') then - try - FileName := Params.ConfigFile; - except - FileName := GamePath + 'config.ini'; - end + if (Params.ConfigFile.IsSet) then + FileName := Params.ConfigFile else - FileName := GamePath + 'config.ini'; + FileName := GamePath.Append('config.ini'); - Log.LogStatus( 'Using config : ' + FileName , 'Ini'); - IniFile := TMemIniFile.Create( FileName ); + Log.LogStatus('Using config : ' + FileName.ToNative, 'Ini'); + IniFile := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative); // Name for I := 0 to 11 do @@ -650,24 +908,23 @@ begin NameTeam[I] := IniFile.ReadString('NameTeam', 'T'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Team'+IntToStr(I+1)); for I := 0 to 11 do NameTemplate[I] := IniFile.ReadString('NameTemplate', 'Name'+IntToStr(I+1), 'Template'+IntToStr(I+1)); - + // Players Players := GetArrayIndex(IPlayers, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Players', IPlayers[0])); - + // Difficulty Difficulty := GetArrayIndex(IDifficulty, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Difficulty', 'Easy')); - + // Language Language := GetArrayIndex(ILanguage, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Language', 'English')); - //Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Language]); - + // Tabs Tabs := GetArrayIndex(ITabs, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Tabs', ITabs[0])); - Tabs_at_startup := Tabs; //Tabs at Startup fix - + TabsAtStartup := Tabs; //Tabs at Startup fix + // Song Sorting Sorting := GetArrayIndex(ISorting, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Sorting', ISorting[0])); - + // Debug Debug := GetArrayIndex(IDebug, IniFile.ReadString('Game', 'Debug', IDebug[0])); @@ -680,7 +937,7 @@ begin SingWindow := GetArrayIndex(ISingWindow, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'SingWindow', 'Big')); // Oscilloscope - Oscilloscope := GetArrayIndex(IOscilloscope, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Oscilloscope', 'Bar')); + Oscilloscope := GetArrayIndex(IOscilloscope, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Oscilloscope', IOscilloscope[0])); // Spectrum Spectrum := GetArrayIndex(ISpectrum, IniFile.ReadString('Graphics', 'Spectrum', 'Off')); @@ -705,18 +962,18 @@ begin //Preview Volume PreviewVolume := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewVolume, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewVolume', IPreviewVolume[7])); - + //Preview Fading - PreviewFading := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewFading, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[1])); + PreviewFading := GetArrayIndex(IPreviewFading, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[3])); //AudioRepeat aka VoicePassthrough VoicePassthrough := GetArrayIndex(IVoicePassthrough, IniFile.ReadString('Sound', 'VoicePassthrough', IVoicePassthrough[0])); // Lyrics Font - LyricsFont := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsFont, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsFont', ILyricsFont[1])); + LyricsFont := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsFont, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsFont', ILyricsFont[0])); // Lyrics Effect - LyricsEffect := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsEffect, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsEffect', ILyricsEffect[1])); + LyricsEffect := GetArrayIndex(ILyricsEffect, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'LyricsEffect', ILyricsEffect[2])); // Solmization Solmization := GetArrayIndex(ISolmization, IniFile.ReadString('Lyrics', 'Solmization', ISolmization[0])); @@ -760,7 +1017,7 @@ begin OnSongClick := GetArrayIndex(IOnSongClick, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'OnSongClick', 'Sing')); // Linebonus - LineBonus := GetArrayIndex(ILineBonus, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'LineBonus', 'At Score')); + LineBonus := GetArrayIndex(ILineBonus, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'LineBonus', ILineBonus[1])); // PartyPopup PartyPopup := GetArrayIndex(IPartyPopup, IniFile.ReadString('Advanced', 'PartyPopup', 'On')); @@ -768,22 +1025,27 @@ begin // Joypad Joypad := GetArrayIndex(IJoypad, IniFile.ReadString('Controller', 'Joypad', IJoypad[0])); + // Mouse + Mouse := GetArrayIndex(IMouse, IniFile.ReadString('Controller', 'Mouse', IMouse[2])); + LoadPaths(IniFile); - + + TranslateOptionValues; + IniFile.Free; end; procedure TIni.Save; var - IniFile: TIniFile; + IniFile: TIniFile; begin - if (FileExists(Filename) and FileIsReadOnly(Filename)) then + if (Filename.IsFile and Filename.IsReadOnly) then begin Log.LogError('Config-file is read-only', 'TIni.Save'); Exit; end; - IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename); + IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename.ToNative); // Players IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Players', IPlayers[Players]); @@ -850,7 +1112,7 @@ begin // Song Preview IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'PreviewVolume', IPreviewVolume[PreviewVolume]); - + // PreviewFading IniFile.WriteString('Sound', 'PreviewFading', IPreviewFading[PreviewFading]); @@ -907,6 +1169,9 @@ begin // Joypad IniFile.WriteString('Controller', 'Joypad', IJoypad[Joypad]); + // Mouse + IniFile.WriteString('Controller', 'Mouse', IMouse[Mouse]); + // Directories (add a template if section is missing) // Note: Value must be ' ' and not '', otherwise no key is generated on Linux if (not IniFile.SectionExists('Directories')) then @@ -920,17 +1185,17 @@ var IniFile: TIniFile; I: integer; begin - if not FileIsReadOnly(Filename) then + if not Filename.IsReadOnly() then begin - IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename); + IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename.ToNative); //Name Templates for Names Mod - for I := 1 to 12 do - IniFile.WriteString('Name', 'P' + IntToStr(I), Name[I-1]); - for I := 1 to 3 do - IniFile.WriteString('NameTeam', 'T' + IntToStr(I), NameTeam[I-1]); - for I := 1 to 12 do - IniFile.WriteString('NameTemplate', 'Name' + IntToStr(I), NameTemplate[I-1]); + for I := 0 to High(Name) do + IniFile.WriteString('Name', 'P' + IntToStr(I+1), Name[I]); + for I := 0 to High(NameTeam) do + IniFile.WriteString('NameTeam', 'T' + IntToStr(I+1), NameTeam[I]); + for I := 0 to High(NameTemplate) do + IniFile.WriteString('NameTemplate', 'Name' + IntToStr(I+1), NameTemplate[I]); IniFile.Free; end; @@ -940,9 +1205,9 @@ procedure TIni.SaveLevel; var IniFile: TIniFile; begin - if not FileIsReadOnly(Filename) then + if not Filename.IsReadOnly() then begin - IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename); + IniFile := TIniFile.Create(Filename.ToNative); // Difficulty IniFile.WriteString('Game', 'Difficulty', IDifficulty[Difficulty]); diff --git a/Lua/src/base/ULanguage.pas b/Lua/src/base/ULanguage.pas index 31840f5f..5f8a2692 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/ULanguage.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/ULanguage.pas @@ -33,33 +33,41 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} +uses + UUnicodeUtils; + type TLanguageEntry = record - ID: string; - Text: string; + ID: AnsiString; //**< identifier (ASCII) + Text: UTF8String; //**< translation (UTF-8) end; TLanguageList = record - Name: string; - {FileName: string; } + Name: AnsiString; //**< language name (ASCII) end; + TLanguageEntryArray = array of TLanguageEntry; + TLanguage = class - public - Entry: array of TLanguageEntry; //Entrys of Chosen Language - SEntry: array of TLanguageEntry; //Entrys of Standard Language - CEntry: array of TLanguageEntry; //Constant Entrys e.g. Version - Implode_Glue1, Implode_Glue2: String; - public + private List: array of TLanguageList; - constructor Create; + Entry: TLanguageEntryArray; //**< Entrys of Chosen Language + EntryDefault: TLanguageEntryArray; //**< Entrys of Standard Language + EntryConst: TLanguageEntryArray; //**< Constant Entrys e.g. Version + + Implode_Glue1, Implode_Glue2: UTF8String; + procedure LoadList; - function Translate(Text: String): String; - procedure ChangeLanguage(Language: String); - procedure AddConst(ID, Text: String); - procedure ChangeConst(ID, Text: String); - function Implode(Pieces: Array of String): String; + function FindID(const ID: AnsiString; const EntryList: TLanguageEntryArray): integer; + + public + constructor Create; + function Translate(const Text: RawByteString): UTF8String; + procedure ChangeLanguage(const Language: AnsiString); + procedure AddConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String); + procedure ChangeConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String); + function Implode(const Pieces: array of UTF8String): UTF8String; end; var @@ -69,19 +77,18 @@ implementation uses UMain, - // UFiles, UIni, IniFiles, Classes, SysUtils, - {$IFDEF win32} - windows, - {$ENDIF} - ULog; - -//---------- -//Create - Construct Class then LoadList + Standard Language + Set Standard Implode Glues -//---------- + ULog, + UPath, + UFilesystem, + UPathUtils; + +{** + * LoadList, set default language, set standard implode glues + *} constructor TLanguage.Create; var I, J: Integer; @@ -106,9 +113,9 @@ begin begin ChangeLanguage('English'); - SetLength(SEntry, Length(Entry)); - for J := low(Entry) to high(Entry) do - SEntry[J] := Entry[J]; + SetLength(EntryDefault, Length(Entry)); + for J := 0 to high(Entry) do + EntryDefault[J] := Entry[J]; SetLength(Entry, 0); @@ -122,41 +129,44 @@ begin end; -//---------- -//LoadList - Parse the Language Dir searching Translations -//---------- +{** + * Parse the Language Dir searching Translations + *} procedure TLanguage.LoadList; var - SR: TSearchRec; // for parsing directory + Iter: IFileIterator; + IniInfo: TFileInfo; + LangName: string; begin SetLength(List, 0); SetLength(ILanguage, 0); - if FindFirst(LanguagesPath + '*.ini', 0, SR) = 0 then begin - repeat - SetLength(List, Length(List)+1); - SetLength(ILanguage, Length(ILanguage)+1); - SR.Name := ChangeFileExt(SR.Name, ''); + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(LanguagesPath.Append('*.ini'), 0); + while(Iter.HasNext) do + begin + IniInfo := Iter.Next; + + LangName := IniInfo.Name.SetExtension('').ToUTF8; - List[High(List)].Name := SR.Name; - ILanguage[High(ILanguage)] := SR.Name; + SetLength(List, Length(List)+1); + List[High(List)].Name := LangName; - until FindNext(SR) <> 0; - SysUtils.FindClose(SR); - end; // if FindFirst + SetLength(ILanguage, Length(ILanguage)+1); + ILanguage[High(ILanguage)] := LangName; + end; end; -//---------- -//ChangeLanguage - Load the specified LanguageFile -//---------- -procedure TLanguage.ChangeLanguage(Language: String); +{** + * Load the specified LanguageFile + *} +procedure TLanguage.ChangeLanguage(const Language: AnsiString); var - IniFile: TIniFile; + IniFile: TUnicodeMemIniFile; E: integer; // entry S: TStringList; begin SetLength(Entry, 0); - IniFile := TIniFile.Create(LanguagesPath + Language + '.ini'); + IniFile := TUnicodeMemIniFile.Create(LanguagesPath.Append(Language + '.ini')); S := TStringList.Create; IniFile.ReadSectionValues('Text', S); @@ -176,80 +186,107 @@ begin IniFile.Free; end; -//---------- -//Translate - Translate the Text -//---------- -Function TLanguage.Translate(Text: String): String; +{** + * Find the index of ID an array of language entries. + * @returns the index on success, -1 otherwise. + *} +function TLanguage.FindID(const ID: AnsiString; const EntryList: TLanguageEntryArray): integer; var - E: integer; // entry + Index: integer; begin + for Index := 0 to High(EntryList) do + begin + if ID = EntryList[Index].ID then + begin + Result := Index; + Exit; + end; + end; + Result := -1; +end; + +{** + * Translate the Text. + * If Text is an ID, text will be translated according to the current language + * setting. If Text is not a known ID, it will be returned as is. + * @param Text either an ID or an UTF-8 encoded string + *} +function TLanguage.Translate(const Text: RawByteString): UTF8String; +var + E: integer; // entry + ID: AnsiString; + EntryIndex: integer; +begin + // fallback result in case Text is not a known ID Result := Text; - Text := Uppercase(Result); + + // normalize ID case + ID := UpperCase(Text); + + // Check if ID exists //Const Mod - for E := 0 to high(CEntry) do - if Text = CEntry[E].ID then - begin - Result := CEntry[E].Text; - exit; - end; - //Const Mod End + EntryIndex := FindID(ID, EntryConst); + if (EntryIndex >= 0) then + begin + Result := EntryConst[EntryIndex].Text; + Exit; + end; - for E := 0 to high(Entry) do - if Text = Entry[E].ID then - begin - Result := Entry[E].Text; - exit; - end; + EntryIndex := FindID(ID, Entry); + if (EntryIndex >= 0) then + begin + Result := Entry[EntryIndex].Text; + Exit; + end; //Standard Language (If a Language File is Incomplete) //Then use Standard Language - for E := low(SEntry) to high(SEntry) do - if Text = SEntry[E].ID then - begin - Result := SEntry[E].Text; - Break; - end; - //Standard Language END + EntryIndex := FindID(ID, EntryDefault); + if (EntryIndex >= 0) then + begin + Result := EntryDefault[EntryIndex].Text; + Exit; + end; end; -//---------- -//AddConst - Add a Constant ID that will be Translated but not Loaded from the LanguageFile -//---------- -procedure TLanguage.AddConst (ID, Text: String); +{** + * Add a Constant ID that will be Translated but not Loaded from the LanguageFile + *} +procedure TLanguage.AddConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String); begin - SetLength (CEntry, Length(CEntry) + 1); - CEntry[high(CEntry)].ID := ID; - CEntry[high(CEntry)].Text := Text; + SetLength (EntryConst, Length(EntryConst) + 1); + EntryConst[high(EntryConst)].ID := ID; + EntryConst[high(EntryConst)].Text := Text; end; -//---------- -//ChangeConst - Change a Constant Value by ID -//---------- -procedure TLanguage.ChangeConst(ID, Text: String); +{** + * Change a Constant Value by ID + *} +procedure TLanguage.ChangeConst(const ID: AnsiString; const Text: UTF8String); var I: Integer; begin - for I := 0 to high(CEntry) do + for I := 0 to high(EntryConst) do begin - if CEntry[I].ID = ID then + if EntryConst[I].ID = ID then begin - CEntry[I].Text := Text; + EntryConst[I].Text := Text; Break; end; end; end; -//---------- -//Implode - Connect an Array of Strings with ' and ' or ', ' to one String -//---------- -function TLanguage.Implode(Pieces: Array of String): String; +{** + * Connect an array of strings with ' and ' or ', ' to one string + *} +function TLanguage.Implode(const Pieces: array of UTF8String): UTF8String; var I: Integer; begin Result := ''; //Go through Pieces - for I := low(Pieces) to high(Pieces) do + for I := 0 to high(Pieces) do begin //Add Value Result := Result + Pieces[I]; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/ULog.pas b/Lua/src/base/ULog.pas index 582120bc..e4ff4862 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/ULog.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/ULog.pas @@ -34,7 +34,8 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - Classes; + Classes, + UPath; (* * LOG_LEVEL_[TYPE] defines the "minimum" index for logs of type TYPE. Each @@ -115,7 +116,7 @@ type // voice procedure LogVoice(SoundNr: integer); // buffer - procedure LogBuffer(const buf : Pointer; const bufLength : Integer; const filename : string); + procedure LogBuffer(const buf : Pointer; const bufLength : Integer; const filename : IPath); end; procedure DebugWriteln(const aString: String); @@ -132,7 +133,8 @@ uses UMain, UTime, UCommon, - UCommandLine; + UCommandLine, + UPathUtils; (* * Write to console if in debug mode (Thread-safe). @@ -197,7 +199,7 @@ begin if not BenchmarkFileOpened then begin BenchmarkFileOpened := true; - AssignFile(BenchmarkFile, LogPath + 'Benchmark.log'); + AssignFile(BenchmarkFile, LogPath.Append('Benchmark.log').ToNative); {$I-} Rewrite(BenchmarkFile); if IOResult = 0 then @@ -269,7 +271,7 @@ procedure TLog.LogToFile(const Text: string); begin if (FileOutputEnabled and not LogFileOpened) then begin - AssignFile(LogFile, LogPath + 'Error.log'); + AssignFile(LogFile, LogPath.Append('Error.log').ToNative); {$I-} Rewrite(LogFile); if IOResult = 0 then @@ -398,20 +400,19 @@ end; procedure TLog.LogVoice(SoundNr: integer); var - FS: TFileStream; - FileName: string; + FS: TBinaryFileStream; + Prefix: string; + FileName: IPath; Num: integer; begin for Num := 1 to 9999 do begin - FileName := IntToStr(Num); - while Length(FileName) < 4 do - FileName := '0' + FileName; - FileName := LogPath + 'Voice' + FileName + '.raw'; - if not FileExists(FileName) then + Prefix := Format('Voice%.4d', [Num]); + FileName := LogPath.Append(Prefix + '.raw'); + if not FileName.Exists() then break end; - FS := TFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate); + FS := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate); AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer.Seek(0, soBeginning); FS.CopyFrom(AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer, AudioInputProcessor.Sound[SoundNr].LogBuffer.Size); @@ -419,21 +420,19 @@ begin FS.Free; end; -procedure TLog.LogBuffer(const buf: Pointer; const bufLength: Integer; const filename: string); +procedure TLog.LogBuffer(const buf: Pointer; const bufLength: Integer; const filename: IPath); var - f : TFileStream; + f : TBinaryFileStream; begin - f := nil; - try - f := TFileStream.Create( filename, fmCreate); - f.Write( buf^, bufLength); - f.Free; - except - on e : Exception do begin - Log.LogError('TLog.LogBuffer: Failed to log buffer into file "' + filename + '". ErrMsg: ' + e.Message); + f := TBinaryFileStream.Create( filename, fmCreate); + try + f.Write( buf^, bufLength); + finally f.Free; end; + except on e : Exception do + Log.LogError('TLog.LogBuffer: Failed to log buffer into file "' + filename.ToNative + '". ErrMsg: ' + e.Message); end; end; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/ULyrics.pas b/Lua/src/base/ULyrics.pas index 82982981..3f62db9c 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/ULyrics.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/ULyrics.pas @@ -52,14 +52,14 @@ type Width: real; // width Start: cardinal; // start of the word in quarters (beats) Length: cardinal; // length of the word in quarters - Text: string; // text + Text: UTF8String; // text Freestyle: boolean; // is freestyle? end; TLyricWordArray = array of TLyricWord; TLyricLine = class public - Text: string; // text + Text: UTF8String; // text Width: real; // width Height: real; // height Words: TLyricWordArray; // words in this line diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UMain.pas b/Lua/src/base/UMain.pas index cb3851d1..7b082c57 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UMain.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UMain.pas @@ -35,112 +35,16 @@ interface uses SysUtils, - Classes, - SDL, - UMusic, - URecord, - UTime, - UDisplay, - UIni, - ULog, - ULyrics, - UScreenSing, - USong, - ULua, - gl; - -type - PPLayerNote = ^TPlayerNote; - TPlayerNote = record - Start: integer; - Length: integer; - Detect: real; // accurate place, detected in the note - Tone: real; - Perfect: boolean; // true if the note matches the original one, lit the star - Hit: boolean; // true if the note Hits the Line - end; - - PPLayer = ^TPlayer; - TPlayer = record - Name: string; - - // Index in Teaminfo record - TeamID: byte; - PlayerID: byte; - - // Scores - Score: real; - ScoreLine: real; - ScoreGolden: real; - - ScoreInt: integer; - ScoreLineInt: integer; - ScoreGoldenInt: integer; - ScoreTotalInt: integer; - - // LineBonus - ScoreLast: real;//Last Line Score - - // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect) - LastSentencePerfect: boolean; - - HighNote: integer; // index of last note (= High(Note)?) - LengthNote: integer; // number of notes (= Length(Note)?). - Note: array of TPlayerNote; - end; + SDL; var - // Absolute Paths - GamePath: string; - SoundPath: string; - SongPaths: TStringList; - LogPath: string; - ThemePath: string; - SkinsPath: string; - ScreenshotsPath: string; - CoverPaths: TStringList; - LanguagesPath: string; - PluginPath: string; - VisualsPath: string; - FontPath: string; - ResourcesPath: string; - PlayListPath: string; - ScriptPath: string; - - Done: boolean; - // FIXME: ConversionFileName should not be global - ConversionFileName: string; - Restart: boolean; - - // player and music info - Player: array of TPlayer; - PlayersPlay: integer; - - CurrentSong : TSong; - //Lua : Plua_State; - -const - MAX_SONG_SCORE = 10000; // max. achievable points per song - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS = 1000; // max. achievable line bonus per song - - -function FindPath(out PathResult: string; const RequestedPath: string; NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean; -procedure InitializePaths; -procedure AddSongPath(const Path: string); + Done: boolean; + Restart: boolean; procedure Main; procedure MainLoop; procedure CheckEvents; -procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing); -procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing); -procedure NewBeatClick(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for click -procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for detection -procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing); // detect note -function GetMidBeat(Time: real): real; -function GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real; -procedure ClearScores(PlayerNum: integer); - type TMainThreadExecProc = procedure(Data: Pointer); @@ -158,31 +62,34 @@ const *} procedure MainThreadExec(Proc: TMainThreadExecProc; Data: Pointer); - implementation uses Math, - StrUtils, - USongs, - UJoystick, + gl, + UCatCovers, UCommandLine, - ULanguage, - //SDL_ttf, - USkins, + UCommon, + UConfig, UCovers, - UCatCovers, UDataBase, - UPlaylist, + UDisplay, UDLLManager, - UParty, - UConfig, - UCore, - UCommon, UGraphic, UGraphicClasses, - UPluginDefs, + UIni, + UJoystick, + ULanguage, + ULog, + UPathUtils, + UPlaylist, + UMusic, + UBeatTimer, UPlatform, + USkins, + USongs, + UThemes, + UParty, ULuaCore, UHookableEvent, ULuaGl, @@ -191,23 +98,20 @@ uses ULuaTextGL, ULuaParty, ULuaScreenSing, - UThemes; - - - + UTime; procedure Main; var - WndTitle: string; + WindowTitle: string; begin {$IFNDEF Debug} try {$ENDIF} - WndTitle := USDXVersionStr; + WindowTitle := USDXVersionStr; Platform.Init; - if Platform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(WndTitle) then + if Platform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(WindowTitle) then Exit; // fix floating-point exceptions (FPE) @@ -221,17 +125,18 @@ begin DecimalSeparator := '.'; //------------------------------ - //StartUp - Create Classes and Load Files + // StartUp - create classes and load files //------------------------------ - // Initialize SDL - // Without SDL_INIT_TIMER SDL_GetTicks() might return strange values + // initialize SDL + // without SDL_INIT_TIMER SDL_GetTicks() might return strange values SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO or SDL_INIT_TIMER); SDL_EnableUnicode(1); // create luacore first so other classes can register their events LuaCore := TLuaCore.Create; + USTime := TTime.Create; VideoBGTimer := TRelativeTimer.Create; @@ -240,7 +145,7 @@ begin // Log + Benchmark Log := TLog.Create; - Log.Title := WndTitle; + Log.Title := WindowTitle; Log.FileOutputEnabled := not Params.NoLog; Log.BenchmarkStart(0); @@ -251,19 +156,19 @@ begin Log.LogStatus('Load Language', 'Initialization'); Language := TLanguage.Create; - // Add Const Values: + // add const values: Language.AddConst('US_VERSION', USDXVersionStr); Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Language', 1); - { +{ // SDL_ttf (Not used yet, maybe in version 1.5) Log.BenchmarkStart(1); Log.LogStatus('Initialize SDL_ttf', 'Initialization'); TTF_Init(); Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing SDL_ttf', 1); - } +} // Skin Log.BenchmarkStart(1); @@ -278,16 +183,10 @@ begin Ini := TIni.Create; Ini.Load; - //it's possible that this is the first run, create a .ini file if neccessary + // it is possible that this is the first run, create a .ini file if neccessary Log.LogStatus('Write Ini', 'Initialization'); Ini.Save; - // Load Languagefile - if (Params.Language <> -1) then - Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Params.Language]) - else - Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Ini.Language]); - Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Ini', 1); @@ -304,7 +203,7 @@ begin // Theme Log.BenchmarkStart(1); Log.LogStatus('Load Themes', 'Initialization'); - Theme := TTheme.Create(ThemePath + ITheme[Ini.Theme] + '.ini', Ini.Color); + Theme := TTheme.Create(ThemePath.Append(ITheme[Ini.Theme] + '.ini'), Ini.Color); Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Themes', 1); @@ -341,18 +240,10 @@ begin Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); Log.LogBenchmark('Loading PluginManager', 1); - {// Party Mode Manager - Log.BenchmarkStart(1); - Log.LogStatus('PartySession Manager', 'Initialization'); - PartySession := TPartySession.Create; //Load PartySession - - Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); - Log.LogBenchmark('Loading PartySession Manager', 1); } - // Graphics Log.BenchmarkStart(1); Log.LogStatus('Initialize 3D', 'Initialization'); - Initialize3D(WndTitle); + Initialize3D(WindowTitle); Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing 3D', 1); @@ -361,10 +252,10 @@ begin Log.LogStatus('DataBase System', 'Initialization'); DataBase := TDataBaseSystem.Create; - if (Params.ScoreFile = '') then - DataBase.Init (Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'Ultrastar.db') + if (Params.ScoreFile.IsUnset) then + DataBase.Init(Platform.GetGameUserPath.Append('Ultrastar.db')) else - DataBase.Init (Params.ScoreFile); + DataBase.Init(Params.ScoreFile); Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); Log.LogBenchmark('Loading DataBase System', 1); @@ -384,7 +275,7 @@ begin Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Particle System', 1); // Joypad - if (Ini.Joypad = 1) OR (Params.Joypad) then + if (Ini.Joypad = 1) or (Params.Joypad) then begin Log.BenchmarkStart(1); Log.LogStatus('Initialize Joystick', 'Initialization'); @@ -394,25 +285,6 @@ begin end; // Lua - {Log.BenchmarkStart(1); - Lua := luaL_newstate; - if Lua = nil then - Log.LogError('Lua init failed','Lua'); - luaL_openlibs(Lua); - - luaopen_gl(Lua); // gl (Lua) - lua_pop(Lua, 1); // remove table from stack - luaopen_Log(Lua); // Log + Benchmark (Lua) - lua_pop(Lua, 1); // remove table from stack - luaopen_TextGL(Lua); // TextGL (Lua) - lua_pop(Lua, 1); // remove table from stack - luaopen_Texture(Lua); // Texture (Lua) - lua_pop(Lua, 1); // remove table from stack - - Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); - Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing Lua', 1); } - - Log.BenchmarkStart(1); Party := TPartyGame.Create; Log.BenchmarkEnd(1); @@ -435,13 +307,25 @@ begin LuaCore.DumpPlugins; - Log.BenchmarkEnd(0); Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Time', 0); + Log.LogStatus('Creating Core', 'Initialization'); +{ + Core := TCore.Create( + USDXShortVersionStr, + MakeVersion(USDX_VERSION_MAJOR, + USDX_VERSION_MINOR, + USDX_VERSION_RELEASE, + chr(0)) + ); +} + + Log.LogStatus('Running Core', 'Initialization'); + //Core.Run; //------------------------------ - //Start- Mainloop + // Start Mainloop //------------------------------ Log.LogStatus('Main Loop', 'Initialization'); MainLoop; @@ -450,20 +334,18 @@ begin finally {$ENDIF} //------------------------------ - //Finish Application + // Finish Application //------------------------------ // TODO: // call an uninitialize routine for every initialize step - // or at least use the corresponding Free-Methods + // or at least use the corresponding Free methods FinalizeMedia(); //TTF_Quit(); SDL_Quit(); - //lua_close(Lua); - if assigned(Log) then begin Log.LogStatus('Main Loop', 'Finished'); @@ -476,7 +358,7 @@ end; procedure MainLoop; var - Delay: integer; + Delay: integer; const MAX_FPS = 100; begin @@ -493,17 +375,7 @@ begin CheckEvents; // display - done := not Display.Draw; - - {// FIXME remove this when the Partymode works - if FileExists(ScriptPath + 'main.lua') then - begin - if 0 <> luaL_dofile(Lua, PAnsiChar(ScriptPath + 'main.lua')) then - begin - Log.LogError(lua_tostring(Lua,-1)); - end; - end; } - + Done := not Display.Draw; SwapBuffers; // delay @@ -526,13 +398,27 @@ begin end; end; +procedure DoQuit; +begin + // if question option is enabled then show exit popup + if (Ini.AskbeforeDel = 1) then + begin + Display.CurrentScreen^.CheckFadeTo(nil,'MSG_QUIT_USDX'); + end + else // if ask-for-exit is disabled then simply exit + begin + Display.Fade := 0; + Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil; + Display.CheckOK := true; + end; +end; + procedure CheckEvents; var - Event: TSDL_event; + Event: TSDL_event; + mouseDown: boolean; + mouseBtn: integer; begin - if Assigned(Display.NextScreen) then - Exit; - while (SDL_PollEvent(@Event) <> 0) do begin case Event.type_ of @@ -542,17 +428,56 @@ begin Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil; Display.CheckOK := true; end; - SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN: + + SDL_MOUSEMOTION, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: begin - { - with Event.button do + if (Ini.Mouse > 0) then begin - if State = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT Then - begin - // + case Event.type_ of + SDL_MOUSEMOTION: + begin + mouseDown := false; + mouseBtn := 0; + end; + SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN: + begin + mouseDown := true; + mouseBtn := Event.button.button; + + if (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) or (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) then + Display.OnMouseButton(true); + end; + SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP: + begin + mouseDown := false; + mouseBtn := Event.button.button; + + if (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_LEFT) or (mouseBtn = SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT) then + Display.OnMouseButton(false); + end; + end; + + Display.MoveCursor(Event.button.X * 800 / Screen.w, + Event.button.Y * 600 / Screen.h); + + if not Assigned(Display.NextScreen) then + begin //drop input when changing screens + if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and (ScreenPopupError.Visible) then + done := not ScreenPopupError.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y) + else if (ScreenPopupInfo <> nil) and (ScreenPopupInfo.Visible) then + done := not ScreenPopupInfo.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y) + else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and (ScreenPopupCheck.Visible) then + done := not ScreenPopupCheck.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y) + else + begin + done := not Display.CurrentScreen^.ParseMouse(mouseBtn, mouseDown, Event.button.x, Event.button.y); + + // if screen wants to exit + if done then + DoQuit; + end; end; end; - } end; SDL_VIDEORESIZE: begin @@ -561,7 +486,7 @@ begin // Note: do NOT call SDL_SetVideoMode on Windows and MacOSX here. // This would create a new OpenGL render-context and all texture data // would be invalidated. - // On Linux the mode MUST be resetted, otherwise graphics will be corrupted. + // On Linux the mode MUST be reset, otherwise graphics will be corrupted. {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)} if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN) @@ -571,64 +496,72 @@ begin end; SDL_KEYDOWN: begin + // translate CTRL-A (ASCII 1) - CTRL-Z (ASCII 26) to correct charcodes. + // keysyms (SDLK_A, ...) could be used instead but they ignore the + // current key mapping (if 'a' is pressed on a French keyboard the + // .unicode field will be 'a' and .sym SDLK_Q). + // IMPORTANT: if CTRL is pressed with a key different than 'A'-'Z' SDL + // will set .unicode to 0. There is no possibility to obtain a + // translated charcode. Use keysyms instead. + //if (Event.key.keysym.unicode in [1 .. 26]) then + // Event.key.keysym.unicode := Ord('A') + Event.key.keysym.unicode - 1; + // remap the "keypad enter" key to the "standard enter" key if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_KP_ENTER) then Event.key.keysym.sym := SDLK_RETURN; - if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_F11) or - ((Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_RETURN) and - ((Event.key.keysym.modifier and KMOD_ALT) <> 0)) then // toggle full screen - begin - Ini.FullScreen := integer( not boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) ); - - // FIXME: SDL_SetVideoMode creates a new OpenGL RC so we have to - // reload all texture data (-> whitescreen bug). - // Only Linux (and FreeBSD) is able to handle screen-switching this way. - {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)} - if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then + if not Assigned(Display.NextScreen) then + begin //drop input when changing screens + { to-do : F11 was used for fullscreen toggle, too here + but we also use the key in screenname and some other + screens. It is droped although fullscreen toggle doesn't + even work on windows. + should we add (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_F11) here + anyway? } + if ((Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_RETURN) and + ((Event.key.keysym.modifier and KMOD_ALT) <> 0)) then // toggle full screen begin - SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN); - SDL_ShowCursor(0); - end - else - begin - SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE); - SDL_ShowCursor(1); - end; + Ini.FullScreen := integer( not boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) ); - glViewPort(0, 0, ScreenW, ScreenH); - {$IFEND} - end - // if print is pressed -> make screenshot and save to screenshot path - else if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_SYSREQ) or (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_PRINT) then - Display.SaveScreenShot - // if there is a visible popup then let it handle input instead of underlying screen - // shoud be done in a way to be sure the topmost popup has preference (maybe error, then check) - else if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and (ScreenPopupError.Visible) then - done := not ScreenPopupError.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, WideChar(Event.key.keysym.unicode), true) - else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and (ScreenPopupCheck.Visible) then - done := not ScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, WideChar(Event.key.keysym.unicode), true) - else - begin - // check if screen wants to exit - done := not Display.CurrentScreen^.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, WideChar(Event.key.keysym.unicode), true); - - // if screen wants to exit - if done then - begin - // if question option is enabled then show exit popup - if (Ini.AskbeforeDel = 1) then + // FIXME: SDL_SetVideoMode creates a new OpenGL RC so we have to + // reload all texture data (-> whitescreen bug). + // Only Linux and FreeBSD are able to handle screen-switching this way. + {$IF Defined(Linux) or Defined(FreeBSD)} + if boolean( Ini.FullScreen ) then begin - Display.CurrentScreen^.CheckFadeTo(nil,'MSG_QUIT_USDX'); + SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_FULLSCREEN); end - else // if ask-for-exit is disabled then simply exit + else begin - Display.Fade := 0; - Display.NextScreenWithCheck := nil; - Display.CheckOK := true; + SDL_SetVideoMode(ScreenW, ScreenH, (Ini.Depth+1) * 16, SDL_OPENGL or SDL_RESIZABLE); end; - end; + Display.SetCursor; + + glViewPort(0, 0, ScreenW, ScreenH); + {$IFEND} + end + // if print is pressed -> make screenshot and save to screenshot path + else if (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_SYSREQ) or (Event.key.keysym.sym = SDLK_PRINT) then + Display.SaveScreenShot + // if there is a visible popup then let it handle input instead of underlying screen + // shoud be done in a way to be sure the topmost popup has preference (maybe error, then check) + else if (ScreenPopupError <> nil) and (ScreenPopupError.Visible) then + Done := not ScreenPopupError.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true) + else if (ScreenPopupInfo <> nil) and (ScreenPopupInfo.Visible) then + Done := not ScreenPopupInfo.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true) + else if (ScreenPopupCheck <> nil) and (ScreenPopupCheck.Visible) then + Done := not ScreenPopupCheck.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true) + else + begin + // check if screen wants to exit + Done := not Display.ParseInput(Event.key.keysym.sym, Event.key.keysym.unicode, true); + + // if screen wants to exit + if Done then + DoQuit; + + end; end; end; SDL_JOYAXISMOTION: @@ -662,574 +595,4 @@ begin SDL_PushEvent(@Event); end; -function GetTimeForBeats(BPM, Beats: real): real; -begin - Result := 60 / BPM * Beats; -end; - -function GetBeats(BPM, msTime: real): real; -begin - Result := BPM * msTime / 60; -end; - -procedure GetMidBeatSub(BPMNum: integer; var Time: real; var CurBeat: real); -var - NewTime: real; -begin - if High(CurrentSong.BPM) = BPMNum then - begin - // last BPM - CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time); - Time := 0; - end - else - begin - // not last BPM - // count how much time is it for start of the new BPM and store it in NewTime - NewTime := GetTimeForBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat); - - // compare it to remaining time - if (Time - NewTime) > 0 then - begin - // there is still remaining time - CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat; - Time := Time - NewTime; - end - else - begin - // there is no remaining time - CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time); - Time := 0; - end; // if - end; // if -end; - -function GetMidBeat(Time: real): real; -var - CurBeat: real; - CurBPM: integer; -begin - // static BPM - if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then - begin - Result := Time * CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 60; - end - // variable BPM - else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then - begin - CurBeat := 0; - CurBPM := 0; - while (Time > 0) do - begin - GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat); - Inc(CurBPM); - end; - - Result := CurBeat; - end - // invalid BPM - else - begin - Result := 0; - end; -end; - -function GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real; -var - CurBPM: integer; -begin - // static BPM - if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then - begin - Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000 + Beat * 60 / CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM; - end - // variable BPM - else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then - begin - Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000; - CurBPM := 0; - while (CurBPM <= High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and - (Beat > CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat) do - begin - if (CurBPM < High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and - (Beat >= CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then - begin - // full range - Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) * - (CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat); - end; - - if (CurBPM = High(CurrentSong.BPM)) or - (Beat < CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then - begin - // in the middle - Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) * - (Beat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat); - end; - Inc(CurBPM); - end; - - { - while (Time > 0) do - begin - GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat); - Inc(CurBPM); - end; - } - end - // invalid BPM - else - begin - Result := 0; - end; -end; - -procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing); -var - Count: integer; - CountGr: integer; - CP: integer; - N: integer; -begin - LyricsState.UpdateBeats(); - - // sentences routines - for CountGr := 0 to 0 do //High(Lines) - begin; - CP := CountGr; - // old parts - LyricsState.OldLine := Lines[CP].Current; - - // choose current parts - for Count := 0 to Lines[CP].High do - begin - if LyricsState.CurrentBeat >= Lines[CP].Line[Count].Start then - Lines[CP].Current := Count; - end; - - // clean player note if there is a new line - // (optimization on halfbeat time) - if Lines[CP].Current <> LyricsState.OldLine then - NewSentence(Screen); - - end; // for CountGr - - // make some operations on clicks - if {(LyricsState.CurrentBeatC >= 0) and }(LyricsState.OldBeatC <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then - NewBeatClick(Screen); - - // make some operations when detecting new voice pitch - if (LyricsState.CurrentBeatD >= 0) and (LyricsState.OldBeatD <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then - NewBeatDetect(Screen); -end; - -procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing); -var - i: integer; -begin - // clean note of player - for i := 0 to High(Player) do - begin - Player[i].LengthNote := 0; - Player[i].HighNote := -1; - SetLength(Player[i].Note, 0); - end; - - // on sentence change... - Screen.onSentenceChange(Lines[0].Current); -end; - -procedure NewBeatClick; -var - Count: integer; -begin - // beat click - if ((Ini.BeatClick = 1) and - ((LyricsState.CurrentBeatC + Lines[0].Resolution + Lines[0].NotesGAP) mod Lines[0].Resolution = 0)) then - begin - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click); - end; - - for Count := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do - begin - if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Count].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then - begin - // click assist - if Ini.ClickAssist = 1 then - AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click); - - // drum machine - (* - TempBeat := LyricsState.CurrentBeat;// + 2; - if (TempBeat mod 8 = 0) then Music.PlayDrum; - if (TempBeat mod 8 = 4) then Music.PlayClap; - //if (TempBeat mod 4 = 2) then Music.PlayHihat; - if (TempBeat mod 4 <> 0) then Music.PlayHihat; - *) - end; - end; -end; - -procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing); -begin - NewNote(Screen); -end; - -procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing); -var - LineFragmentIndex: integer; - CurrentLineFragment: PLineFragment; - PlayerIndex: integer; - CurrentSound: TCaptureBuffer; - CurrentPlayer: PPlayer; - LastPlayerNote: PPlayerNote; - Line: PLine; - SentenceIndex: integer; - SentenceMin: integer; - SentenceMax: integer; - SentenceDetected: integer; // sentence of detected note - NoteAvailable: boolean; - NewNote: boolean; - Range: integer; - NoteHit: boolean; - MaxSongPoints: integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus) - MaxLinePoints: real; // max. points for the current line -begin - // TODO: add duet mode support - // use Lines[LineSetIndex] with LineSetIndex depending on the current player - - // count min and max sentence range for checking (detection is delayed to the notes we see on the screen) - SentenceMin := Lines[0].Current-1; - if (SentenceMin < 0) then - SentenceMin := 0; - SentenceMax := Lines[0].Current; - - // check for an active note at the current time defined in the lyrics - NoteAvailable := false; - SentenceDetected := SentenceMin; - for SentenceIndex := SentenceMin to SentenceMax do - begin - Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex]; - for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do - begin - CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex]; - // check if line is active - if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) and - (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length-1 >= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) and - (CurrentLineFragment.NoteType <> ntFreestyle) and // but ignore FreeStyle notes - (CurrentLineFragment.Length > 0) then // and make sure the note lengths is at least 1 - begin - SentenceDetected := SentenceIndex; - NoteAvailable := true; - Break; - end; - end; - // TODO: break here, if NoteAvailable is true? We would then use the first instead - // of the last note matching the current beat if notes overlap. But notes - // should not overlap at all. - //if (NoteAvailable) then - // Break; - end; - - // analyze player signals - for PlayerIndex := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do - begin - CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex]; - CurrentSound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[PlayerIndex]; - - // At the beginning of the song there is no previous note - if (Length(CurrentPlayer.Note) > 0) then - LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote] - else - LastPlayerNote := nil; - - // analyze buffer - CurrentSound.AnalyzeBuffer; - - // add some noise - // TODO: do we need this? - //LyricsState.Tone := LyricsState.Tone + Round(Random(3)) - 1; - - // add note if possible - if (CurrentSound.ToneValid and NoteAvailable) then - begin - Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected]; - - // process until last note - for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do - begin - CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex]; - if (CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) and - (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length > LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) then - begin - // compare notes (from song-file and from player) - - // move players tone to proper octave - while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone > 6) do - CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone - 12; - - while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone < -6) do - CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone + 12; - - // half size notes patch - NoteHit := false; - - //if Ini.Difficulty = 0 then Range := 2; - //if Ini.Difficulty = 1 then Range := 1; - //if Ini.Difficulty = 2 then Range := 0; - Range := 2 - Ini.Difficulty; - - // check if the player hit the correct tone within the tolerated range - if (Abs(CurrentLineFragment.Tone - CurrentSound.Tone) <= Range) then - begin - // adjust the players tone to the correct one - // TODO: do we need to do this? - CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentLineFragment.Tone; - - // half size notes patch - NoteHit := true; - - if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then - MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS - else - MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE; - - // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song - MaxLinePoints := MaxSongPoints / Lines[0].ScoreValue; - - // FIXME: is this correct? Why do we add the points for a whole line - // if just one note is correct? - case CurrentLineFragment.NoteType of - ntNormal: CurrentPlayer.Score := CurrentPlayer.Score + MaxLinePoints; - ntGolden: CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden := CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden + MaxLinePoints; - end; - - CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt := Floor(CurrentPlayer.Score / 10) * 10; - CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt := Floor(CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden / 10) * 10; - - CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt := CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt + - CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt + - CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt; - end; - - end; // operation - end; // for - - // check if we have to add a new note or extend the note's length - if (SentenceDetected = SentenceMax) then - begin - // we will add a new note - NewNote := true; - - // if previous note (if any) was the same, extend prrevious note - if ((CurrentPlayer.LengthNote > 0) and - (LastPlayerNote <> nil) and - (LastPlayerNote.Tone = CurrentSound.Tone) and - ((LastPlayerNote.Start + LastPlayerNote.Length) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) then - begin - NewNote := false; - end; - - // if is not as new note to control - for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do - begin - if (Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then - NewNote := true; - end; - - // add new note - if NewNote then - begin - // new note - Inc(CurrentPlayer.LengthNote); - Inc(CurrentPlayer.HighNote); - SetLength(CurrentPlayer.Note, CurrentPlayer.LengthNote); - - // update player's last note - LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote]; - with LastPlayerNote^ do - begin - Start := LyricsState.CurrentBeatD; - Length := 1; - Tone := CurrentSound.Tone; // Tone || ToneAbs - Detect := LyricsState.MidBeat; - Hit := NoteHit; // half note patch - end; - end - else - begin - // extend note length - if (LastPlayerNote <> nil) then - Inc(LastPlayerNote.Length); - end; - - // check for perfect note and then lit the star (on Draw) - for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do - begin - CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex]; - if (CurrentLineFragment.Start = LastPlayerNote.Start) and - (CurrentLineFragment.Length = LastPlayerNote.Length) and - (CurrentLineFragment.Tone = LastPlayerNote.Tone) then - begin - LastPlayerNote.Perfect := true; - end; - end; - end; // if SentenceDetected = SentenceMax - - end; // if Detected - end; // for PlayerIndex - - //Log.LogStatus('EndBeat', 'NewBeat'); - - // on sentence end -> for LineBonus and display of SingBar (rating pop-up) - if (SentenceDetected >= Low(Lines[0].Line)) and - (SentenceDetected <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then - begin - Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected]; - CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[Line.HighNote]; - if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length - 1) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then - begin - if assigned(Screen) then - Screen.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceDetected); - end; - end; - -end; - -procedure ClearScores(PlayerNum: integer); -begin - with Player[PlayerNum] do - begin - Score := 0; - ScoreLine := 0; - ScoreGolden := 0; - - ScoreInt := 0; - ScoreLineInt := 0; - ScoreGoldenInt:= 0; - ScoreTotalInt := 0; - - ScoreLast := 0; - - LastSentencePerfect := false; - end; -end; - -procedure AddSpecialPath(var PathList: TStringList; const Path: string); -var - I: integer; - PathAbs, OldPathAbs: string; -begin - if (PathList = nil) then - PathList := TStringList.Create; - - if (Path = '') or not ForceDirectories(Path) then - Exit; - - PathAbs := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(ExpandFileName(Path)); - - // check if path or a part of the path was already added - for I := 0 to PathList.Count-1 do - begin - OldPathAbs := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(ExpandFileName(PathList[I])); - // check if the new directory is a sub-directory of a previously added one. - // This is also true, if both paths point to the same directories. - if (AnsiStartsText(OldPathAbs, PathAbs)) then - begin - // ignore the new path - Exit; - end; - - // check if a previously added directory is a sub-directory of the new one. - if (AnsiStartsText(PathAbs, OldPathAbs)) then - begin - // replace the old with the new one. - PathList[I] := PathAbs; - Exit; - end; - end; - - PathList.Add(PathAbs); -end; - -procedure AddSongPath(const Path: string); -begin - AddSpecialPath(SongPaths, Path); -end; - -procedure AddCoverPath(const Path: string); -begin - AddSpecialPath(CoverPaths, Path); -end; - -(** - * Initialize a path variable - * After setting paths, make sure that paths exist - *) -function FindPath(out PathResult: string; const RequestedPath: string; NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := false; - - if (RequestedPath = '') then - Exit; - - // Make sure the directory exists - if (not ForceDirectories(RequestedPath)) then - begin - PathResult := ''; - Exit; - end; - - PathResult := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(RequestedPath); - - if (NeedsWritePermission) and - (FileIsReadOnly(RequestedPath)) then - begin - Exit; - end; - - Result := true; -end; - -(** - * Function sets all absolute paths e.g. song path and makes sure the directorys exist - *) -procedure InitializePaths; -begin - // Log directory (must be writable) - if (not FindPath(LogPath, Platform.GetLogPath, true)) then - begin - Log.FileOutputEnabled := false; - Log.LogWarn('Log directory "'+ Platform.GetLogPath +'" not available', 'InitializePaths'); - end; - - FindPath(SoundPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'sounds', false); - FindPath(ThemePath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'themes', false); - FindPath(SkinsPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'themes', false); - FindPath(LanguagesPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'languages', false); - FindPath(PluginPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'plugins', false); - FindPath(VisualsPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'visuals', false); - FindPath(FontPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'fonts', false); - FindPath(ResourcesPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'resources', false); - FindPath(ScriptPath, Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'scripts', false); - - // Playlists are not shared as we need one directory to write too - FindPath(PlaylistPath, Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'playlists', true); - - // Screenshot directory (must be writable) - if (not FindPath(ScreenshotsPath, Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'screenshots', true)) then - begin - Log.LogWarn('Screenshot directory "'+ Platform.GetGameUserPath +'" not available', 'InitializePaths'); - end; - - // Add song paths - AddSongPath(Params.SongPath); - AddSongPath(Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'songs'); - AddSongPath(Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'songs'); - - // Add category cover paths - AddCoverPath(Platform.GetGameSharedPath + 'covers'); - AddCoverPath(Platform.GetGameUserPath + 'covers'); -end; - end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UModules.pas b/Lua/src/base/UModules.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 97494180..00000000 --- a/Lua/src/base/UModules.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,55 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UModules; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -{********************* - UModules - Unit Contains all used Modules in its uses clausel - and a const with an array of all Modules to load -*********************} - -uses - UCoreModule, - UPluginLoader; - -const - CORE_MODULES_TO_LOAD: Array[0..2] of cCoreModule = ( - TPluginLoader, //First because it has to look if there are Module replacements (Feature o/t Future) - TCoreModule, //Remove this later, just a dummy - TtehPlugins //Represents the Plugins. Last because they may use CoreModules Services etc. - ); - -implementation - -end.
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UMusic.pas b/Lua/src/base/UMusic.pas index 792d5e3f..5d816c9a 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UMusic.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UMusic.pas @@ -34,12 +34,24 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses + SysUtils, + Classes, UTime, - Classes; + UBeatTimer, + UPath; type TNoteType = (ntFreestyle, ntNormal, ntGolden); +const + // ScoreFactor defines how a notehit of a specified notetype is + // measured in comparison to the other types + // 0 means this notetype is not rated at all + // 2 means a hit of this notetype will be rated w/ twice as much + // points as a hit of a notetype w/ ScoreFactor 1 + ScoreFactor: array[TNoteType] of integer = (0, 1, 2); + +type (** * TLineFragment represents a fragment of a lyrics line. * This is a text-fragment (e.g. a syllable) assigned to a note pitch, @@ -51,7 +63,7 @@ type Start: integer; // beat the fragment starts at Length: integer; // length in beats Tone: integer; // full range tone - Text: string; // text assigned to this fragment (a syllable, word, etc.) + Text: UTF8String; // text assigned to this fragment (a syllable, word, etc.) NoteType: TNoteType; // note-type: golden-note/freestyle etc. end; @@ -62,8 +74,8 @@ type PLine = ^TLine; TLine = record Start: integer; // the start beat of this line (<> start beat of the first note of this line) - Lyric: string; - LyricWidth: real; // @deprecated: width of the line in pixels. + Lyric: UTF8String; + //LyricWidth: real; // @deprecated: width of the line in pixels. // Do not use this as the width is not correct. // Use TLyricsEngine.GetUpperLine().Width instead. End_: integer; @@ -81,7 +93,7 @@ type *) TLines = record Current: integer; // for drawing of current line - High: integer; // (= High(Line)?) + High: integer; // = High(Line)! Number: integer; Resolution: integer; NotesGAP: integer; @@ -89,51 +101,6 @@ type Line: array of TLine; end; - (** - * TLyricsState contains all information concerning the - * state of the lyrics, e.g. the current beat or duration of the lyrics. - *) - TLyricsState = class - private - Timer: TRelativeTimer; // keeps track of the current time - public - OldBeat: integer; // previous discovered beat - CurrentBeat: integer; // current beat (rounded) - MidBeat: real; // current beat (float) - - // now we use this for super synchronization! - // only used when analyzing voice - // TODO: change ...D to ...Detect(ed) - OldBeatD: integer; // previous discovered beat - CurrentBeatD: integer; // current discovered beat (rounded) - MidBeatD: real; // current discovered beat (float) - - // we use this for audible clicks - // TODO: Change ...C to ...Click - OldBeatC: integer; // previous discovered beat - CurrentBeatC: integer; - MidBeatC: real; // like CurrentBeatC - - OldLine: integer; // previous displayed sentence - - StartTime: real; // time till start of lyrics (= Gap) - TotalTime: real; // total song time - - constructor Create(); - procedure Pause(); - procedure Resume(); - - procedure Reset(); - procedure UpdateBeats(); - - (** - * current song time (in seconds) used as base-timer for lyrics etc. - *) - function GetCurrentTime(): real; - procedure SetCurrentTime(Time: real); - end; - - const FFTSize = 512; // size of FFT data (output: FFTSize/2 values) type @@ -212,12 +179,12 @@ type TSoundEffect = class public EngineData: Pointer; // can be used for engine-specific data - procedure Callback(Buffer: PChar; BufSize: integer); virtual; abstract; + procedure Callback(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer); virtual; abstract; end; TVoiceRemoval = class(TSoundEffect) public - procedure Callback(Buffer: PChar; BufSize: integer); override; + procedure Callback(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer); override; end; type @@ -262,7 +229,7 @@ type function IsEOF(): boolean; virtual; abstract; function IsError(): boolean; virtual; abstract; public - function ReadData(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract; + function ReadData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract; property EOF: boolean read IsEOF; property Error: boolean read IsError; @@ -292,7 +259,7 @@ type function GetVolume(): single; virtual; abstract; procedure SetVolume(Volume: single); virtual; abstract; function Synchronize(BufferSize: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): integer; - procedure FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PChar; FrameSize: integer); + procedure FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PByteArray; FrameSize: integer); public (** * Opens a SourceStream for playback. @@ -335,7 +302,7 @@ type function Open(ChannelMap: integer; FormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; virtual; procedure Close(); override; - procedure WriteData(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer); virtual; abstract; + procedure WriteData(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer); virtual; abstract; function GetAudioFormatInfo(): TAudioFormatInfo; override; function GetLength(): real; override; @@ -349,7 +316,7 @@ type // soundcard output-devices information TAudioOutputDevice = class public - Name: string; // soundcard name + Name: UTF8String; // soundcard name end; TAudioOutputDeviceList = array of TAudioOutputDevice; @@ -358,7 +325,7 @@ type ['{63A5EBC3-3F4D-4F23-8DFB-B5165FCE33DD}'] function GetName: String; - function Open(const Filename: string): boolean; // true if succeed + function Open(const Filename: IPath): boolean; // true if succeed procedure Close; procedure Play; @@ -410,7 +377,7 @@ type // nil-pointers is not neccessary anymore. // PlaySound/StopSound will be removed then, OpenSound will be renamed to // CreateSound. - function OpenSound(const Filename: String): TAudioPlaybackStream; + function OpenSound(const Filename: IPath): TAudioPlaybackStream; procedure PlaySound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream); procedure StopSound(Stream: TAudioPlaybackStream); @@ -425,7 +392,7 @@ type IGenericDecoder = Interface ['{557B0E9A-604D-47E4-B826-13769F3E10B7}'] - function GetName(): String; + function GetName(): string; function InitializeDecoder(): boolean; function FinalizeDecoder(): boolean; //function IsSupported(const Filename: string): boolean; @@ -434,13 +401,13 @@ type (* IVideoDecoder = Interface( IGenericDecoder ) ['{2F184B2B-FE69-44D5-9031-0A2462391DCA}'] - function Open(const Filename: string): TVideoDecodeStream; + function Open(const Filename: IPath): TVideoDecodeStream; end; *) IAudioDecoder = Interface( IGenericDecoder ) ['{AB47B1B6-2AA9-4410-BF8C-EC79561B5478}'] - function Open(const Filename: string): TAudioDecodeStream; + function Open(const Filename: IPath): TAudioDecodeStream; end; IAudioInput = Interface @@ -468,7 +435,7 @@ type * input-buffer bytes used. * Returns the number of bytes written to the output-buffer or -1 if an error occured. *) - function Convert(InputBuffer: PChar; OutputBuffer: PChar; var InputSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract; + function Convert(InputBuffer: PByteArray; OutputBuffer: PByteArray; var InputSize: integer): integer; virtual; abstract; (** * Destination/Source size ratio @@ -490,7 +457,7 @@ const SOUNDID_CLICK = 5; LAST_SOUNDID = SOUNDID_CLICK; - BaseSoundFilenames: array[0..LAST_SOUNDID] of string = ( + BaseSoundFilenames: array[0..LAST_SOUNDID] of IPath = ( '%SOUNDPATH%/Common start.mp3', // Start '%SOUNDPATH%/Common back.mp3', // Back '%SOUNDPATH%/menu swoosh.mp3', // Swoosh @@ -531,7 +498,7 @@ type procedure StartBgMusic(); procedure PauseBgMusic(); // TODO - //function AddSound(Filename: string): integer; + //function AddSound(Filename: IPath): integer; //procedure RemoveSound(ID: integer); //function GetSound(ID: integer): TAudioPlaybackStream; //property Sound[ID: integer]: TAudioPlaybackStream read GetSound; default; @@ -561,13 +528,13 @@ procedure DumpMediaInterfaces(); implementation uses - sysutils, math, UIni, - UMain, + UNote, UCommandLine, URecord, - ULog; + ULog, + UPathUtils; var DefaultVideoPlayback : IVideoPlayback; @@ -688,7 +655,7 @@ begin FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do begin - CurrentAudioDecoder := IAudioDecoder(InterfaceList[i]); + CurrentAudioDecoder := InterfaceList[i] as IAudioDecoder; if (not CurrentAudioDecoder.InitializeDecoder()) then begin Log.LogError('Initialize failed, Removing - '+ CurrentAudioDecoder.GetName); @@ -705,7 +672,7 @@ begin FilterInterfaceList(IAudioPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do begin - CurrentAudioPlayback := IAudioPlayback(InterfaceList[i]); + CurrentAudioPlayback := InterfaceList[i] as IAudioPlayback; if (CurrentAudioPlayback.InitializePlayback()) then begin DefaultAudioPlayback := CurrentAudioPlayback; @@ -720,7 +687,7 @@ begin FilterInterfaceList(IAudioInput, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do begin - CurrentAudioInput := IAudioInput(InterfaceList[i]); + CurrentAudioInput := InterfaceList[i] as IAudioInput; if (CurrentAudioInput.InitializeRecord()) then begin DefaultAudioInput := CurrentAudioInput; @@ -753,7 +720,7 @@ begin FilterInterfaceList(IVideoPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do begin - VideoInterface := IVideoPlayback(InterfaceList[i]); + VideoInterface := InterfaceList[i] as IVideoPlayback; if (VideoInterface.Init()) then begin DefaultVideoPlayback := VideoInterface; @@ -768,7 +735,7 @@ begin FilterInterfaceList(IVideoVisualization, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do begin - VisualInterface := IVideoVisualization(InterfaceList[i]); + VisualInterface := InterfaceList[i] as IVideoVisualization; if (VisualInterface.Init()) then begin DefaultVisualization := VisualInterface; @@ -782,7 +749,7 @@ begin // now that we have all interfaces, we can dump them // TODO: move this to another place - if FindCmdLineSwitch( cMediaInterfaces ) then + if FindCmdLineSwitch(cMediaInterfaces) then begin DumpMediaInterfaces(); halt; @@ -806,27 +773,27 @@ begin // finalize audio playback interfaces (should be done before the decoders) FilterInterfaceList(IAudioPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do - IAudioPlayback(InterfaceList[i]).FinalizePlayback(); + (InterfaceList[i] as IAudioPlayback).FinalizePlayback(); // finalize audio input interfaces FilterInterfaceList(IAudioInput, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do - IAudioInput(InterfaceList[i]).FinalizeRecord(); + (InterfaceList[i] as IAudioInput).FinalizeRecord(); // finalize audio decoder interfaces FilterInterfaceList(IAudioDecoder, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do - IAudioDecoder(InterfaceList[i]).FinalizeDecoder(); + (InterfaceList[i] as IAudioDecoder).FinalizeDecoder(); // finalize video interfaces FilterInterfaceList(IVideoPlayback, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do - IVideoPlayback(InterfaceList[i]).Finalize(); + (InterfaceList[i] as IVideoPlayback).Finalize(); // finalize audio decoder interfaces FilterInterfaceList(IVideoVisualization, MediaManager, InterfaceList); for i := 0 to InterfaceList.Count-1 do - IVideoVisualization(InterfaceList[i]).Finalize(); + (InterfaceList[i] as IVideoVisualization).Finalize(); InterfaceList.Free; @@ -889,14 +856,14 @@ procedure TSoundLibrary.LoadSounds(); begin UnloadSounds(); - Start := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'Common start.mp3'); - Back := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'Common back.mp3'); - Swoosh := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'menu swoosh.mp3'); - Change := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'select music change music 50.mp3'); - Option := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'option change col.mp3'); - Click := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'rimshot022b.mp3'); + Start := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('Common start.mp3')); + Back := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('Common back.mp3')); + Swoosh := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('menu swoosh.mp3')); + Change := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('select music change music 50.mp3')); + Option := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('option change col.mp3')); + Click := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('rimshot022b.mp3')); - BGMusic := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath + 'Bebeto_-_Loop010.mp3'); + BGMusic := AudioPlayback.OpenSound(SoundPath.Append('Bebeto_-_Loop010.mp3')); if (BGMusic <> nil) then BGMusic.Loop := True; @@ -942,7 +909,7 @@ end; { TVoiceRemoval } -procedure TVoiceRemoval.Callback(Buffer: PChar; BufSize: integer); +procedure TVoiceRemoval.Callback(Buffer: PByteArray; BufSize: integer); var FrameIndex, FrameSize: integer; Value: integer; @@ -967,92 +934,6 @@ begin end; end; - -{ TVoiceRemoval } - -constructor TLyricsState.Create(); -begin - // create a triggered timer, so we can Pause() it, set the time - // and Resume() it afterwards for better synching. - Timer := TRelativeTimer.Create(true); - - // reset state - Reset(); -end; - -procedure TLyricsState.Pause(); -begin - Timer.Pause(); -end; - -procedure TLyricsState.Resume(); -begin - Timer.Resume(); -end; - -procedure TLyricsState.SetCurrentTime(Time: real); -begin - // do not start the timer (if not started already), - // after setting the current time - Timer.SetTime(Time, false); -end; - -function TLyricsState.GetCurrentTime(): real; -begin - Result := Timer.GetTime(); -end; - -(** - * Resets the timer and state of the lyrics. - * The timer will be stopped afterwards so you have to call Resume() - * to start the lyrics timer. - *) -procedure TLyricsState.Reset(); -begin - Pause(); - SetCurrentTime(0); - - StartTime := 0; - TotalTime := 0; - - OldBeat := -1; - MidBeat := -1; - CurrentBeat := -1; - - OldBeatC := -1; - MidBeatC := -1; - CurrentBeatC := -1; - - OldBeatD := -1; - MidBeatD := -1; - CurrentBeatD := -1; -end; - -(** - * Updates the beat information (CurrentBeat/MidBeat/...) according to the - * current lyric time. - *) -procedure TLyricsState.UpdateBeats(); -var - CurLyricsTime: real; -begin - CurLyricsTime := GetCurrentTime(); - - OldBeat := CurrentBeat; - MidBeat := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000); - CurrentBeat := Floor(MidBeat); - - OldBeatC := CurrentBeatC; - MidBeatC := GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - StartTime / 1000); - CurrentBeatC := Floor(MidBeatC); - - OldBeatD := CurrentBeatD; - // MidBeatD = MidBeat with additional GAP - MidBeatD := -0.5 + GetMidBeat(CurLyricsTime - (StartTime + 120 + 20) / 1000); - CurrentBeatD := Floor(MidBeatD); -end; - - { TAudioConverter } function TAudioConverter.Init(SrcFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo; DstFormatInfo: TAudioFormatInfo): boolean; @@ -1180,7 +1061,7 @@ end; (* * Fills a buffer with copies of the given frame or with 0 if frame. *) -procedure TAudioPlaybackStream.FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PChar; FrameSize: integer); +procedure TAudioPlaybackStream.FillBufferWithFrame(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer; Frame: PByteArray; FrameSize: integer); var i: integer; FrameCopyCount: integer; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UNote.pas b/Lua/src/base/UNote.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e5b709a --- /dev/null +++ b/Lua/src/base/UNote.pas @@ -0,0 +1,591 @@ +{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game + * + * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names + * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT + * file distributed with this source distribution. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to + * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * + * $URL$ + * $Id$ + *} + +unit UNote; + +interface + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE Delphi} +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} + +uses + SysUtils, + Classes, + SDL, + UMusic, + URecord, + UTime, + UDisplay, + UIni, + ULog, + ULyrics, + UScreenSing, + USong, + gl; + +type + PPLayerNote = ^TPlayerNote; + TPlayerNote = record + Start: integer; + Length: integer; + Detect: real; // accurate place, detected in the note + Tone: real; + Perfect: boolean; // true if the note matches the original one, light the star + Hit: boolean; // true if the note hits the line + end; + + PPLayer = ^TPlayer; + TPlayer = record + Name: UTF8String; + + // Index in Teaminfo record + TeamID: byte; + PlayerID: byte; + + // Scores + Score: real; + ScoreLine: real; + ScoreGolden: real; + + ScoreInt: integer; + ScoreLineInt: integer; + ScoreGoldenInt: integer; + ScoreTotalInt: integer; + + // LineBonus + ScoreLast: real; // Last Line Score + + // PerfectLineTwinkle (effect) + LastSentencePerfect: boolean; + + HighNote: integer; // index of last note (= High(Note)?) + LengthNote: integer; // number of notes (= Length(Note)?). + Note: array of TPlayerNote; + end; + +var + + // player and music info + Player: array of TPlayer; + PlayersPlay: integer; + + CurrentSong: TSong; + +const + MAX_SONG_SCORE = 10000; // max. achievable points per song + MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS = 1000; // max. achievable line bonus per song + +procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing); +procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing); +procedure NewBeatClick(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for click +procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing); // executed when on then new beat for detection +procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing); // detect note +function GetMidBeat(Time: real): real; +function GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real; + +implementation + +uses + Math, + StrUtils, + USongs, + UJoystick, + UCommandLine, + ULanguage, + //SDL_ttf, + USkins, + UCovers, + UCatCovers, + UDataBase, + UPlaylist, + UDLLManager, + UParty, + UConfig, + UCommon, + UGraphic, + UGraphicClasses, + UPathUtils, + UPlatform, + UThemes; + +function GetTimeForBeats(BPM, Beats: real): real; +begin + Result := 60 / BPM * Beats; +end; + +function GetBeats(BPM, msTime: real): real; +begin + Result := BPM * msTime / 60; +end; + +procedure GetMidBeatSub(BPMNum: integer; var Time: real; var CurBeat: real); +var + NewTime: real; +begin + if High(CurrentSong.BPM) = BPMNum then + begin + // last BPM + CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time); + Time := 0; + end + else + begin + // not last BPM + // count how much time is it for start of the new BPM and store it in NewTime + NewTime := GetTimeForBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat); + + // compare it to remaining time + if (Time - NewTime) > 0 then + begin + // there is still remaining time + CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat; + Time := Time - NewTime; + end + else + begin + // there is no remaining time + CurBeat := CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].StartBeat + GetBeats(CurrentSong.BPM[BPMNum].BPM, Time); + Time := 0; + end; // if + end; // if +end; + +function GetMidBeat(Time: real): real; +var + CurBeat: real; + CurBPM: integer; +begin + // static BPM + if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then + begin + Result := Time * CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM / 60; + end + // variable BPM + else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then + begin + CurBeat := 0; + CurBPM := 0; + while (Time > 0) do + begin + GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat); + Inc(CurBPM); + end; + + Result := CurBeat; + end + // invalid BPM + else + begin + Result := 0; + end; +end; + +function GetTimeFromBeat(Beat: integer): real; +var + CurBPM: integer; +begin + // static BPM + if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) = 1 then + begin + Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000 + Beat * 60 / CurrentSong.BPM[0].BPM; + end + // variable BPM + else if Length(CurrentSong.BPM) > 1 then + begin + Result := CurrentSong.GAP / 1000; + CurBPM := 0; + while (CurBPM <= High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and + (Beat > CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat) do + begin + if (CurBPM < High(CurrentSong.BPM)) and + (Beat >= CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then + begin + // full range + Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) * + (CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat); + end; + + if (CurBPM = High(CurrentSong.BPM)) or + (Beat < CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM+1].StartBeat) then + begin + // in the middle + Result := Result + (60 / CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].BPM) * + (Beat - CurrentSong.BPM[CurBPM].StartBeat); + end; + Inc(CurBPM); + end; + + { + while (Time > 0) do + begin + GetMidBeatSub(CurBPM, Time, CurBeat); + Inc(CurBPM); + end; + } + end + // invalid BPM + else + begin + Result := 0; + end; +end; + +procedure Sing(Screen: TScreenSing); +var + Count: integer; + CountGr: integer; + CP: integer; +begin + LyricsState.UpdateBeats(); + + // sentences routines + for CountGr := 0 to 0 do //High(Lines) + begin; + CP := CountGr; + // old parts + LyricsState.OldLine := Lines[CP].Current; + + // choose current parts + for Count := 0 to Lines[CP].High do + begin + if LyricsState.CurrentBeat >= Lines[CP].Line[Count].Start then + Lines[CP].Current := Count; + end; + + // clean player note if there is a new line + // (optimization on halfbeat time) + if Lines[CP].Current <> LyricsState.OldLine then + NewSentence(Screen); + + end; // for CountGr + + // make some operations on clicks + if {(LyricsState.CurrentBeatC >= 0) and }(LyricsState.OldBeatC <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then + NewBeatClick(Screen); + + // make some operations when detecting new voice pitch + if (LyricsState.CurrentBeatD >= 0) and (LyricsState.OldBeatD <> LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then + NewBeatDetect(Screen); +end; + +procedure NewSentence(Screen: TScreenSing); +var + i: integer; +begin + // clean note of player + for i := 0 to High(Player) do + begin + Player[i].LengthNote := 0; + Player[i].HighNote := -1; + SetLength(Player[i].Note, 0); + end; + + // on sentence change... + Screen.onSentenceChange(Lines[0].Current); +end; + +procedure NewBeatClick; +var + Count: integer; +begin + // beat click + if ((Ini.BeatClick = 1) and + ((LyricsState.CurrentBeatC + Lines[0].Resolution + Lines[0].NotesGAP) mod Lines[0].Resolution = 0)) then + begin + AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click); + end; + + for Count := 0 to Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].HighNote do + begin + if (Lines[0].Line[Lines[0].Current].Note[Count].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatC) then + begin + // click assist + if Ini.ClickAssist = 1 then + AudioPlayback.PlaySound(SoundLib.Click); + + // drum machine + (* + TempBeat := LyricsState.CurrentBeat; // + 2; + if (TempBeat mod 8 = 0) then Music.PlayDrum; + if (TempBeat mod 8 = 4) then Music.PlayClap; + //if (TempBeat mod 4 = 2) then Music.PlayHihat; + if (TempBeat mod 4 <> 0) then Music.PlayHihat; + *) + end; + end; +end; + +procedure NewBeatDetect(Screen: TScreenSing); +begin + NewNote(Screen); +end; + +procedure NewNote(Screen: TScreenSing); +var + LineFragmentIndex: integer; + CurrentLineFragment: PLineFragment; + PlayerIndex: integer; + CurrentSound: TCaptureBuffer; + CurrentPlayer: PPlayer; + LastPlayerNote: PPlayerNote; + Line: PLine; + SentenceIndex: integer; + SentenceMin: integer; + SentenceMax: integer; + SentenceDetected: integer; // sentence of detected note + NoteAvailable: boolean; + NewNote: boolean; + Range: integer; + NoteHit: boolean; + MaxSongPoints: integer; // max. points for the song (without line bonus) + CurNotePoints: real; // Points for the cur. Note (PointsperNote * ScoreFactor[CurNote]) +begin + // TODO: add duet mode support + // use Lines[LineSetIndex] with LineSetIndex depending on the current player + + // count min and max sentence range for checking + // (detection is delayed to the notes we see on the screen) + SentenceMin := Lines[0].Current-1; + if (SentenceMin < 0) then + SentenceMin := 0; + SentenceMax := Lines[0].Current; + + // check for an active note at the current time defined in the lyrics + NoteAvailable := false; + SentenceDetected := SentenceMin; + for SentenceIndex := SentenceMin to SentenceMax do + begin + Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceIndex]; + for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do + begin + CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex]; + // check if line is active + if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) and + (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length-1 >= LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) and + (CurrentLineFragment.NoteType <> ntFreestyle) and // but ignore FreeStyle notes + (CurrentLineFragment.Length > 0) then // and make sure the note length is at least 1 + begin + SentenceDetected := SentenceIndex; + NoteAvailable := true; + Break; + end; + end; + // TODO: break here, if NoteAvailable is true? We would then use the first instead + // of the last note matching the current beat if notes overlap. But notes + // should not overlap at all. + // if (NoteAvailable) then + // Break; + end; + + // analyze player signals + for PlayerIndex := 0 to PlayersPlay-1 do + begin + CurrentPlayer := @Player[PlayerIndex]; + CurrentSound := AudioInputProcessor.Sound[PlayerIndex]; + + // at the beginning of the song there is no previous note + if (Length(CurrentPlayer.Note) > 0) then + LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote] + else + LastPlayerNote := nil; + + // analyze buffer + CurrentSound.AnalyzeBuffer; + + // add some noise + // TODO: do we need this? + //LyricsState.Tone := LyricsState.Tone + Round(Random(3)) - 1; + + // add note if possible + if (CurrentSound.ToneValid and NoteAvailable) then + begin + Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected]; + + // process until last note + for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do + begin + CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex]; + if (CurrentLineFragment.Start <= LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) and + (CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length > LyricsState.OldBeatD+1) then + begin + // compare notes (from song-file and from player) + + // move players tone to proper octave + while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone > 6) do + CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone - 12; + + while (CurrentSound.Tone - CurrentLineFragment.Tone < -6) do + CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentSound.Tone + 12; + + // half size notes patch + NoteHit := false; + + // if Ini.Difficulty = 0 then Range := 2; + // if Ini.Difficulty = 1 then Range := 1; + // if Ini.Difficulty = 2 then Range := 0; + Range := 2 - Ini.Difficulty; + + // check if the player hit the correct tone within the tolerated range + if (Abs(CurrentLineFragment.Tone - CurrentSound.Tone) <= Range) then + begin + // adjust the players tone to the correct one + // TODO: do we need to do this? + // Philipp: I think we do, at least when we draw the notes. + // Otherwise the notehit thing would be shifted to the + // correct unhit note. I think this will look kind of strange. + CurrentSound.Tone := CurrentLineFragment.Tone; + + // half size notes patch + NoteHit := true; + + if (Ini.LineBonus > 0) then + MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE - MAX_SONG_LINE_BONUS + else + MaxSongPoints := MAX_SONG_SCORE; + + // Note: ScoreValue is the sum of all note values of the song + // (MaxSongPoints / ScoreValue) is the points that a player + // gets for a hit of one beat of a normal note + // CurNotePoints is the amount of points that is meassured + // for a hit of the note per full beat + CurNotePoints := (MaxSongPoints / Lines[0].ScoreValue) * ScoreFactor[CurrentLineFragment.NoteType]; + + case CurrentLineFragment.NoteType of + ntNormal: CurrentPlayer.Score := CurrentPlayer.Score + CurNotePoints; + ntGolden: CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden := CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden + CurNotePoints; + end; + + // a problem if we use floor instead of round is that a score of + // 10000 points is only possible if the last digit of the total points + // for golden and normal notes is 0. + // if we use round, the max score is 10000 for most songs + // but a score of 10010 is possible if the last digit of the total + // points for golden and normal notes is 5 + // the best solution is to use round for one of these scores + // and round the other score in the opposite direction + // so we assure that the highest possible score is 10000 in every case. + CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt := round(CurrentPlayer.Score / 10) * 10; + + if (CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt < CurrentPlayer.Score) then + //normal score is floored so we have to ceil golden notes score + CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt := ceil(CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden / 10) * 10 + else + //normal score is ceiled so we have to floor golden notes score + CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt := floor(CurrentPlayer.ScoreGolden / 10) * 10; + + + CurrentPlayer.ScoreTotalInt := CurrentPlayer.ScoreInt + + CurrentPlayer.ScoreGoldenInt + + CurrentPlayer.ScoreLineInt; + end; + + end; // operation + end; // for + + // check if we have to add a new note or extend the note's length + if (SentenceDetected = SentenceMax) then + begin + // we will add a new note + NewNote := true; + + // if previous note (if any) was the same, extend previous note + if ((CurrentPlayer.LengthNote > 0) and + (LastPlayerNote <> nil) and + (LastPlayerNote.Tone = CurrentSound.Tone) and + ((LastPlayerNote.Start + LastPlayerNote.Length) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD)) then + begin + NewNote := false; + end; + + // if is not as new note to control + for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do + begin + if (Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex].Start = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then + NewNote := true; + end; + + // add new note + if NewNote then + begin + // new note + Inc(CurrentPlayer.LengthNote); + Inc(CurrentPlayer.HighNote); + SetLength(CurrentPlayer.Note, CurrentPlayer.LengthNote); + + // update player's last note + LastPlayerNote := @CurrentPlayer.Note[CurrentPlayer.HighNote]; + with LastPlayerNote^ do + begin + Start := LyricsState.CurrentBeatD; + Length := 1; + Tone := CurrentSound.Tone; // Tone || ToneAbs + Detect := LyricsState.MidBeat; + Hit := NoteHit; // half note patch + end; + end + else + begin + // extend note length + if (LastPlayerNote <> nil) then + Inc(LastPlayerNote.Length); + end; + + // check for perfect note and then light the star (on Draw) + for LineFragmentIndex := 0 to Line.HighNote do + begin + CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[LineFragmentIndex]; + if (CurrentLineFragment.Start = LastPlayerNote.Start) and + (CurrentLineFragment.Length = LastPlayerNote.Length) and + (CurrentLineFragment.Tone = LastPlayerNote.Tone) then + begin + LastPlayerNote.Perfect := true; + end; + end; + end; // if SentenceDetected = SentenceMax + + end; // if Detected + end; // for PlayerIndex + + //Log.LogStatus('EndBeat', 'NewBeat'); + + // on sentence end -> for LineBonus and display of SingBar (rating pop-up) + if (SentenceDetected >= Low(Lines[0].Line)) and + (SentenceDetected <= High(Lines[0].Line)) then + begin + Line := @Lines[0].Line[SentenceDetected]; + CurrentLineFragment := @Line.Note[Line.HighNote]; + if ((CurrentLineFragment.Start + CurrentLineFragment.Length - 1) = LyricsState.CurrentBeatD) then + begin + if assigned(Screen) then + Screen.OnSentenceEnd(SentenceDetected); + end; + end; + +end; + +end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UParty.pas b/Lua/src/base/UParty.pas index c9f89efa..e4060e95 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UParty.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UParty.pas @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ type function GetTeamRanking: AParty_TeamRanking; { returns a string like "Team 1 (and Team 2) win" } - function GetWinnerString(Round: Integer): String; + function GetWinnerString(Round: integer): UTF8String; destructor Destroy; end; @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ uses ULuaCore, UDisplay, USong, - UMain, + UNote, SysUtils; //------------- @@ -873,9 +873,9 @@ end; result is name of winners of specified round. if Round is -1 the result is name of winners of the whole party game} -function TPartyGame.GetWinnerString(Round: Integer): String; +function TPartyGame.GetWinnerString(Round: integer): UTF8String; var - Winners: array of String; + Winners: array of UTF8String; I: integer; Ranking: AParty_TeamRanking; begin @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ begin if (Ranking[I].Rank = PR_First) and (Ranking[I].Team >= 0) and (Ranking[I].Team <= High(Teams)) then begin SetLength(Winners, Length(Winners) + 1); - Winners[high(Winners)] := Teams[Ranking[I].Team].Name; + Winners[high(Winners)] := UTF8String(Teams[Ranking[I].Team].Name); end; end; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPath.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPath.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03bd82eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Lua/src/base/UPath.pas @@ -0,0 +1,1413 @@ +{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game + * + * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names + * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT + * file distributed with this source distribution. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to + * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * + * $URL$ + * $Id$ + *} + +unit UPath; + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE Delphi} +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} + +interface + +uses + SysUtils, + Classes, + IniFiles, + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + TntClasses, + {$ENDIF} + UConfig, + UUnicodeUtils; + +type + IPath = interface; + + {** + * TUnicodeMemoryStream + *} + TUnicodeMemoryStream = class(TMemoryStream) + public + procedure LoadFromFile(const FileName: IPath); + procedure SaveToFile(const FileName: IPath); + end; + + {** + * Unicode capable IniFile implementation. + * TMemIniFile and TIniFile are not able to handle INI-files with + * an UTF-8 BOM. This implementation checks if an UTF-8 BOM exists + * and removes it from the internal string-list. + * UTF8Encoded is set accordingly. + *} + TUnicodeMemIniFile = class(TMemIniFile) + private + FFilename: IPath; + FUTF8Encoded: boolean; + public + constructor Create(const FileName: IPath; UTF8Encoded: boolean = false); reintroduce; + procedure UpdateFile; override; + property UTF8Encoded: boolean READ FUTF8Encoded WRITE FUTF8Encoded; + end; + + {** + * TBinaryFileStream (inherited from THandleStream) + *} + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + TBinaryFileStream = class(TTntFileStream) + {$ELSE} + TBinaryFileStream = class(TFileStream) + {$ENDIF} + public + {** + * @seealso TFileStream.Create for valid Mode parameters + *} + constructor Create(const FileName: IPath; Mode: word); + end; + + {** + * TTextFileStream + *} + TTextFileStream = class(TStream) + protected + fLineBreak: RawByteString; + fFilename: IPath; + fMode: word; + + function ReadLine(var Success: boolean): RawByteString; overload; virtual; abstract; + public + constructor Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word); + + function ReadString(): RawByteString; virtual; abstract; + function ReadLine(var Line: UTF8String): boolean; overload; + function ReadLine(var Line: AnsiString): boolean; overload; + + procedure WriteString(const Str: RawByteString); virtual; + procedure WriteLine(const Line: RawByteString); virtual; + + property LineBreak: RawByteString read fLineBreak write fLineBreak; + property Filename: IPath read fFilename; + end; + + {** + * TMemTextStream + *} + TMemTextFileStream = class(TTextFileStream) + private + fStream: TMemoryStream; + protected + function GetSize: int64; override; + + {** + * Copies fStream.Memory from StartPos to EndPos-1 to the result string; + *} + function CopyMemString(StartPos: int64; EndPos: int64): RawByteString; + public + constructor Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word); + destructor Destroy(); override; + + function Read(var Buffer; Count: longint): longint; override; + function Write(const Buffer; Count: longint): longint; override; + function Seek(Offset: longint; Origin: word): longint; override; + function Seek(const Offset: int64; Origin: TSeekOrigin): int64; override; + + function ReadLine(var Success: boolean): RawByteString; override; + function ReadString(): RawByteString; override; + end; + + {** + TUnicodeIniStream = class() + end; + *} + + {** + * pdKeep: Keep path as is, neither remove or append a delimiter + * pdAppend: Append a delimiter if path does not have a trailing one + * pdRemove: Remove a trailing delimiter from the path + *} + TPathDelimOption = (pdKeep, pdAppend, pdRemove); + + IPathDynArray = array of IPath; + + {** + * An IPath represents a filename, a directory or a filesystem path in general. + * It hides some of the operating system's specifics like path delimiters + * and encodings and provides an easy to use interface to handle them. + * Internally all paths are stored with the same path delimiter (PathDelim) + * and encoding (UTF-8). The transformation is already done AT THE CREATION of + * the IPath and hence calls to e.g. IPath.Equal() will not distinguish between + * Unix and Windows style paths. + * + * Create new paths with one of the Path() functions. + * If you need a string representation use IPath.ToNative/ToUTF8/ToWide. + * Note that due to the path-delimiter and encoding transformation the string + * might have changed. Path('one\test/path').ToUTF8() might return 'one/test/path'. + * + * It is recommended to use an IPath as long as possible without a string + * conversion (IPath.To...()). The whole Delphi (< 2009) and FPC RTL is ANSI + * only on Windows. If you would use for example FileExists(MyPath.ToNative) + * it would not find a file which contains characters that are not in the + * current locale. Same applies to AssignFile(), TFileStream.Create() and + * everything else in the RTL that expects a filename. + * As a rule of thumb: NEVER use any of the Delphi/FPC RTL filename functions + * if the filename parameter is not of a UTF8String or WideString type. + * + * If you need to open a file use TBinaryStream or TFileStream instead. Many + * of the RTL classes offer a LoadFromStream() method so ANSI Open() methods + * can be workaround. + * + * If there is only a ANSI and no IPath/UTF-8/WideString version and you cannot + * even pass a stream instead of a filename be aware that even if you know that + * a filename is ASCII only, subdirectories in an absolute path might contain + * some non-ASCII characters (for example the user's name) and hence might + * fail (if the characters are not in the current locale). + * It is rare but it happens. + * + * IMPORTANT: + * This interface needs the cwstring unit on Unix (Max OS X / Linux) systems. + * Cwstring functions (WideUpperCase, ...) cannot be used by external threads + * as FPC uses Thread-Local-Storage for the implementation. As a result do not + * call IPath stuff by external threads (e.g. in C callbacks or by SDL-threads). + *} + IPath = interface + ['{686BF103-CE43-4598-B85D-A2C3AF950897}'] + {** + * Returns the path as an UTF8 encoded string. + * If UseNativeDelim is set to true, the native path delimiter ('\' on win32) + * is used. If it is set to false the (more) portable '/' delimiter will used. + *} + function ToUTF8(UseNativeDelim: boolean = true): UTF8String; + + {** + * Returns the path as an UTF-16 encoded string. + * If UseNativeDelim is set to true, the native path delimiter ('\' on win32) + * is used. If it is set to false the delimiter will be '/'. + *} + function ToWide(UseNativeDelim: boolean = true): WideString; + + {** + * Returns the path with the system's native encoding and path delimiter. + * Win32: ANSI (use the UTF-16 version IPath.ToWide() whenever possible) + * Mac: UTF8 + * Unix: UTF8 or ANSI according to LC_CTYPE + *} + function ToNative(): RawByteString; + + {** + * Note: File must be closed with FileClose(Handle) after usage + * @seealso SysUtils.FileOpen() + *} + function Open(Mode: longword): THandle; + + {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileDrive() *} + function GetDrive(): IPath; + + {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFilePath() *} + function GetPath(): IPath; + + {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileDir() *} + function GetDir(): IPath; + + {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileName() *} + function GetName(): IPath; + + {** @seealso SysUtils.ExtractFileExtension() *} + function GetExtension(): IPath; + + {** + * Returns a copy of the path with the extension changed to Extension. + * The file itself is not changed, use Rename() for this task. + * @seealso SysUtils.ChangeFileExt() + *} + function SetExtension(const Extension: IPath): IPath; overload; + function SetExtension(const Extension: RawByteString): IPath; overload; + function SetExtension(const Extension: WideString): IPath; overload; + + {** + * Returns the representation of the path relative to Basename. + * Note that the basename must be terminated with a path delimiter + * otherwise the last path component will be ignored. + * @seealso SysUtils.ExtractRelativePath() + *} + function GetRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath): IPath; + + {** @seealso SysUtils.ExpandFileName() *} + function GetAbsolutePath(): IPath; + + {** + * Returns the concatenation of this path with Child. If this path does not + * end with a path delimiter one is inserted in front of the Child path. + * Example: Path('parent').Append(Path('child')) -> Path('parent/child') + *} + function Append(const Child: IPath; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload; + function Append(const Child: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload; + function Append(const Child: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload; + + {** + * Splits the path into its components. Path delimiters are not removed from + * components. + * Example: C:\test\my\dir -> ['C:\', 'test\', 'my\', 'dir'] + *} + function SplitDirs(): IPathDynArray; + + {** + * Returns the parent directory or PATH_NONE if none exists. + *} + function GetParent(): IPath; + + {** + * Checks if this path is a subdir of or file inside Parent. + * If Direct is true this path must be a direct child. + * Example: C:\test\file is a direct child of C:\test and a child of C:\ + *} + function IsChildOf(const Parent: IPath; Direct: boolean): boolean; + + {** + * Adjusts the case of the path on case senstitive filesystems. + * If the path does not exist or the filesystem is case insensitive + * the original path will be returned. Otherwise a corrected copy. + *} + function AdjustCase(AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath; + + {** @seealso SysUtils.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter() *} + function AppendPathDelim(): IPath; + + {** @seealso SysUtils.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter() *} + function RemovePathDelim(): IPath; + + function Exists(): boolean; + function IsFile(): boolean; + function IsDirectory(): boolean; + function IsAbsolute(): boolean; + function GetFileAge(): integer; overload; + function GetFileAge(out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload; + function GetAttr(): cardinal; + function SetAttr(Attr: Integer): boolean; + function IsReadOnly(): boolean; + function SetReadOnly(ReadOnly: boolean): boolean; + + {** + * Checks if this path points to nothing, that means the path consists of + * the empty string '' and hence equals PATH_NONE. + * This is a shortcut for IPath.Equals('') or IPath.Equals(PATH_NONE). + * If IsUnset() returns true this path and PATH_NONE are equal but they must + * not be identical as the references might point to different objects. + * + * Example: + * Path('').Equals(PATH_EMPTY) -> true + * Path('') = PATH_EMPTY -> false + *} + function IsUnset(): boolean; + function IsSet(): boolean; + + {** + * Compares this path with Other and returns true if both paths are + * equal. Both paths are expanded and trailing slashes excluded before + * comparison. If IgnoreCase is true, the case will be ignored on + * case-sensitive filesystems. + *} + function Equals(const Other: IPath; IgnoreCase: boolean = false): boolean; overload; + function Equals(const Other: RawByteString; IgnoreCase: boolean = false): boolean; overload; + function Equals(const Other: WideString; IgnoreCase: boolean = false): boolean; overload; + + {** + * Searches for a file in DirList. The Result is nil if the file was + * not found. Use IFileSystem.FileFind() instead if you want to use + * wildcards. + * @seealso SysUtils.FileSearch() + *} + function FileSearch(const DirList: IPath): IPath; + + {** File must be closed with FileClose(Handle) after usage } + function CreateFile(): THandle; + function DeleteFile(): boolean; + function CreateDirectory(Force: boolean = false): boolean; + function DeleteEmptyDir(): boolean; + function Rename(const NewName: IPath): boolean; + function CopyFile(const Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; + + // TODO: Dirwatch stuff + // AddFileChangeListener(Listener: TFileChangeListener); + + {** + * Internal string representation. For debugging only. + *} + function GetIntern: UTF8String; + property Intern: UTF8String READ GetIntern; + end; + +{** + * Creates a new path with the given pathname. PathName can be either in UTF8 + * or the local encoding. + * Notes: + * - On Apple only UTF8 is supported + * - Same applies to Unix with LC_CTYPE set to UTF8 encoding (default on newer systems) + *} +function Path(const PathName: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload; + +{** + * Creates a new path with the given UTF-16 pathname. + *} +function Path(const PathName: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption = pdKeep): IPath; overload; + +{** + * Returns a singleton for Path(''). + *} +function PATH_NONE(): IPath; + +implementation + +uses + RTLConsts, + UTextEncoding, + UFilesystem; + +{* + * Due to a compiler bug in FPC <= 2.2.4 reference counting does not work + * properly with interfaces (see http://bugs.freepascal.org/view.php?id=14019). + * + * There are two (probably more) scenarios causes a program to crash: + * + * 1. Assume we execute Path('fail').GetParent().ToUTF8(). The compiler will + * internally create a temporary variable to hold the result of Path('fail'). + * This temporary var is then passed as Self to GetParent(). Unfortunately FPC + * does already decrement the ref-count of the temporary var at the end of the + * call to Path('fail') and the ref-count drops to zero and the temp object + * is destroyed as FPC erroneously assumes that the temp is not used anymore. + * As a result the Self variable in GetParent() will be invalid, the same + * applies to TPathImpl.fName which reference count dropped to zero when the + * temp was destroyed. Hence GetParent() will likely crash. + * If it does not, ToUTF8() will either return some random string + * (e.g. '' or stupid stuff like 'fhwkjehdk') or crash. + * Either way the result of ToUTF8() is messed up. + * This scenario applies whenever a function (or method) is called that returns + * an interfaced object (e.g. an IPath) and the result is used without storing + * a reference to it in a (temporary) variable first. + * + * Tmp := Path('fail'); Tmp2 := Tmp.GetParent(); Tmp2.ToUTF8(); + * + * will not crash but is very impractical and error-prone. Note that Tmp2 cannot + * be replaced with Tmp (see scenario 2). + * + * 2. Another situation this bug will ruin our lives is when a variable to an + * interfaced object is used at the left and right side of an assignment as in: + * MyPath := MyPath.GetParent() + * + * Although the bug is already fixed in the FPC development version 2.3.1 + * it will take quite some time till the next FPC release (> 2.2.4) in which + * this issue is fixed. + * + * To workaround this bug we use some very simple and stupid kind of garbage + * collection. New IPaths are stored in an IInterfaceList (call it GarbaegeList) + * to artificially increase the ref-count of the newly created object. + * This keeps the object alive when FPC's temporary variable comes to the end + * of its lifetime and the object's ref-count is decremented + * (and is now 1 instead of 0). + * Later on, the object is either garbage or referenced by another variable. + * + * Look at + * MyPath := Path('SomeDir/SubDir').GetParent() + * + * (1) The result of Path('SomeDir/SubDir') is garbage as it is not used anymore. + * (2) The result of GetParent() is referenced by MyPath + * Object (1) has a reference count of 1 (as it is only referenced by the + * GarbageList). Object (2) is referenced twice (MyPath + GarbageList). + * When the reference to (2) is finally stored in MyPath we can safely remove + * (1) and (2) from the GarbageList so (1) will be freed and the ref-count of + * (2) will be decremented to 1. + * + * As we do not know when it is safe to remove an object from the GarbageList + * we assume that there are max. GarbageMaxCount IPath elements created until + * the execution of the expression is performed and a reference to the resulting + * object is assigned to a variable so all temps can be safely deleted. + * + * Worst-case scenarios are recursive calls or calls with large call stacks with + * functions that return an IPath. Also keep in mind that multiple threads might + * be executing such functions at the same time. + * A reasonable count might be a max. of 20.000 elements. With an average length + * of 40 UTF8 chars (maybe 60 byte with class info, pointer etc.) per IPath + * this will consume ~1.2MB. + *} +{$IFDEF FPC} +{$IF FPC_VERSION_INT <= 002002004} // <= 2.2.4 + {$DEFINE HAVE_REFCNTBUG} +{$IFEND} +{$ENDIF} + +{$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG} +const + // when GarbageList.Count reaches GarbageMaxCount the oldest references in + // GarbageList will be deleted until GarbageList.Count equals GarbageAfterCleanCount. + GarbageMaxCount = 20000; + GarbageAfterCleanCount = GarbageMaxCount-1000; + +var + GarbageList: IInterfaceList; +{$ENDIF} + +type + TPathImpl = class(TInterfacedObject, IPath) + private + fName: UTF8String; //<** internal filename string, always UTF8 with PathDelim + + {** + * Unifies the filename. Path-delimiters are replaced by '/'. + *} + procedure Unify(DelimOption: TPathDelimOption); + + {** + * Returns a copy of fName with path delimiters changed to '/'. + *} + function GetPortableString(): UTF8String; + + procedure AssertRefCount; {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} + + public + constructor Create(const Name: UTF8String; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption); + destructor Destroy(); override; + + function ToUTF8(UseNativeDelim: boolean): UTF8String; + function ToWide(UseNativeDelim: boolean): WideString; + function ToNative(): RawByteString; + + function Open(Mode: longword): THandle; + + function GetDrive(): IPath; + function GetPath(): IPath; + function GetDir(): IPath; + function GetName(): IPath; + function GetExtension(): IPath; + + function SetExtension(const Extension: IPath): IPath; overload; + function SetExtension(const Extension: RawByteString): IPath; overload; + function SetExtension(const Extension: WideString): IPath; overload; + + function GetRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath): IPath; + function GetAbsolutePath(): IPath; + function GetParent(): IPath; + function SplitDirs(): IPathDynArray; + + function Append(const Child: IPath; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; overload; + function Append(const Child: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; overload; + function Append(const Child: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; overload; + + function Equals(const Other: IPath; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; overload; + function Equals(const Other: RawByteString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; overload; + function Equals(const Other: WideString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; overload; + + function IsChildOf(const Parent: IPath; Direct: boolean): boolean; + + function AdjustCase(AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath; + + function AppendPathDelim(): IPath; + function RemovePathDelim(): IPath; + + function GetFileAge(): integer; overload; + function GetFileAge(out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; overload; + function Exists(): boolean; + function IsFile(): boolean; + function IsDirectory(): boolean; + function IsAbsolute(): boolean; + function GetAttr(): cardinal; + function SetAttr(Attr: Integer): boolean; + function IsReadOnly(): boolean; + function SetReadOnly(ReadOnly: boolean): boolean; + + function IsUnset(): boolean; + function IsSet(): boolean; + + function FileSearch(const DirList: IPath): IPath; + + function CreateFile(): THandle; + function DeleteFile(): boolean; + function CreateDirectory(Force: boolean): boolean; + function DeleteEmptyDir(): boolean; + function Rename(const NewName: IPath): boolean; + function CopyFile(const Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; + + function GetIntern(): UTF8String; + end; + +function Path(const PathName: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; +begin + if (IsUTF8String(PathName)) then + Result := TPathImpl.Create(PathName, DelimOption) + else if (IsNativeUTF8()) then + Result := PATH_NONE + else + Result := TPathImpl.Create(AnsiToUtf8(PathName), DelimOption); +end; + +function Path(const PathName: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; +begin + Result := TPathImpl.Create(UTF8Encode(PathName), DelimOption); +end; + + + +procedure TPathImpl.AssertRefCount; +begin + {$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG} + if (FRefCount <= 0) then + raise Exception.Create('RefCount error: ' + IntToStr(FRefCount)); + {$ENDIF} +end; + +constructor TPathImpl.Create(const Name: UTF8String; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption); +begin + inherited Create(); + fName := Name; + Unify(DelimOption); + {$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG} + GarbageList.Lock; + if (GarbageList.Count >= GarbageMaxCount) then + begin + while (GarbageList.Count > GarbageAfterCleanCount) do + GarbageList.Delete(0); + end; + GarbageList.Add(Self); + GarbageList.Unlock; + {$ENDIF} +end; + +destructor TPathImpl.Destroy(); +begin + inherited; +end; + +procedure TPathImpl.Unify(DelimOption: TPathDelimOption); +var + I: integer; +begin + // convert all path delimiters to native ones + for I := 1 to Length(fName) do + begin + if (fName[I] in ['\', '/']) and (fName[I] <> PathDelim) then + fName[I] := PathDelim; + end; + + // Include/ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter need PathDelim as path delimiter + case DelimOption of + pdAppend: fName := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(fName); + pdRemove: fName := ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(fName); + end; +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetPortableString(): UTF8String; +var + I: integer; +begin + Result := fName; + if (PathDelim = '/') then + Exit; + + for I := 1 to Length(Result) do + begin + if (Result[I] = PathDelim) then + Result[I] := '/'; + end; +end; + +function TPathImpl.ToUTF8(UseNativeDelim: boolean): UTF8String; +begin + AssertRefCount; + + if (UseNativeDelim) then + Result := fName + else + Result := GetPortableString(); +end; + +function TPathImpl.ToWide(UseNativeDelim: boolean): WideString; +begin + if (UseNativeDelim) then + Result := UTF8Decode(fName) + else + Result := UTF8Decode(GetPortableString()); +end; + +function TPathImpl.ToNative(): RawByteString; +begin + if (IsNativeUTF8()) then + Result := fName + else + Result := Utf8ToAnsi(fName); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetDrive(): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileDrive(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetPath(): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.ExtractFilePath(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetDir(): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileDir(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetName(): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileName(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetExtension(): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.ExtractFileExt(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.SetExtension(const Extension: IPath): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.ChangeFileExt(Self, Extension); +end; + +function TPathImpl.SetExtension(const Extension: RawByteString): IPath; +begin + Result := SetExtension(Path(Extension)); +end; + +function TPathImpl.SetExtension(const Extension: WideString): IPath; +begin + Result := SetExtension(Path(Extension)); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetRelativePath(const BaseName: IPath): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.ExtractRelativePath(BaseName, Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetAbsolutePath(): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.ExpandFileName(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetParent(): IPath; +var + CurPath, ParentPath: IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + + Result := PATH_NONE; + + CurPath := Self.RemovePathDelim(); + // check if current path has a parent (no further '/') + if (Pos(PathDelim, CurPath.ToUTF8()) = 0) then + Exit; + + // set new path and check if it has changed to avoid endless loops + // e.g. with invalid paths like '/C:' (GetPath() uses ':' as delimiter too) + // on delphi/win32 + ParentPath := CurPath.GetPath(); + if (ParentPath.ToUTF8 = CurPath.ToUTF8) then + Exit; + + Result := ParentPath; +end; + +function TPathImpl.SplitDirs(): IPathDynArray; +var + CurPath: IPath; + Components: array of IPath; + CurPathStr: UTF8String; + DelimPos: integer; + I: integer; +begin + SetLength(Result, 0); + + if (Length(Self.ToUTF8(true)) = 0) then + Exit; + + CurPath := Self; + SetLength(Components, 0); + repeat + SetLength(Components, Length(Components)+1); + + CurPathStr := CurPath.ToUTF8(); + DelimPos := LastDelimiter(PathDelim, SysUtils.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(CurPathStr)); + Components[High(Components)] := Path(Copy(CurPathStr, DelimPos+1, Length(CurPathStr))); + + CurPath := CurPath.GetParent(); + until (CurPath = PATH_NONE); + + // reverse list + SetLength(Result, Length(Components)); + for I := 0 to High(Components) do + Result[I] := Components[High(Components)-I]; +end; + +function TPathImpl.Append(const Child: IPath; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; +var + TmpResult: IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + + if (fName = '') then + TmpResult := Child + else + TmpResult := Path(Self.AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8() + Child.ToUTF8()); + + case DelimOption of + pdKeep: Result := TmpResult; + pdAppend: Result := TmpResult.AppendPathDelim; + pdRemove: Result := TmpResult.RemovePathDelim; + end; +end; + +function TPathImpl.Append(const Child: RawByteString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := Append(Path(Child), DelimOption); +end; + +function TPathImpl.Append(const Child: WideString; DelimOption: TPathDelimOption): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := Append(Path(Child), DelimOption); +end; + +function TPathImpl.Equals(const Other: IPath; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; +var + SelfPath, OtherPath: UTF8String; +begin + SelfPath := Self.GetAbsolutePath().RemovePathDelim().ToUTF8(); + OtherPath := Other.GetAbsolutePath().RemovePathDelim().ToUTF8(); + if (FileSystem.IsCaseSensitive() and not IgnoreCase) then + Result := (CompareStr(SelfPath, OtherPath) = 0) + else + Result := (CompareText(SelfPath, OtherPath) = 0); +end; + +function TPathImpl.Equals(const Other: RawByteString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; +begin + Result := Equals(Path(Other), IgnoreCase); +end; + +function TPathImpl.Equals(const Other: WideString; IgnoreCase: boolean): boolean; +begin + Result := Equals(Path(Other), IgnoreCase); +end; + +function TPathImpl.IsChildOf(const Parent: IPath; Direct: boolean): boolean; +var + SelfPath, ParentPath: UTF8String; +begin + Result := false; + + if (Direct) then + begin + SelfPath := Self.GetParent().GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8(); + ParentPath := Parent.GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8(); + + // simply check if this paths parent path (SelfPath) equals ParentPath + Result := (SelfPath = ParentPath); + end + else + begin + SelfPath := Self.GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8(); + ParentPath := Parent.GetAbsolutePath().AppendPathDelim().ToUTF8(); + + if (Length(SelfPath) <= Length(ParentPath)) then + Exit; + + // check if ParentPath is a substring of SelfPath + if (FileSystem.IsCaseSensitive()) then + Result := (StrLComp(PAnsiChar(SelfPath), PAnsiChar(ParentPath), Length(ParentPath)) = 0) + else + Result := (StrLIComp(PAnsiChar(SelfPath), PAnsiChar(ParentPath), Length(ParentPath)) = 0) + end; +end; + +function AdjustCaseRecursive(CurPath: IPath; AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath; +var + OldParent, AdjustedParent: IPath; + LocalName: IPath; + PathFound: IPath; + PathWithAdjParent: IPath; + SearchInfo: TFileInfo; + FileIter: IFileIterator; + Pattern: IPath; +begin + // if case-sensitive path exists there is no need to adjust case + if (CurPath.Exists()) then + begin + Result := CurPath; + Exit; + end; + + LocalName := CurPath.RemovePathDelim().GetName(); + + // try to adjust parent + OldParent := CurPath.GetParent(); + if (OldParent <> PATH_NONE) then + begin + if (not AdjustAllLevels) then + begin + AdjustedParent := OldParent; + end + else + begin + AdjustedParent := AdjustCaseRecursive(OldParent, AdjustAllLevels); + if (AdjustedParent = nil) then + begin + // parent path was not found case-insensitive + Result := nil; + Exit; + end; + + // check if the path with adjusted parent can be found now + PathWithAdjParent := AdjustedParent.Append(LocalName); + if (PathWithAdjParent.Exists()) then + begin + Result := PathWithAdjParent; + Exit; + end; + end; + Pattern := AdjustedParent.Append(Path('*')); + end + else // path has no parent + begin + // the top path can either be absolute or relative + if (CurPath.IsAbsolute) then + begin + // the only absolute directory at Unix without a parent is root ('/') + // and hence does not need to be adjusted + Result := CurPath; + Exit; + end; + // this is a relative path, search in the current working dir + AdjustedParent := nil; + Pattern := Path('*'); + end; + + // compare name with all files in the current directory case-insensitive + FileIter := FileSystem.FileFind(Pattern, faAnyFile); + while (FileIter.HasNext()) do + begin + SearchInfo := FileIter.Next(); + PathFound := SearchInfo.Name; + if (CompareText(LocalName.ToUTF8, PathFound.ToUTF8) = 0) then + begin + if (AdjustedParent <> nil) then + Result := AdjustedParent.Append(PathFound) + else + Result := PathFound; + Exit; + end; + end; + + // no matching file found + Result := nil; +end; + +function TPathImpl.AdjustCase(AdjustAllLevels: boolean): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + + Result := Self; + + if (FileSystem.IsCaseSensitive) then + begin + Result := AdjustCaseRecursive(Self, AdjustAllLevels); + if (Result = nil) then + Result := Self; + end; +end; + +function TPathImpl.AppendPathDelim(): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.RemovePathDelim(): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.ExcludeTrailingPathDelimiter(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.CreateFile(): THandle; +begin + Result := FileSystem.FileCreate(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.CreateDirectory(Force: boolean): boolean; +begin + if (Force) then + Result := FileSystem.ForceDirectories(Self) + else + Result := FileSystem.DirectoryCreate(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.Open(Mode: longword): THandle; +begin + Result := FileSystem.FileOpen(Self, Mode); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetFileAge(): integer; +begin + Result := FileSystem.FileAge(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetFileAge(out FileDateTime: TDateTime): boolean; +begin + Result := FileSystem.FileAge(Self, FileDateTime); +end; + +function TPathImpl.Exists(): boolean; +begin + // note the different specifications of FileExists() on Win32 <> Unix + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + Result := IsFile() or IsDirectory(); + {$ELSE} + Result := FileSystem.FileExists(Self); + {$ENDIF} +end; + +function TPathImpl.IsFile(): boolean; +begin + // note the different specifications of FileExists() on Win32 <> Unix + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + Result := FileSystem.FileExists(Self); + {$ELSE} + Result := Exists() and not IsDirectory(); + {$ENDIF} +end; + +function TPathImpl.IsDirectory(): boolean; +begin + Result := FileSystem.DirectoryExists(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.IsAbsolute(): boolean; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.FileIsReadOnly(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetAttr(): cardinal; +begin + Result := FileSystem.FileGetAttr(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.SetAttr(Attr: Integer): boolean; +begin + Result := FileSystem.FileSetAttr(Self, Attr); +end; + +function TPathImpl.IsReadOnly(): boolean; +begin + Result := FileSystem.FileIsReadOnly(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.SetReadOnly(ReadOnly: boolean): boolean; +begin + Result := FileSystem.FileSetReadOnly(Self, ReadOnly); +end; + +function TPathImpl.IsUnset(): boolean; +begin + Result := (fName = ''); +end; + +function TPathImpl.IsSet(): boolean; +begin + Result := (fName <> ''); +end; + +function TPathImpl.FileSearch(const DirList: IPath): IPath; +begin + AssertRefCount; + Result := FileSystem.FileSearch(Self, DirList); +end; + +function TPathImpl.Rename(const NewName: IPath): boolean; +begin + Result := FileSystem.RenameFile(Self, NewName); +end; + +function TPathImpl.DeleteFile(): boolean; +begin + Result := FileSystem.DeleteFile(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.DeleteEmptyDir(): boolean; +begin + Result := FileSystem.RemoveDir(Self); +end; + +function TPathImpl.CopyFile(const Target: IPath; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; +begin + Result := FileSystem.CopyFile(Self, Target, FailIfExists); +end; + +function TPathImpl.GetIntern(): UTF8String; +begin + Result := fName; +end; + + +{ TBinaryFileStream } + +constructor TBinaryFileStream.Create(const FileName: IPath; Mode: word); +begin +{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + inherited Create(FileName.ToWide(), Mode); +{$ELSE} + inherited Create(FileName.ToNative(), Mode); +{$ENDIF} +end; + +{ TTextStream } + +constructor TTextFileStream.Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word); +begin + inherited Create(); + fMode := Mode; + fFilename := Filename; + fLineBreak := sLineBreak; +end; + +function TTextFileStream.ReadLine(var Line: UTF8String): boolean; +begin + Line := ReadLine(Result); +end; + +function TTextFileStream.ReadLine(var Line: AnsiString): boolean; +begin + Line := ReadLine(Result); +end; + +procedure TTextFileStream.WriteString(const Str: RawByteString); +begin + WriteBuffer(Str[1], Length(Str)); +end; + +procedure TTextFileStream.WriteLine(const Line: RawByteString); +begin + WriteBuffer(Line[1], Length(Line)); + WriteBuffer(fLineBreak[1], Length(fLineBreak)); +end; + +{ TMemTextStream } + +constructor TMemTextFileStream.Create(Filename: IPath; Mode: word); +var + FileStream: TBinaryFileStream; +begin + inherited Create(Filename, Mode); + + fStream := TMemoryStream.Create(); + + // load data to memory in read mode + if ((Mode and 3) in [fmOpenRead, fmOpenReadWrite]) then + begin + FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead); + try + fStream.LoadFromStream(FileStream); + finally + FileStream.Free; + end; + end + // check if file exists for write-mode + else if ((Mode and 3) = fmOpenWrite) and (not Filename.IsFile) then + begin + raise EFOpenError.CreateResFmt(@SFOpenError, + [FileName.GetAbsolutePath.ToNative]); + end; +end; + +destructor TMemTextFileStream.Destroy(); +var + FileStream: TBinaryFileStream; + SaveMode: word; +begin + // save changes in write mode (= not read-only mode) + if ((fMode and 3) <> fmOpenRead) then + begin + if (fMode = fmCreate) then + SaveMode := fmCreate + else + SaveMode := fmOpenWrite; + FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(fFilename, SaveMode); + try + fStream.SaveToStream(FileStream); + finally + FileStream.Free; + end; + end; + + fStream.Free; + inherited; +end; + +function TMemTextFileStream.GetSize: int64; +begin + Result := fStream.Size; +end; + +function TMemTextFileStream.Read(var Buffer; Count: longint): longint; +begin + Result := fStream.Read(Buffer, Count); +end; + +function TMemTextFileStream.Write(const Buffer; Count: longint): longint; +begin + Result := fStream.Write(Buffer, Count); +end; + +function TMemTextFileStream.Seek(Offset: longint; Origin: word): longint; +begin + Result := fStream.Seek(Offset, Origin); +end; + +function TMemTextFileStream.Seek(const Offset: int64; Origin: TSeekOrigin): int64; +begin + Result := fStream.Seek(Offset, Origin); +end; + +function TMemTextFileStream.CopyMemString(StartPos: int64; EndPos: int64): RawByteString; +var + LineLength: cardinal; + Temp: RawByteString; +begin + LineLength := EndPos - StartPos; + if (LineLength > 0) then + begin + // set string length to line-length (+ zero-terminator) + SetLength(Temp, LineLength); + StrLCopy(PAnsiChar(Temp), + @PAnsiChar(fStream.Memory)[StartPos], + LineLength); + Result := Temp; + end + else + begin + Result := ''; + end; +end; + +function TMemTextFileStream.ReadString(): RawByteString; +var + TextPtr: PAnsiChar; + CurPos, StartPos, FileSize: int64; +begin + TextPtr := PAnsiChar(fStream.Memory); + CurPos := Position; + FileSize := Size; + StartPos := -1; + + while (CurPos < FileSize) do + begin + // check for whitespace (tab, lf, cr, space) + if (TextPtr[CurPos] in [#9, #10, #13, ' ']) then + begin + // check if we are at the end of a string + if (StartPos > -1) then + Break; + end + else if (StartPos = -1) then // start of string found + begin + StartPos := CurPos; + end; + Inc(CurPos); + end; + + if (StartPos = -1) then + Result := '' + else + begin + Result := CopyMemString(StartPos, CurPos); + fStream.Position := CurPos; + end; +end; + +{* + * Implementation of ReadLine(). We need separate versions for UTF8String + * and AnsiString as "var" parameter types have to fit exactly. + * To avoid a var-parameter here, the internal version the Line parameter is + * used as return value. + *} +function TMemTextFileStream.ReadLine(var Success: boolean): RawByteString; +var + TextPtr: PAnsiChar; + CurPos, FileSize: int64; +begin + TextPtr := PAnsiChar(fStream.Memory); + CurPos := fStream.Position; + FileSize := Size; + + // check for EOF + if (CurPos >= FileSize) then + begin + Result := ''; + Success := false; + Exit; + end; + + Success := true; + + while (CurPos < FileSize) do + begin + if (TextPtr[CurPos] in [#10, #13]) then + begin + // copy text line + Result := CopyMemString(fStream.Position, CurPos); + + // handle windows style #13#10 (\r\n) newlines + if (TextPtr[CurPos] = #13) and + (CurPos+1 < FileSize) and + (TextPtr[CurPos+1] = #10) then + begin + Inc(CurPos); + end; + + // update stream pos + fStream.Position := CurPos+1; + + Exit; + end; + Inc(CurPos); + end; + + Result := CopyMemString(fStream.Position, CurPos); + fStream.Position := FileSize; +end; + +{ TUnicodeMemoryStream } + +procedure TUnicodeMemoryStream.LoadFromFile(const FileName: IPath); +var + Stream: TStream; +begin + Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead or fmShareDenyWrite); + try + LoadFromStream(Stream); + finally + Stream.Free; + end; +end; + +procedure TUnicodeMemoryStream.SaveToFile(const FileName: IPath); +var + Stream: TStream; +begin + Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmCreate); + try + SaveToStream(Stream); + finally + Stream.Free; + end; +end; + +{ TUnicodeMemIniFile } + +constructor TUnicodeMemIniFile.Create(const FileName: IPath; UTF8Encoded: boolean); +var + List: TStringList; + Stream: TBinaryFileStream; + BOMBuf: array[0..2] of AnsiChar; +begin + inherited Create(''); + FFilename := FileName; + FUTF8Encoded := UTF8Encoded; + + if FileName.Exists() then + begin + List := nil; + Stream := nil; + try + List := TStringList.Create; + Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FileName, fmOpenRead); + if (Stream.Read(BOMBuf[0], SizeOf(BOMBuf)) = 3) and + (CompareMem(PChar(UTF8_BOM), @BomBuf, Length(UTF8_BOM))) then + begin + // truncate BOM + FUTF8Encoded := true; + end + else + begin + // rewind file + Stream.Seek(0, soBeginning); + end; + List.LoadFromStream(Stream); + SetStrings(List); + finally + Stream.Free; + List.Free; + end; + end; +end; + +procedure TUnicodeMemIniFile.UpdateFile; +var + List: TStringList; + Stream: TBinaryFileStream; +begin + List := nil; + Stream := nil; + try + List := TStringList.Create; + GetStrings(List); + Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(FFileName, fmCreate); + if UTF8Encoded then + Stream.Write(UTF8_BOM, Length(UTF8_BOM)); + List.SaveToStream(Stream); + finally + List.Free; + Stream.Free; + end; +end; + + +var + PATH_NONE_Singelton: IPath; + +function PATH_NONE(): IPath; +begin + Result := PATH_NONE_Singelton; +end; + +initialization + {$IFDEF HAVE_REFCNTBUG} + GarbageList := TInterfaceList.Create(); + GarbageList.Capacity := GarbageMaxCount; + {$ENDIF} + PATH_NONE_Singelton := Path(''); + +finalization + PATH_NONE_Singelton := nil; + +end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPathUtils.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPathUtils.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2bcdd4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Lua/src/base/UPathUtils.pas @@ -0,0 +1,196 @@ +{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game + * + * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names + * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT + * file distributed with this source distribution. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to + * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * + * $URL$ + * $Id$ + *} + +unit UPathUtils; + +interface + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE Delphi} +{$ENDIF} + +{$I switches.inc} + +uses + SysUtils, + Classes, + UPath; + +var + // Absolute Paths + GamePath: IPath; + SoundPath: IPath; + SongPaths: IInterfaceList; + LogPath: IPath; + ThemePath: IPath; + SkinsPath: IPath; + ScreenshotsPath: IPath; + CoverPaths: IInterfaceList; + LanguagesPath: IPath; + PluginPath: IPath; + VisualsPath: IPath; + FontPath: IPath; + ResourcesPath: IPath; + PlaylistPath: IPath; + +function FindPath(out PathResult: IPath; const RequestedPath: IPath; NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean; +procedure InitializePaths; +procedure AddSongPath(const Path: IPath); + +implementation + +uses + StrUtils, + UPlatform, + UCommandLine, + ULog; + +procedure AddSpecialPath(var PathList: IInterfaceList; const Path: IPath); +var + Index: integer; + PathAbs, PathTmp: IPath; + OldPath, OldPathAbs, OldPathTmp: IPath; +begin + if (PathList = nil) then + PathList := TInterfaceList.Create; + + if Path.Equals(PATH_NONE) or not Path.CreateDirectory(true) then + Exit; + + PathTmp := Path.GetAbsolutePath(); + PathAbs := PathTmp.AppendPathDelim(); + + // check if path or a part of the path was already added + for Index := 0 to PathList.Count-1 do + begin + OldPath := PathList[Index] as IPath; + OldPathTmp := OldPath.GetAbsolutePath(); + OldPathAbs := OldPathTmp.AppendPathDelim(); + + // check if the new directory is a sub-directory of a previously added one. + // This is also true, if both paths point to the same directories. + if (OldPathAbs.IsChildOf(PathAbs, false) or OldPathAbs.Equals(PathAbs)) then + begin + // ignore the new path + Exit; + end; + + // check if a previously added directory is a sub-directory of the new one. + if (PathAbs.IsChildOf(OldPathAbs, false)) then + begin + // replace the old with the new one. + PathList[Index] := PathAbs; + Exit; + end; + end; + + PathList.Add(PathAbs); +end; + +procedure AddSongPath(const Path: IPath); +begin + AddSpecialPath(SongPaths, Path); +end; + +procedure AddCoverPath(const Path: IPath); +begin + AddSpecialPath(CoverPaths, Path); +end; + +(** + * Initialize a path variable + * After setting paths, make sure that paths exist + *) +function FindPath( + out PathResult: IPath; + const RequestedPath: IPath; + NeedsWritePermission: boolean): boolean; +begin + Result := false; + + if (RequestedPath.Equals(PATH_NONE)) then + Exit; + + // Make sure the directory exists + if (not RequestedPath.CreateDirectory(true)) then + begin + PathResult := PATH_NONE; + Exit; + end; + + PathResult := RequestedPath.AppendPathDelim(); + + if (NeedsWritePermission) and RequestedPath.IsReadOnly() then + Exit; + + Result := true; +end; + +(** + * Function sets all absolute paths e.g. song path and makes sure the directorys exist + *) +procedure InitializePaths; +var + SharedPath, UserPath: IPath; +begin + // Log directory (must be writable) + if (not FindPath(LogPath, Platform.GetLogPath, true)) then + begin + Log.FileOutputEnabled := false; + Log.LogWarn('Log directory "'+ Platform.GetLogPath.ToNative +'" not available', 'InitializePaths'); + end; + + SharedPath := Platform.GetGameSharedPath; + UserPath := Platform.GetGameUserPath; + + FindPath(SoundPath, SharedPath.Append('sounds'), false); + FindPath(ThemePath, SharedPath.Append('themes'), false); + FindPath(SkinsPath, SharedPath.Append('themes'), false); + FindPath(LanguagesPath, SharedPath.Append('languages'), false); + FindPath(PluginPath, SharedPath.Append('plugins'), false); + FindPath(VisualsPath, SharedPath.Append('visuals'), false); + FindPath(FontPath, SharedPath.Append('fonts'), false); + FindPath(ResourcesPath, SharedPath.Append('resources'), false); + + // Playlists are not shared as we need one directory to write too + FindPath(PlaylistPath, UserPath.Append('playlists'), true); + + // Screenshot directory (must be writable) + if (not FindPath(ScreenshotsPath, UserPath.Append('screenshots'), true)) then + begin + Log.LogWarn('Screenshot directory "'+ UserPath.ToNative +'" not available', 'InitializePaths'); + end; + + // Add song paths + AddSongPath(Params.SongPath); + AddSongPath(SharedPath.Append('songs')); + AddSongPath(UserPath.Append('songs')); + + // Add category cover paths + AddCoverPath(SharedPath.Append('covers')); + AddCoverPath(UserPath.Append('covers')); +end; + +end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlatform.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlatform.pas index e4cb6f0c..11c67fa7 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UPlatform.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlatform.pas @@ -39,28 +39,20 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - Classes; + Classes, + UPath; type - TDirectoryEntry = record - Name : WideString; - IsDirectory : boolean; - IsFile : boolean; - end; - - TDirectoryEntryArray = array of TDirectoryEntry; - TPlatform = class - function GetExecutionDir(): string; + function GetExecutionDir(): IPath; procedure Init; virtual; - function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; virtual; abstract; - function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle : string): boolean; virtual; - function FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: WideString): WideString; virtual; + + function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: string): boolean; virtual; procedure Halt; virtual; - function GetLogPath : WideString; virtual; abstract; - function GetGameSharedPath : WideString; virtual; abstract; - function GetGameUserPath : WideString; virtual; abstract; - function CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; virtual; + + function GetLogPath: IPath; virtual; abstract; + function GetGameSharedPath: IPath; virtual; abstract; + function GetGameUserPath: IPath; virtual; abstract; end; function Platform(): TPlatform; @@ -76,16 +68,18 @@ uses {$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)} UPlatformLinux, {$IFEND} - ULog; + ULog, + UUnicodeUtils, + UFilesystem; -// I have modified it to use the Platform_singleton in this location ( in the implementaiton ) +// I modified it to use the Platform_singleton in this location (in the implementation) // so that this variable can NOT be overwritten from anywhere else in the application. // the accessor function platform, emulates all previous calls to work the same way. var - Platform_singleton : TPlatform; + Platform_singleton: TPlatform; -function Platform : TPlatform; +function Platform: TPlatform; begin Result := Platform_singleton; end; @@ -109,78 +103,23 @@ end; {** * Returns the directory of the executable *} -function TPlatform.GetExecutionDir(): string; +function TPlatform.GetExecutionDir(): IPath; +var + ExecName, ExecDir: IPath; begin - Result := ExpandFileName(ExtractFilePath(ParamStr(0))); + ExecName := Path(ParamStr(0)); + ExecDir := ExecName.GetPath; + Result := ExecDir.GetAbsolutePath(); end; (** * Default TerminateIfAlreadyRunning() implementation *) -function TPlatform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle : string): Boolean; +function TPlatform.TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: string): boolean; begin Result := false; end; -(** - * Default FindSongFile() implementation - *) -function TPlatform.FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: WideString): WideString; -var - SR: TSearchRec; // for parsing song directory -begin - Result := ''; - if SysUtils.FindFirst(Dir + Mask, faDirectory, SR) = 0 then - begin - Result := SR.Name; - end; - SysUtils.FindClose(SR); -end; - -function TPlatform.CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; -const - COPY_BUFFER_SIZE = 4096; // a good tradeoff between speed and memory consumption -var - SourceFile, TargetFile: TFileStream; - FileCopyBuffer: array [0..COPY_BUFFER_SIZE-1] of byte; // temporary copy-buffer. - NumberOfBytes: integer; // number of bytes read from SourceFile -begin - Result := false; - SourceFile := nil; - TargetFile := nil; - - // if overwrite is disabled return if the target file already exists - if (FailIfExists and FileExists(Target)) then - Exit; - - try - try - // open source and target file (might throw an exception on error) - SourceFile := TFileStream.Create(Source, fmOpenRead); - TargetFile := TFileStream.Create(Target, fmCreate or fmOpenWrite); - - while true do - begin - // read a block from the source file and check for errors or EOF - NumberOfBytes := SourceFile.Read(FileCopyBuffer, SizeOf(FileCopyBuffer)); - if (NumberOfBytes <= 0) then - Break; - // write block to target file and check if everything was written - if (TargetFile.Write(FileCopyBuffer, NumberOfBytes) <> NumberOfBytes) then - Exit; - end; - except - Exit; - end; - finally - SourceFile.Free; - TargetFile.Free; - end; - - Result := true; -end; - - initialization {$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)} Platform_singleton := TPlatformWindows.Create; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas index 30499a97..693facaa 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformLinux.pas @@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ interface uses Classes, UPlatform, - UConfig; + UConfig, + UPath; type TPlatformLinux = class(TPlatform) @@ -44,15 +45,13 @@ type UseLocalDirs: boolean; procedure DetectLocalExecution(); - function GetHomeDir(): string; + function GetHomeDir(): IPath; public procedure Init; override; - - function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; override; - - function GetLogPath : WideString; override; - function GetGameSharedPath : WideString; override; - function GetGameUserPath : WideString; override; + + function GetLogPath : IPath; override; + function GetGameSharedPath : IPath; override; + function GetGameUserPath : IPath; override; end; implementation @@ -60,9 +59,7 @@ implementation uses UCommandLine, BaseUnix, - {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002} pwd, - {$IFEND} SysUtils, ULog; @@ -88,114 +85,65 @@ end; *} procedure TPlatformLinux.DetectLocalExecution(); var - LocalDir: string; + LocalDir, LanguageDir: IPath; begin - LocalDir := GetExecutionDir(); - // we just check if the 'languages' folder exists in the // directory of the executable. If so -> local execution. - UseLocalDirs := (DirectoryExists(LocalDir + 'languages')); -end; - -function TPlatformLinux.DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; -var - i: Integer; - TheDir : pDir; - ADirent : pDirent; - Entry : Longint; - lAttrib : integer; -begin - i := 0; - Filter := LowerCase(Filter); - - TheDir := FpOpenDir( Dir ); - if Assigned(TheDir) then - begin - repeat - ADirent := FpReadDir(TheDir^); - - if Assigned(ADirent) and (ADirent^.d_name <> '.') and (ADirent^.d_name <> '..') then - begin - lAttrib := FileGetAttr(Dir + ADirent^.d_name); - if ReturnAllSubDirs and ((lAttrib and faDirectory) <> 0) then - begin - SetLength( Result, i + 1); - Result[i].Name := ADirent^.d_name; - Result[i].IsDirectory := true; - Result[i].IsFile := false; - i := i + 1; - end - else if (Length(Filter) = 0) or (Pos( Filter, LowerCase(ADirent^.d_name)) > 0) then - begin - SetLength( Result, i + 1); - Result[i].Name := ADirent^.d_name; - Result[i].IsDirectory := false; - Result[i].IsFile := true; - i := i + 1; - end; - end; - until (ADirent = nil); - - FpCloseDir(TheDir^); - end; + LocalDir := GetExecutionDir(); + LanguageDir := LocalDir.Append('languages'); + UseLocalDirs := LanguageDir.IsDirectory; end; -function TPlatformLinux.GetLogPath: WideString; +function TPlatformLinux.GetLogPath: IPath; begin if UseLocalDirs then Result := GetExecutionDir() else - Result := GetGameUserPath() + 'logs/'; + Result := GetGameUserPath().Append('logs', pdAppend); // create non-existing directories - ForceDirectories(Result); + Result.CreateDirectory(true); end; -function TPlatformLinux.GetGameSharedPath: WideString; +function TPlatformLinux.GetGameSharedPath: IPath; begin if UseLocalDirs then Result := GetExecutionDir() else - Result := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(INSTALL_DATADIR); + Result := Path(INSTALL_DATADIR, pdAppend); end; -function TPlatformLinux.GetGameUserPath: WideString; +function TPlatformLinux.GetGameUserPath: IPath; begin if UseLocalDirs then Result := GetExecutionDir() else - Result := GetHomeDir() + '.ultrastardx/'; + Result := GetHomeDir().Append('.ultrastardx', pdAppend); end; {** * Returns the user's home directory terminated by a path delimiter *} -function TPlatformLinux.GetHomeDir(): string; -{$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002} +function TPlatformLinux.GetHomeDir(): IPath; var PasswdEntry: PPasswd; -{$IFEND} begin - Result := ''; + Result := PATH_NONE; - {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002} // try to retrieve the info from passwd PasswdEntry := FpGetpwuid(FpGetuid()); if (PasswdEntry <> nil) then - Result := PasswdEntry.pw_dir; - {$IFEND} + Result := Path(PasswdEntry.pw_dir); // fallback if passwd does not contain the path - if (Result = '') then - Result := GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME'); + if (Result.IsUnset) then + Result := Path(GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME')); // add trailing path delimiter (normally '/') - if (Result <> '') then - Result := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(Result); + if (Result.IsSet) then + Result := Result.AppendPathDelim(); - {$IF FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002} // GetUserDir() is another function that returns a user path. // It uses env-var HOME or a fallback to a temp-dir. //Result := GetUserDir(); - {$IFEND} end; end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas index 9085e337..1dc0014a 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformMacOSX.pas @@ -36,7 +36,9 @@ interface uses Classes, ULog, - UPlatform; + UPlatform, + UFilesystem, + UPath; type {** @@ -70,19 +72,19 @@ type * * So * GetGameSharedPath could return - * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources/. + * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/. * GetGameUserPath could return - * ~/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources/. + * ~/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/. * - * Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources + * Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe * is used. So every user needs the complete set of files and folders. * Future versions may also use shared resources in - * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources. However, this is + * /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe. However, this is * not treated yet in the code outside this unit. * * USDX checks, whether GetGameUserPath exists. If not, USDX creates it. * The existence of needed files is then checked and if a file is missing - * it is copied to there from within the Resources folder in the Application + * it is copied to there from within the folder Contents in the Application * bundle, which contains the default files. USDX should not delete files or * folders in Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe automatically or without * user confirmation. @@ -93,60 +95,55 @@ type * GetBundlePath returns the path to the application bundle * UltraStarDeluxe.app. *} - function GetBundlePath: WideString; + function GetBundlePath: IPath; {** * GetApplicationSupportPath returns the path to - * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources. + * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe. *} - function GetApplicationSupportPath: WideString; + function GetApplicationSupportPath: IPath; {** * see the description of @link(Init). *} procedure CreateUserFolders(); + function GetHomeDir(): IPath; + public {** * Init simply calls @link(CreateUserFolders), which in turn scans the - * folder UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents/Resources for all files and - * folders. $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources + * folder UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents for all files and + * folders. $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe * is then checked for their presence and missing ones are copied. *} procedure Init; override; {** - * DirectoryFindFiles returns all entries of a folder with names and - * booleans about their type, i.e. file or directory. - *} - function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; override; - - {** * GetLogPath returns the path for log messages. Currently it is set to - * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources/Log. + * $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Log. *} - function GetLogPath : WideString; override; + function GetLogPath : IPath; override; {** * GetGameSharedPath returns the path for shared resources. Currently it - * is set to /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources. + * is set to /Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe. * However it is not used. *} - function GetGameSharedPath : WideString; override; + function GetGameSharedPath : IPath; override; {** * GetGameUserPath returns the path for user resources. Currently it is - * set to $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources. + * set to $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe. * This is where a user can add songs, themes, .... *} - function GetGameUserPath : WideString; override; + function GetGameUserPath : IPath; override; end; implementation uses - SysUtils, - BaseUnix; + SysUtils; procedure TPlatformMacOSX.Init; begin @@ -154,178 +151,129 @@ begin end; procedure TPlatformMacOSX.CreateUserFolders(); -const - // used to construct the @link(UserPathName) - PathName: string = '/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources'; var - RelativePath: string; + RelativePath: IPath; // BaseDir contains the path to the folder, where a search is performed. // It is set to the entries in @link(DirectoryList) one after the other. - BaseDir: string; + BaseDir: IPath; // OldBaseDir contains the path to the folder, where the search started. // It is used to return to it, when the search is completed in all folders. - OldBaseDir: string; - // This record contains the result of a file search with FindFirst or FindNext - SearchInfo: TSearchRec; + OldBaseDir: IPath; + Iter: IFileIterator; + FileInfo: TFileInfo; + CurPath: IPath; // These two lists contain all folder and file names found // within the folder @link(BaseDir). - DirectoryList, FileList: TStringList; + DirectoryList, FileList: IInterfaceList; // DirectoryIsFinished contains the index of the folder in @link(DirectoryList), // which is the last one completely searched. Later folders are still to be // searched for additional files and folders. DirectoryIsFinished: longint; - Counter: longint; + I: longint; // These three are for creating directories, due to possible symlinks CreatedDirectory: boolean; FileAttrs: integer; - DirectoryPath: string; - - UserPathName: string; + DirectoryPath: IPath; + UserPath: IPath; + SrcFile, TgtFile: IPath; begin // Get the current folder and save it in OldBaseDir for returning to it, when // finished. - GetDir(0, OldBaseDir); + OldBaseDir := FileSystem.GetCurrentDir(); - // UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents/Resources contains all the default files and - // folders. - BaseDir := OldBaseDir + '/UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents/Resources'; - ChDir(BaseDir); + // UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents contains all the default files and folders. + BaseDir := OldBaseDir.Append('UltraStarDeluxe.app/Contents'); + FileSystem.SetCurrentDir(BaseDir); - // Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources - // is used. - UserPathName := GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME') + PathName; + // Right now, only $HOME/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe is used. + UserPath := GetGameUserPath(); DirectoryIsFinished := 0; - DirectoryList := TStringList.Create(); - FileList := TStringList.Create(); - DirectoryList.Add('.'); + // replace with IInterfaceList + DirectoryList := TInterfaceList.Create(); + FileList := TInterfaceList.Create(); + DirectoryList.Add(Path('.')); // create the folder and file lists repeat - - RelativePath := DirectoryList[DirectoryIsFinished]; - ChDir(BaseDir + '/' + RelativePath); - if (FindFirst('*', faAnyFile, SearchInfo) = 0) then + RelativePath := (DirectoryList[DirectoryIsFinished] as IPath); + FileSystem.SetCurrentDir(BaseDir.Append(RelativePath)); + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Path('*'), faAnyFile); + while (Iter.HasNext) do begin - repeat - if DirectoryExists(SearchInfo.Name) then - begin - if (SearchInfo.Name <> '.') and (SearchInfo.Name <> '..') then - DirectoryList.Add(RelativePath + '/' + SearchInfo.Name); - end - else - Filelist.Add(RelativePath + '/' + SearchInfo.Name); - until (FindNext(SearchInfo) <> 0); + FileInfo := Iter.Next; + CurPath := FileInfo.Name; + if CurPath.IsDirectory() then + begin + if (not CurPath.Equals('.')) and (not CurPath.Equals('..')) then + DirectoryList.Add(RelativePath.Append(CurPath)); + end + else + Filelist.Add(RelativePath.Append(CurPath)); end; - FindClose(SearchInfo); Inc(DirectoryIsFinished); until (DirectoryIsFinished = DirectoryList.Count); // create missing folders - ForceDirectories(UserPathName); // should not be necessary since (UserPathName+'/.') is created. - for Counter := 0 to DirectoryList.Count-1 do + UserPath.CreateDirectory(true); // should not be necessary since (UserPathName+'/.') is created. + for I := 0 to DirectoryList.Count-1 do begin - DirectoryPath := UserPathName + '/' + DirectoryList[Counter]; - CreatedDirectory := ForceDirectories(DirectoryPath); - FileAttrs := FileGetAttr(DirectoryPath); - // Don't know how to analyse the target of the link. + CurPath := DirectoryList[I] as IPath; + DirectoryPath := UserPath.Append(CurPath); + CreatedDirectory := DirectoryPath.CreateDirectory(); + FileAttrs := DirectoryPath.GetAttr(); + // Maybe analyse the target of the link with FpReadlink(). // Let's assume the symlink is pointing to an existing directory. if (not CreatedDirectory) and (FileAttrs and faSymLink > 0) then - Log.LogError('Failed to create the folder "'+ UserPathName + '/' + DirectoryList[Counter] +'"', + Log.LogError('Failed to create the folder "'+ DirectoryPath.ToNative +'"', 'TPlatformMacOSX.CreateUserFolders'); end; - DirectoryList.Free(); // copy missing files - for Counter := 0 to Filelist.Count-1 do + for I := 0 to Filelist.Count-1 do begin - CopyFile(BaseDir + '/' + Filelist[Counter], - UserPathName + '/' + Filelist[Counter], true); + CurPath := Filelist[I] as IPath; + SrcFile := BaseDir.Append(CurPath); + TgtFile := UserPath.Append(CurPath); + SrcFile.CopyFile(TgtFile, true); end; - FileList.Free(); // go back to the initial folder - ChDir(OldBaseDir); + FileSystem.SetCurrentDir(OldBaseDir); end; -function TPlatformMacOSX.GetBundlePath: WideString; -var - i, pos : integer; +function TPlatformMacOSX.GetBundlePath: IPath; begin // Mac applications are packaged in folders. // Cutting the last two folders yields the application folder. - - Result := GetExecutionDir(); - for i := 1 to 2 do - begin - pos := Length(Result); - repeat - Delete(Result, pos, 1); - pos := Length(Result); - until (pos = 0) or (Result[pos] = '/'); - end; + Result := GetExecutionDir().GetParent().GetParent(); end; -function TPlatformMacOSX.GetApplicationSupportPath: WideString; +function TPlatformMacOSX.GetApplicationSupportPath: IPath; const - PathName : string = '/Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe/Resources'; + PathName: string = 'Library/Application Support/UltraStarDeluxe'; begin - Result := GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME') + PathName + '/'; + Result := GetHomeDir().Append(PathName, pdAppend); end; -function TPlatformMacOSX.GetLogPath: WideString; +function TPlatformMacOSX.GetHomeDir(): IPath; begin - Result := GetApplicationSupportPath + 'Logs'; + Result := Path(GetEnvironmentVariable('HOME')); end; -function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameSharedPath: WideString; +function TPlatformMacOSX.GetLogPath: IPath; begin - Result := GetApplicationSupportPath; + Result := GetApplicationSupportPath.Append('Logs'); end; -function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameUserPath: WideString; +function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameSharedPath: IPath; begin Result := GetApplicationSupportPath; end; -function TPlatformMacOSX.DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; -var - i : integer; - TheDir : pdir; - ADirent : pDirent; - lAttrib : integer; +function TPlatformMacOSX.GetGameUserPath: IPath; begin - i := 0; - Filter := LowerCase(Filter); - - TheDir := FPOpenDir(Dir); - if Assigned(TheDir) then - repeat - ADirent := FPReadDir(TheDir); - - if Assigned(ADirent) and (ADirent^.d_name <> '.') and (ADirent^.d_name <> '..') then - begin - lAttrib := FileGetAttr(Dir + ADirent^.d_name); - if ReturnAllSubDirs and ((lAttrib and faDirectory) <> 0) then - begin - SetLength(Result, i + 1); - Result[i].Name := ADirent^.d_name; - Result[i].IsDirectory := true; - Result[i].IsFile := false; - i := i + 1; - end - else if (Length(Filter) = 0) or (Pos( Filter, LowerCase(ADirent^.d_name)) > 0) then - begin - SetLength(Result, i + 1); - Result[i].Name := ADirent^.d_name; - Result[i].IsDirectory := false; - Result[i].IsFile := true; - i := i + 1; - end; - end; - until ADirent = nil; - - FPCloseDir(TheDir); + Result := GetApplicationSupportPath; end; end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas index e198958a..a0372dad 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlatformWindows.pas @@ -38,21 +38,19 @@ interface uses Classes, - UPlatform; + UPlatform, + UPath; type TPlatformWindows = class(TPlatform) private - function GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): WideString; + function GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): IPath; public - function DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; override; function TerminateIfAlreadyRunning(var WndTitle: String): Boolean; override; - function GetLogPath: WideString; override; - function GetGameSharedPath: WideString; override; - function GetGameUserPath: WideString; override; - - function CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; override; + function GetLogPath: IPath; override; + function GetGameSharedPath: IPath; override; + function GetGameUserPath: IPath; override; end; implementation @@ -63,95 +61,6 @@ uses Windows, UConfig; -type - TSearchRecW = record - Time: Integer; - Size: Integer; - Attr: Integer; - Name: WideString; - ExcludeAttr: Integer; - FindHandle: THandle; - FindData: TWin32FindDataW; - end; - -function FindFirstW(const Path: WideString; Attr: Integer; var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; forward; -function FindNextW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; forward; -procedure FindCloseW(var F: TSearchRecW); forward; -function FindMatchingFileW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; forward; -function DirectoryExistsW(const Directory: widestring): Boolean; forward; - -function FindFirstW(const Path: widestring; Attr: Integer; var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; -const - faSpecial = faHidden or faSysFile or faVolumeID or faDirectory; -begin - F.ExcludeAttr := not Attr and faSpecial; -{$IFDEF Delphi} - F.FindHandle := FindFirstFileW(PWideChar(Path), F.FindData); -{$ELSE} - F.FindHandle := FindFirstFileW(PWideChar(Path), @F.FindData); -{$ENDIF} - if F.FindHandle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then - begin - Result := FindMatchingFileW(F); - if Result <> 0 then FindCloseW(F); - end else - Result := GetLastError; -end; - -function FindNextW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; -begin -{$IFDEF Delphi} - if FindNextFileW(F.FindHandle, F.FindData) then -{$ELSE} - if FindNextFileW(F.FindHandle, @F.FindData) then -{$ENDIF} - Result := FindMatchingFileW(F) - else - Result := GetLastError; -end; - -procedure FindCloseW(var F: TSearchRecW); -begin - if F.FindHandle <> INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE then - begin - Windows.FindClose(F.FindHandle); - F.FindHandle := INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; - end; -end; - -function FindMatchingFileW(var F: TSearchRecW): Integer; -var - LocalFileTime: TFileTime; -begin - with F do - begin - while FindData.dwFileAttributes and ExcludeAttr <> 0 do -{$IFDEF Delphi} - if not FindNextFileW(FindHandle, FindData) then -{$ELSE} - if not FindNextFileW(FindHandle, @FindData) then -{$ENDIF} - begin - Result := GetLastError; - Exit; - end; - FileTimeToLocalFileTime(FindData.ftLastWriteTime, LocalFileTime); - FileTimeToDosDateTime(LocalFileTime, LongRec(Time).Hi, LongRec(Time).Lo); - Size := FindData.nFileSizeLow; - Attr := FindData.dwFileAttributes; - Name := FindData.cFileName; - end; - Result := 0; -end; - -function DirectoryExistsW(const Directory: widestring): Boolean; -var - Code: Integer; -begin - Code := GetFileAttributesW(PWideChar(Directory)); - Result := (Code <> -1) and (FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY and Code <> 0); -end; - //------------------------------ //Start more than One Time Prevention //------------------------------ @@ -180,41 +89,6 @@ begin end; end; -function TPlatformWindows.DirectoryFindFiles(Dir, Filter: WideString; ReturnAllSubDirs: Boolean): TDirectoryEntryArray; -var - i : Integer; - SR : TSearchRecW; - Attrib : Integer; -begin - i := 0; - Filter := LowerCase(Filter); - - if FindFirstW(Dir + '*', faAnyFile or faDirectory, SR) = 0 then - repeat - if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then - begin - Attrib := FileGetAttr(Dir + SR.name); - if ReturnAllSubDirs and ((Attrib and faDirectory) <> 0) then - begin - SetLength( Result, i + 1); - Result[i].Name := SR.name; - Result[i].IsDirectory := true; - Result[i].IsFile := false; - i := i + 1; - end - else if (Length(Filter) = 0) or (Pos( Filter, LowerCase(SR.Name)) > 0) then - begin - SetLength( Result, i + 1); - Result[i].Name := SR.Name; - Result[i].IsDirectory := false; - Result[i].IsFile := true; - i := i + 1; - end; - end; - until FindNextW(SR) <> 0; - FindCloseW(SR); -end; - (** * Returns the path of a special folder. * @@ -225,37 +99,30 @@ end; * CSIDL_PERSONAL (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents) * CSIDL_MYMUSIC (e.g. C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\My Music) *) -function TPlatformWindows.GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): WideString; +function TPlatformWindows.GetSpecialPath(CSIDL: integer): IPath; var Buffer: array [0..MAX_PATH-1] of WideChar; begin -{$IF Defined(Delphi) or (FPC_VERSION_INT >= 2002002)} // >= 2.2.2 if (SHGetSpecialFolderPathW(0, @Buffer, CSIDL, false)) then - Result := Buffer + Result := Path(Buffer) else -{$IFEND} - Result := ''; + Result := PATH_NONE; end; -function TPlatformWindows.GetLogPath: WideString; +function TPlatformWindows.GetLogPath: IPath; begin Result := GetExecutionDir(); end; -function TPlatformWindows.GetGameSharedPath: WideString; +function TPlatformWindows.GetGameSharedPath: IPath; begin Result := GetExecutionDir(); end; -function TPlatformWindows.GetGameUserPath: WideString; +function TPlatformWindows.GetGameUserPath: IPath; begin - //Result := GetSpecialPath(CSIDL_APPDATA) + PathDelim + 'UltraStarDX' + PathDelim; + //Result := GetSpecialPath(CSIDL_APPDATA).Append('UltraStarDX', pdAppend); Result := GetExecutionDir(); end; -function TPlatformWindows.CopyFile(const Source, Target: WideString; FailIfExists: boolean): boolean; -begin - Result := Windows.CopyFileW(PWideChar(Source), PWideChar(Target), FailIfExists); -end; - end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPlaylist.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPlaylist.pas index 11ed84de..527eca7b 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UPlaylist.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UPlaylist.pas @@ -34,20 +34,23 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - USong; + Classes, + USong, + UPath, + UPathUtils; type TPlaylistItem = record - Artist: String; - Title: String; + Artist: UTF8String; + Title: UTF8String; SongID: Integer; end; APlaylistItem = array of TPlaylistItem; TPlaylist = record - Name: String; - Filename: String; + Name: UTF8String; + Filename: IPath; Items: APlaylistItem; end; @@ -67,20 +70,20 @@ type Playlists: APlaylist; constructor Create; - Procedure LoadPlayLists; - Function LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean; - Procedure SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal); + procedure LoadPlayLists; + function LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; const Filename: IPath): Boolean; + procedure SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal); - Procedure SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal); + procedure SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal); - Function AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal; - Procedure DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal); + function AddPlaylist(const Name: UTF8String): Cardinal; + procedure DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal); - Procedure AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1); - Procedure DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1); + procedure AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1); + procedure DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1); - Procedure GetNames(var PLNames: array of String); - Function GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1): Integer; + procedure GetNames(var PLNames: array of UTF8String); + function GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1): Integer; end; {Modes: @@ -94,13 +97,15 @@ type implementation -uses USongs, - ULog, - UMain, - //UFiles, - UGraphic, - UThemes, - SysUtils; +uses + SysUtils, + USongs, + ULog, + UMain, + UFilesystem, + UGraphic, + UThemes, + UUnicodeUtils; //---------- //Create - Construct Class - Dummy for now @@ -116,90 +121,90 @@ end; //---------- Procedure TPlayListManager.LoadPlayLists; var - SR: TSearchRec; Len: Integer; PlayListBuffer: TPlayList; + Iter: IFileIterator; + FileInfo: TFileInfo; begin SetLength(Playlists, 0); - if FindFirst(PlayListPath + '*.upl', 0, SR) = 0 then + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(PlayListPath.Append('*.upl'), 0); + while (Iter.HasNext) do begin - repeat - Len := Length(Playlists); - SetLength(Playlists, Len +1); + Len := Length(Playlists); + SetLength(Playlists, Len + 1); + + FileInfo := Iter.Next; - if not LoadPlayList (Len, Sr.Name) then - SetLength(Playlists, Len) - else + if not LoadPlayList(Len, FileInfo.Name) then + SetLength(Playlists, Len) + else + begin + // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort + PlayListBuffer := Playlists[Len]; + Dec(Len); + while (Len >= 0) AND (CompareText(Playlists[Len].Name, PlayListBuffer.Name) >= 0) do begin - // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort - PlayListBuffer := Playlists[Len]; - Dec(Len); - while (Len >= 0) AND (CompareText(Playlists[Len].Name, PlayListBuffer.Name) >= 0) do - begin - Playlists[Len+1] := Playlists[Len]; - Dec(Len); - end; - Playlists[Len+1] := PlayListBuffer; + Playlists[Len+1] := Playlists[Len]; + Dec(Len); end; - - until FindNext(SR) <> 0; - FindClose(SR); - end; + Playlists[Len+1] := PlayListBuffer; + end; + end; end; //---------- //LoadPlayList - Load a Playlist in the Array //---------- -Function TPlayListManager.LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean; - var - F: TextFile; - Line: String; - PosDelimiter: Integer; - SongID: Integer; - Len: Integer; +function TPlayListManager.LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; const Filename: IPath): Boolean; - Function FindSong(Artist, Title: String): Integer; + function FindSong(Artist, Title: UTF8String): Integer; var I: Integer; begin Result := -1; For I := low(CatSongs.Song) to high(CatSongs.Song) do begin - if (CatSongs.Song[I].Title = Title) AND (CatSongs.Song[I].Artist = Artist) then + if (CatSongs.Song[I].Title = Title) and (CatSongs.Song[I].Artist = Artist) then begin Result := I; Break; end; end; end; + +var + TextStream: TTextFileStream; + Line: UTF8String; + PosDelimiter: Integer; + SongID: Integer; + Len: Integer; + FilenameAbs: IPath; begin - if not FileExists(PlayListPath + Filename) then - begin - Log.LogError('Could not load Playlist: ' + Filename); - Result := False; - Exit; + //Load File + try + FilenameAbs := PlaylistPath.Append(Filename); + TextStream := TMemTextFileStream.Create(FilenameAbs, fmOpenRead); + except + begin + Log.LogError('Could not load Playlist: ' + FilenameAbs.ToNative); + Result := False; + Exit; + end; end; Result := True; - //Load File - AssignFile(F, PlayListPath + FileName); - Reset(F); - //Set Filename - PlayLists[Index].Filename := Filename; - PlayLists[Index].Name := ''; + Playlists[Index].Filename := Filename; + Playlists[Index].Name := ''; //Read Until End of File - While not Eof(F) do + while TextStream.ReadLine(Line) do begin - //Read Curent Line - Readln(F, Line); - if (Length(Line) > 0) then begin - PosDelimiter := Pos(':', Line); - if (PosDelimiter <> 0) then + PosDelimiter := UTF8Pos(':', Line); + if (PosDelimiter <> 0) then begin //Comment or Name String if (Line[1] = '#') then @@ -223,7 +228,7 @@ begin PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Artist := Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1)); PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Title := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter)); end - else Log.LogError('Could not find Song in Playlist: ' + PlayLists[Index].Filename + ', ' + Line); + else Log.LogError('Could not find Song in Playlist: ' + PlayLists[Index].Filename.ToNative + ', ' + Line); end; end; end; @@ -232,71 +237,70 @@ begin //If no special name is given, use Filename if PlayLists[Index].Name = '' then begin - PlayLists[Index].Name := ChangeFileExt(FileName, ''); + PlayLists[Index].Name := FileName.SetExtension('').ToUTF8; end; //Finish (Close File) - CloseFile(F); + TextStream.Free; end; -//---------- -//SavePlayList - Saves the specified Playlist -//---------- -Procedure TPlayListManager.SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal); +{** + * Saves the specified Playlist + *} +procedure TPlayListManager.SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal); var - F: TextFile; + TextStream: TTextFileStream; + PlaylistFile: IPath; I: Integer; begin - if (Not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) OR (Not FileisReadOnly(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) then - begin + PlaylistFile := PlaylistPath.Append(Playlists[Index].Filename); - //open File for Rewriting - AssignFile(F, PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename); - try - try - Rewrite(F); + // cannot update read-only file + if PlaylistFile.IsFile() and PlaylistFile.IsReadOnly() then + Exit; - //Write Version (not nessecary but helpful) - WriteLn(F, '######################################'); - WriteLn(F, '#Ultrastar Deluxe Playlist Format v1.0'); - WriteLn(F, '#Playlist "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '" with ' + InttoStr(Length(Playlists[Index].Items)) + ' Songs.'); - WriteLn(F, '######################################'); + // open file for rewriting + TextStream := TMemTextFileStream.Create(PlaylistFile, fmCreate); + try + // Write version (not nessecary but helpful) + TextStream.WriteLine('######################################'); + TextStream.WriteLine('#Ultrastar Deluxe Playlist Format v1.0'); + TextStream.WriteLine(Format('#Playlist %s with %d Songs.', + [ Playlists[Index].Name, Length(Playlists[Index].Items) ])); + TextStream.WriteLine('######################################'); - //Write Name Information - WriteLn(F, '#Name: ' + Playlists[Index].Name); + // Write name information + TextStream.WriteLine('#Name: ' + Playlists[Index].Name); - //Write Song Information - WriteLn(F, '#Songs:'); + // Write song information + TextStream.WriteLine('#Songs:'); - For I := 0 to high(Playlists[Index].Items) do - begin - WriteLn(F, Playlists[Index].Items[I].Artist + ' : ' + Playlists[Index].Items[I].Title); - end; - except - log.LogError('Could not write Playlistfile "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '"'); - end; - finally - CloseFile(F); + for I := 0 to high(Playlists[Index].Items) do + begin + TextStream.WriteLine(Playlists[Index].Items[I].Artist + ' : ' + Playlists[Index].Items[I].Title); end; + except + Log.LogError('Could not write Playlistfile "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '"'); end; + TextStream.Free; end; -//---------- -//SetPlayList - Display a Playlist in CatSongs -//---------- -Procedure TPlayListManager.SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal); +{** + * Display a Playlist in CatSongs + *} +procedure TPlayListManager.SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal); var I: Integer; begin - If (Int(Index) > High(PlayLists)) then + if (Int(Index) > High(PlayLists)) then exit; //Hide all Songs - For I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do + for I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do CatSongs.Song[I].Visible := False; //Show Songs in PL - For I := 0 to high(PlayLists[Index].Items) do + for I := 0 to high(PlayLists[Index].Items) do begin CatSongs.Song[PlayLists[Index].Items[I].SongID].Visible := True; end; @@ -313,7 +317,7 @@ begin //Fix SongSelection ScreenSong.Interaction := 0; - ScreenSong.SelectNext; + ScreenSong.SelectNext(true); ScreenSong.FixSelected; //Play correct Music @@ -323,31 +327,33 @@ end; //---------- //AddPlaylist - Adds a Playlist and Returns the Index //---------- -Function TPlayListManager.AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal; +function TPlayListManager.AddPlaylist(const Name: UTF8String): cardinal; var I: Integer; + PlaylistFile: IPath; begin Result := Length(Playlists); SetLength(Playlists, Result + 1); // Sort the Playlists - Insertion Sort - while (Result > 0) AND (CompareText(Playlists[Result - 1].Name, Name) >= 0) do + while (Result > 0) and (CompareText(Playlists[Result - 1].Name, Name) >= 0) do begin Dec(Result); Playlists[Result+1] := Playlists[Result]; end; - Playlists[Result].Name := Name; + Playlists[Result].Name := Name; + + // clear playlist items + SetLength(Playlists[Result].Items, 0); I := 1; - if (not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + '.upl')) then - Playlists[Result].Filename := Name + '.upl' - else + PlaylistFile := PlaylistPath.Append(Name + '.upl'); + while (PlaylistFile.Exists) do begin - repeat - Inc(I); - until not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl'); - Playlists[Result].Filename := Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl'; + Inc(I); + PlaylistFile := PlaylistPath.Append(Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl'); end; + Playlists[Result].Filename := PlaylistFile.GetName; //Save new Playlist SavePlayList(Result); @@ -356,28 +362,28 @@ end; //---------- //DelPlaylist - Deletes a Playlist //---------- -Procedure TPlayListManager.DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal); +procedure TPlayListManager.DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal); var I: Integer; - Filename: String; + Filename: IPath; begin - If Int(Index) > High(Playlists) then + if Int(Index) > High(Playlists) then Exit; - Filename := PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename; + Filename := PlaylistPath.Append(Playlists[Index].Filename); //If not FileExists or File is not Writeable then exit - If (Not FileExists(Filename)) OR (FileisReadOnly(Filename)) then + if (not Filename.IsFile()) or (Filename.IsReadOnly()) then Exit; //Delete Playlist from FileSystem - if Not DeleteFile(Filename) then + if not Filename.DeleteFile() then Exit; //Delete Playlist from Array //move all PLs to the Hole - For I := Index to High(Playlists)-1 do + for I := Index to High(Playlists)-1 do PlayLists[I] := PlayLists[I+1]; //Delete last Playlist @@ -389,7 +395,7 @@ begin begin ScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover; ScreenSong.HideCatTL; - CatSongs.SetFilter('', 0); + CatSongs.SetFilter('', fltAll); ScreenSong.Interaction := 0; ScreenSong.FixSelected; ScreenSong.ChangeMusic; @@ -470,7 +476,7 @@ end; //---------- //GetNames - Writes Playlist Names in a Array //---------- -Procedure TPlayListManager.GetNames(var PLNames: array of String); +procedure TPlayListManager.GetNames(var PLNames: array of UTF8String); var I: Integer; Len: Integer; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas deleted file mode 100644 index f299796f..00000000 --- a/Lua/src/base/UPluginInterface.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit uPluginInterface; -{********************* - uPluginInterface - Unit fills a TPluginInterface structure with method pointers - Unit contains all functions called directly by plugins -*********************} - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - uPluginDefs; - -//--------------- -// Methods for Plugin -//--------------- - {******** Hook specific Methods ********} - {Function Creates a new Hookable Event and Returns the Handle - or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)} - Function CreateHookableEvent (EventName: PChar): THandle; stdcall; - - {Function Destroys an Event and Unhooks all Hooks to this Event. - 0 on success, not 0 on Failure} - Function DestroyHookableEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer; stdcall; - - {Function start calling the Hook Chain - 0 if Chain is called until the End, -1 if Event Handle is not valid - otherwise Return Value of the Hook that breaks the Chain} - Function NotivyEventHooks (hEvent: THandle; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall; - - {Function Hooks an Event by Name. - Returns Hook Handle on Success, otherwise 0} - Function HookEvent (EventName: PChar; HookProc: TUS_Hook): THandle; stdcall; - - {Function Removes the Hook from the Chain - Returns 0 on Success} - Function UnHookEvent (hHook: THandle): Integer; stdcall; - - {Function Returns Non Zero if a Event with the given Name Exists, - otherwise 0} - Function EventExists (EventName: PChar): Integer; stdcall; - - {******** Service specific Methods ********} - {Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle - or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)} - Function CreateService (ServiceName: PChar; ServiceProc: TUS_Service): THandle; stdcall; - - {Function Destroys a Service. - 0 on success, not 0 on Failure} - Function DestroyService (hService: THandle): integer; stdcall; - - {Function Calls a Services Proc - Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure} - Function CallService (ServiceName: PChar; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall; - - {Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists, - otherwise 0} - Function ServiceExists (ServiceName: PChar): Integer; stdcall; - -implementation -uses UCore; - -{******** Hook specific Methods ********} -//--------------- -// Function Creates a new Hookable Event and Returns the Handle -// or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists) -//--------------- -Function CreateHookableEvent (EventName: PChar): THandle; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Hooks.AddEvent(EventName); -end; - -//--------------- -// Function Destroys an Event and Unhooks all Hooks to this Event. -// 0 on success, not 0 on Failure -//--------------- -Function DestroyHookableEvent (hEvent: THandle): integer; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Hooks.DelEvent(hEvent); -end; - -//--------------- -// Function start calling the Hook Chain -// 0 if Chain is called until the End, -1 if Event Handle is not valid -// otherwise Return Value of the Hook that breaks the Chain -//--------------- -Function NotivyEventHooks (hEvent: THandle; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Hooks.CallEventChain(hEvent, wParam, lParam); -end; - -//--------------- -// Function Hooks an Event by Name. -// Returns Hook Handle on Success, otherwise 0 -//--------------- -Function HookEvent (EventName: PChar; HookProc: TUS_Hook): THandle; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Hooks.AddSubscriber(EventName, HookProc); -end; - -//--------------- -// Function Removes the Hook from the Chain -// Returns 0 on Success -//--------------- -Function UnHookEvent (hHook: THandle): Integer; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Hooks.DelSubscriber(hHook); -end; - -//--------------- -// Function Returns Non Zero if a Event with the given Name Exists, -// otherwise 0 -//--------------- -Function EventExists (EventName: PChar): Integer; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Hooks.EventExists(EventName); -end; - - {******** Service specific Methods ********} -//--------------- -// Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle -// or 0 on Failure. (Name already exists) -//--------------- -Function CreateService (ServiceName: PChar; ServiceProc: TUS_Service): THandle; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Services.AddService(ServiceName, ServiceProc); -end; - -//--------------- -// Function Destroys a Service. -// 0 on success, not 0 on Failure -//--------------- -Function DestroyService (hService: THandle): integer; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Services.DelService(hService); -end; - -//--------------- -// Function Calls a Services Proc -// Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure -//--------------- -Function CallService (ServiceName: PChar; wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Services.CallService(ServiceName, wParam, lParam); -end; - -//--------------- -// Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists, -// otherwise 0 -//--------------- -Function ServiceExists (ServiceName: PChar): Integer; stdcall; -begin - Result := Core.Services.ServiceExists(ServiceName); -end; - -end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas b/Lua/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 5e581c23..00000000 --- a/Lua/src/base/UPluginLoader.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,798 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/trunk/src/base/uPluginLoader.pas $ - * $Id: uPluginLoader.pas 1403 2008-09-23 21:17:22Z k-m_schindler $ - *} - -unit UPluginLoader; -{********************* - UPluginLoader - Unit contains two classes - TPluginLoader: Class searching for and loading the plugins - TtehPlugins: Class representing the plugins in modules chain -*********************} - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - UPluginDefs, - UCoreModule; - -type - TPluginListItem = record - Info: TUS_PluginInfo; - State: Byte; // State of this plugin: 0 - undefined; 1 - loaded; 2 - inited / running; 4 - unloaded; 254 - loading aborted by plugin; 255 - unloaded because of error - Path: String; // path to this plugin - NeedsDeInit: Boolean; // if this is inited correctly this should be true - hLib: THandle; // handle of loaded libary - Procs: record // procs offered by plugin. Don't call this directly use wrappers of TPluginLoader - Load: Func_Load; - Init: Func_Init; - DeInit: Proc_DeInit; - end; - end; - {********************* - TPluginLoader - Class searches for plugins and manages loading and unloading - *********************} - PPluginLoader = ^TPluginLoader; - TPluginLoader = class (TCoreModule) - private - LoadingProcessFinished: Boolean; - sUnloadPlugin: THandle; - sLoadPlugin: THandle; - sGetPluginInfo: THandle; - sGetPluginState: THandle; - - procedure FreePlugin(Index: Cardinal); - public - PluginInterface: TUS_PluginInterface; - Plugins: array of TPluginListItem; - - // TCoreModule methods to inherit - constructor Create; override; - procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); override; - function Load: Boolean; override; - function Init: Boolean; override; - procedure DeInit; override; - Destructor Destroy; override; - - // New methods - procedure BrowseDir(Path: String); // browses the path at _Path_ for plugins - function PluginExists(Name: String): integer; // if plugin exists: Index of plugin, else -1 - procedure AddPlugin(Filename: String); // adds plugin to the array - - function CallLoad(Index: Cardinal): integer; - function CallInit(Index: Cardinal): integer; - procedure CallDeInit(Index: Cardinal); - - //Services offered - function LoadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | lParam (if wParam = nil) ID of the Plugin - function UnloadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | lParam (if wParam = nil) ID of the Plugin - function GetPluginInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //If wParam = -1 then (If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TUS_PluginInfo to address at lparam) else (Get PluginInfo of Plugin with Index(wParam) to Address at lParam) - function GetPluginState(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; //If wParam = -1 then (If lParam = nil then get length of Moduleinfo Array. If lparam <> nil then write array of TUS_PluginInfo to address at lparam) else (Return PluginInfo of Plugin with Index(wParam)) - - end; - - {********************* - TtehPlugins - Class represents the plugins in module chain. - It calls the plugins procs and funcs - *********************} - TtehPlugins = class (TCoreModule) - private - PluginLoader: PPluginLoader; - public - // TCoreModule methods to inherit - constructor Create; override; - - procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); override; - function Load: Boolean; override; - function Init: Boolean; override; - procedure DeInit; override; - end; - -const -{$IF Defined(MSWINDOWS)} - PluginFileExtension = '.dll'; -{$ELSEIF Defined(DARWIN)} - PluginFileExtension = '.dylib'; -{$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)} - PluginFileExtension = '.so'; -{$IFEND} - -implementation - -uses - UCore, - UPluginInterface, -{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} - windows, -{$ELSE} - dynlibs, -{$ENDIF} - UMain, - SysUtils; - -{********************* - TPluginLoader - Implementation -*********************} - -//------------- -// function that gives some infos about the module to the core -//------------- -procedure TPluginLoader.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); -begin - pInfo^.Name := 'TPluginLoader'; - pInfo^.Version := MakeVersion(1,0,0,chr(0)); - pInfo^.Description := 'Searches for plugins, loads and unloads them'; -end; - -//------------- -// Just the constructor -//------------- -constructor TPluginLoader.Create; -begin - inherited; - - // Init PluginInterface - // Using methods from UPluginInterface - PluginInterface.CreateHookableEvent := CreateHookableEvent; - PluginInterface.DestroyHookableEvent := DestroyHookableEvent; - PluginInterface.NotivyEventHooks := NotivyEventHooks; - PluginInterface.HookEvent := HookEvent; - PluginInterface.UnHookEvent := UnHookEvent; - PluginInterface.EventExists := EventExists; - - PluginInterface.CreateService := @CreateService; - PluginInterface.DestroyService := DestroyService; - PluginInterface.CallService := CallService; - PluginInterface.ServiceExists := ServiceExists; - - // UnSet private var - LoadingProcessFinished := False; -end; - -//------------- -// Is called on loading. -// In this method only events and services should be created -// to offer them to other modules or plugins during the init process -// if false is returned this will cause a forced exit -//------------- -function TPluginLoader.Load: Boolean; -begin - Result := True; - - try - // Start searching for plugins - BrowseDir(PluginPath); - except - Result := False; - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error browsing and loading.')), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; -end; - -//------------- -// Is called on init process -// In this method you can hook some events and create + init -// your classes, variables etc. -// If false is returned this will cause a forced exit -//------------- -function TPluginLoader.Init: Boolean; -begin - // Just set private var to true. - LoadingProcessFinished := True; - Result := True; -end; - -//------------- -// Is called if this module has been inited and there is a exit. -// Deinit is in backwards initing order -//------------- -procedure TPluginLoader.DeInit; -var - I: integer; -begin - // Force deinit - // if some plugins aren't deinited for some reason o0 - for I := 0 to High(Plugins) do - begin - if (Plugins[I].State < 4) then - FreePlugin(I); - end; - - // Nothing to do here. Core will remove the hooks -end; - -//------------- -// Is called if this module will be unloaded and has been created -// Should be used to free memory -//------------- -Destructor TPluginLoader.Destroy; -begin - // Just save some memory if it wasn't done now.. - SetLength(Plugins, 0); - inherited; -end; - -//-------------- -// Browses the path at _Path_ for plugins -//-------------- -procedure TPluginLoader.BrowseDir(Path: String); -var - SR: TSearchRec; -begin - // Search for other dirs to browse - if FindFirst(Path + '*', faDirectory, SR) = 0 then begin - repeat - if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then - BrowseDir(Path + Sr.Name + PathDelim); - until FindNext(SR) <> 0; - end; - FindClose(SR); - - // Search for plugins at path - if FindFirst(Path + '*' + PluginFileExtension, 0, SR) = 0 then - begin - repeat - AddPlugin(Path + SR.Name); - until FindNext(SR) <> 0; - end; - FindClose(SR); -end; - -//-------------- -// If plugin exists: Index of plugin, else -1 -//-------------- -function TPluginLoader.PluginExists(Name: String): integer; -var - I: integer; -begin - Result := -1; - - if (Length(Name) <= 32 { =>Length(TUS_PluginInfo.Name)}) then - begin - for I := 0 to High(Plugins) do - if (Plugins[I].Info.Name = Name) then - begin //Found the Plugin - Result := I; - Break; - end; - end; -end; - -//-------------- -// Adds plugin to the array -//-------------- -procedure TPluginLoader.AddPlugin(Filename: String); -var - hLib: THandle; - PInfo: Proc_PluginInfo; - Info: TUS_PluginInfo; - PluginID: integer; -begin - if (FileExists(Filename)) then - begin //Load Libary - hLib := LoadLibrary(PChar(Filename)); - if (hLib <> 0) then - begin // Try to get address of the info proc - PInfo := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Info')); - if (@PInfo <> nil) then - begin - Info.cbSize := SizeOf(TUS_PluginInfo); - - try // Call info proc - PInfo(@Info); - except - Info.Name := ''; - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error getting plugin info: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; - - // Is name set ? - if (Trim(Info.Name) <> '') then - begin - PluginID := PluginExists(Info.Name); - - if (PluginID > 0) and (Plugins[PluginID].State >=4) then - PluginID := -1; - - if (PluginID = -1) then - begin - // Add new item to array - PluginID := Length(Plugins); - SetLength(Plugins, PluginID + 1); - - // Fill with info: - Plugins[PluginID].Info := Info; - Plugins[PluginID].State := 0; - Plugins[PluginID].Path := Filename; - Plugins[PluginID].NeedsDeInit := False; - Plugins[PluginID].hLib := hLib; - - // Try to get procs - Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Load')); - Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Init')); - Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_DeInit')); - - if (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit = nil) then - begin - Plugins[PluginID].State := 255; - FreeLibrary(hLib); - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t get plugin procs from libary: "' + Info.Name + '" ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; - - // Emulate loading process if this plugin is loaded too late - if (LoadingProcessFinished) then - begin - CallLoad(PluginID); - CallInit(PluginID); - end; - end - else if (LoadingProcessFinished = False) then - begin - if (Plugins[PluginID].Info.Version < Info.Version) then - begin // Found newer version of this plugin - Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Found a newer version of plugin: ' + String(Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - - // Unload old plugin - UnloadPlugin(PluginID, nil); - - // Fill with new info - Plugins[PluginID].Info := Info; - Plugins[PluginID].State := 0; - Plugins[PluginID].Path := Filename; - Plugins[PluginID].NeedsDeInit := False; - Plugins[PluginID].hLib := hLib; - - // Try to get procs - Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Load')); - Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_Init')); - Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit := GetProcAddress (hLib, PChar('USPlugin_DeInit')); - - if (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Load = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.Init = nil) OR (@Plugins[PluginID].Procs.DeInit = nil) then - begin - FreeLibrary(hLib); - Plugins[PluginID].State := 255; - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t get plugin procs from libary: "' + Info.Name + '" ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; - end - else - begin // Newer Version already loaded - FreeLibrary(hLib); - end; - end - else - begin - FreeLibrary(hLib); - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Plugin with this name already exists: ' + String(Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; - end - else - begin - FreeLibrary(hLib); - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('No name reported: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; - end - else - begin - FreeLibrary(hLib); - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t find info procedure: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; - end - else - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Can''t load plugin libary: ' + Filename)), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; -end; - -//-------------- -// Calls load func of plugin with the given index -//-------------- -function TPluginLoader.CallLoad(Index: Cardinal): integer; -begin - Result := -2; - if(Index < Length(Plugins)) then - begin - if (@Plugins[Index].Procs.Load <> nil) and (Plugins[Index].State = 0) then - begin - try - Result := Plugins[Index].Procs.Load(@PluginInterface); - except - Result := -3; - End; - - if (Result = 0) then - Plugins[Index].State := 1 - else - begin - FreePlugin(Index); - Plugins[Index].State := 255; - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error calling load function from plugin: ' + String(Plugins[Index].Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -//-------------- -// Calls init func of plugin with the given index -//-------------- -function TPluginLoader.CallInit(Index: Cardinal): integer; -begin - Result := -2; - if(Index < Length(Plugins)) then - begin - if (@Plugins[Index].Procs.Init <> nil) and (Plugins[Index].State = 1) then - begin - try - Result := Plugins[Index].Procs.Init(@PluginInterface); - except - Result := -3; - End; - - if (Result = 0) then - begin - Plugins[Index].State := 2; - Plugins[Index].NeedsDeInit := True; - end - else - begin - FreePlugin(Index); - Plugins[Index].State := 255; - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Error calling init function from plugin: ' + String(Plugins[Index].Info.Name))), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - end; - end; - end; -end; - -//-------------- -// Calls deinit proc of plugin with the given index -//-------------- -procedure TPluginLoader.CallDeInit(Index: Cardinal); -begin - if(Index < Length(Plugins)) then - begin - if (Plugins[Index].State < 4) then - begin - if (@Plugins[Index].Procs.DeInit <> nil) and (Plugins[Index].NeedsDeInit) then - try - Plugins[Index].Procs.DeInit(@PluginInterface); - except - - End; - - // Don't forget to remove services and subscriptions by this plugin - Core.Hooks.DelbyOwner(-1 - Index); - - FreePlugin(Index); - end; - end; -end; - -//-------------- -// Frees all plugin sources (procs and handles) - helper for deiniting functions -//-------------- -procedure TPluginLoader.FreePlugin(Index: Cardinal); -begin - Plugins[Index].State := 4; - Plugins[Index].Procs.Load := nil; - Plugins[Index].Procs.Init := nil; - Plugins[Index].Procs.DeInit := nil; - - if (Plugins[Index].hLib <> 0) then - FreeLibrary(Plugins[Index].hLib); -end; - - - -//-------------- -// wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | wParam (if lParam = nil) ID of the plugin -//-------------- -function TPluginLoader.LoadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -var - Index: integer; - sFile: String; -begin - Result := -1; - sFile := ''; - // lParam is ID - if (lParam = nil) then - begin - Index := wParam; - end - else - begin //lParam is PChar - try - sFile := String(PChar(lParam)); - Index := PluginExists(sFile); - if (Index < 0) And FileExists(sFile) then - begin // Is filename - AddPlugin(sFile); - Result := Plugins[High(Plugins)].State; - end; - except - Index := -2; - end; - end; - - - if (Index >= 0) and (Index < Length(Plugins)) then - begin - AddPlugin(Plugins[Index].Path); - Result := Plugins[Index].State; - end; -end; - -//-------------- -// wParam PChar(PluginName/PluginPath) | wParam (if lParam = nil) ID of the plugin -//-------------- -function TPluginLoader.UnloadPlugin(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -var - Index: integer; - sName: String; -begin - Result := -1; - // lParam is ID - if (lParam = nil) then - begin - Index := wParam; - end - else - begin // wParam is PChar - try - sName := String(PChar(lParam)); - Index := PluginExists(sName); - except - Index := -2; - end; - end; - - - if (Index >= 0) and (Index < Length(Plugins)) then - CallDeInit(Index) -end; - -//-------------- -// if wParam = -1 then (if lParam = nil then get length of moduleinfo array. if lparam <> nil then write array of TUS_PluginInfo to address at lparam) else (Get PluginInfo of plugin with Index(wParam) to address at lParam) -//-------------- -function TPluginLoader.GetPluginInfo(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -var I: integer; -begin - Result := 0; - if (wParam > 0) then - begin // Get info of 1 plugin - if (lParam <> nil) and (wParam < Length(Plugins)) then - begin - try - Result := 1; - PUS_PluginInfo(lParam)^ := Plugins[wParam].Info; - except - - End; - end; - end - else if (lParam = nil) then - begin // Get length of plugin (info) array - Result := Length(Plugins); - end - else //Write PluginInfo Array to Address in lParam - begin - try - for I := 0 to high(Plugins) do - PAUS_PluginInfo(lParam)^[I] := Plugins[I].Info; - Result := Length(Plugins); - except - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Could not write PluginInfo Array')), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - End; - end; - -end; - -//-------------- -// if wParam = -1 then (if lParam = nil then get length of plugin state array. if lparam <> nil then write array of Byte to address at lparam) else (return state of plugin with index(wParam)) -//-------------- -function TPluginLoader.GetPluginState(wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -var I: integer; -begin - Result := -1; - if (wParam > 0) then - begin // Get state of 1 plugin - if (wParam < Length(Plugins)) then - begin - Result := Plugins[wParam].State; - end; - end - else if (lParam = nil) then - begin // Get length of plugin (info) array - Result := Length(Plugins); - end - else // Write plugininfo array to address in lParam - begin - try - for I := 0 to high(Plugins) do - Byte(Pointer(integer(lParam) + I)^) := Plugins[I].State; - Result := Length(Plugins); - except - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Could not write pluginstate array')), PChar('TPluginLoader')); - End; - end; -end; - - -{********************* - TtehPlugins - Implementation -*********************} - -//------------- -// function that gives some infos about the module to the core -//------------- -procedure TtehPlugins.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); -begin - pInfo^.Name := 'TtehPlugins'; - pInfo^.Version := MakeVersion(1,0,0,chr(0)); - pInfo^.Description := 'Module executing the Plugins!'; -end; - -//------------- -// Just the constructor -//------------- -constructor TtehPlugins.Create; -begin - inherited; - PluginLoader := nil; -end; - -//------------- -// Is called on loading. -// In this method only events and services should be created -// to offer them to other modules or plugins during the init process -// if false is returned this will cause a forced exit -//------------- -function TtehPlugins.Load: Boolean; -var - i: integer; // Counter - CurExecutedBackup: integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute -begin - // Get pointer to pluginloader - PluginLoader := PPluginLoader(Core.GetModulebyName('TPluginLoader')); - if (PluginLoader = nil) then - begin - Result := false; - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Could not get pointer to pluginLoader')), PChar('TtehPlugins')); - end - else - begin - Result := true; - - // Backup curexecuted - CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted; - - // Start loading the plugins - for i := 0 to High(PluginLoader.Plugins) do - begin - Core.CurExecuted := -1 - i; - - try - // Unload plugin if not correctly executed - if (PluginLoader.CallLoad(i) <> 0) then - begin - PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i); - PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 254; // Plugin asks for unload - Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin selfabort during loading process: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins')); - end - else - begin - Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin loaded succesfully: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins')); - end; - except - // Plugin could not be loaded. - // => Show error message, then shutdown plugin - on E: Exception do - begin - PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i); - PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 255; // Plugin causes error - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Plugin causes error during loading process: ' + PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name + ', ErrorMsg: "' + E.Message + '"')), PChar('TtehPlugins')); - end; - end; - end; - - // Reset CurExecuted - Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup; - end; -end; - -//------------- -// Is called on init process -// in this method you can hook some events and create + init -// your classes, variables etc. -// if false is returned this will cause a forced exit -//------------- -function TtehPlugins.Init: Boolean; -var - i: integer; // Counter - CurExecutedBackup: integer; // backup of Core.CurExecuted attribute -begin - Result := true; - - // Backup CurExecuted - CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted; - - // Start loading the plugins - for i := 0 to High(PluginLoader.Plugins) do - try - Core.CurExecuted := -1 - i; - - // Unload plugin if not correctly executed - if (PluginLoader.CallInit(i) <> 0) then - begin - PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i); - PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 254; //Plugin asks for unload - Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin selfabort during init process: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins')); - end - else - Core.ReportDebug(integer(PChar('Plugin inited succesfully: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins')); - except - // Plugin could not be loaded. - // => Show error message, then shut down plugin - PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i); - PluginLoader.Plugins[i].State := 255; //Plugin causes Error - Core.ReportError(integer(PChar('Plugin causes error during init process: ' + String(PluginLoader.Plugins[i].Info.Name))), PChar('TtehPlugins')); - end; - - // Reset CurExecuted - Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup; -end; - -//------------- -// Is called if this module has been inited and there is a exit. -// Deinit is in backwards initing order -//------------- -procedure TtehPlugins.DeInit; -var - i: integer; // Counter - CurExecutedBackup: integer; // backup of Core.CurExecuted attribute -begin - // Backup CurExecuted - CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted; - - // Start loop - - for i := 0 to High(PluginLoader.Plugins) do - begin - try - // DeInit plugin - PluginLoader.CallDeInit(i); - except - end; - end; - - // Reset CurExecuted - Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup; -end; - -end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/URecord.pas b/Lua/src/base/URecord.pas index 132bafd5..2c2093a0 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/URecord.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/URecord.pas @@ -36,26 +36,26 @@ interface uses Classes, Math, - SysUtils, sdl, + SysUtils, UCommon, UMusic, UIni; const BaseToneFreq = 65.4064; // lowest (half-)tone to analyze (C2 = 65.4064 Hz) - NumHalftones = 36; // C2-B4 (for Whitney and my high voice) + NumHalftones = 36; // C2-B4 (for Whitney and my high voice) type TCaptureBuffer = class private - VoiceStream: TAudioVoiceStream; // stream for voice passthrough + VoiceStream: TAudioVoiceStream; // stream for voice passthrough AnalysisBufferLock: PSDL_Mutex; function GetToneString: string; // converts a tone to its string represenatation; - procedure BoostBuffer(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal); - procedure ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer); + procedure BoostBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer); + procedure ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer); // we call it to analyze sound by checking Autocorrelation procedure AnalyzeByAutocorrelation; @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ type procedure LockAnalysisBuffer(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} procedure UnlockAnalysisBuffer(); {$IFDEF HasInline}inline;{$ENDIF} - function MaxSampleVolume: Single; + function MaxSampleVolume: single; property ToneString: string READ GetToneString; end; @@ -95,17 +95,17 @@ const type TAudioInputSource = record - Name: string; + Name: string; end; // soundcard input-devices information TAudioInputDevice = class public - CfgIndex: integer; // index of this device in Ini.InputDeviceConfig - Name: string; // soundcard name - Source: array of TAudioInputSource; // soundcard input-sources - SourceRestore: integer; // source-index that will be selected after capturing (-1: not detected) - MicSource: integer; // source-index of mic (-1: none detected) + CfgIndex: integer; // index of this device in Ini.InputDeviceConfig + Name: string; // soundcard name + Source: array of TAudioInputSource; // soundcard input-sources + SourceRestore: integer; // source-index that will be selected after capturing (-1: not detected) + MicSource: integer; // source-index of mic (-1: none detected) AudioFormat: TAudioFormatInfo; // capture format info (e.g. 44.1kHz SInt16 stereo) CaptureChannel: array of TCaptureBuffer; // sound-buffer references used for mono or stereo channel's capture data @@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ type procedure LinkCaptureBuffer(ChannelIndex: integer; Sound: TCaptureBuffer); // TODO: add Open/Close functions so Start/Stop becomes faster - //function Open(): boolean; virtual; abstract; - //function Close(): boolean; virtual; abstract; - function Start(): boolean; virtual; abstract; - function Stop(): boolean; virtual; abstract; + //function Open(): boolean; virtual; abstract; + //function Close(): boolean; virtual; abstract; + function Start(): boolean; virtual; abstract; + function Stop(): boolean; virtual; abstract; function GetVolume(): single; virtual; abstract; procedure SetVolume(Volume: single); virtual; abstract; @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ type procedure UpdateInputDeviceConfig; // handle microphone input - procedure HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal; + procedure HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer; InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice); end; @@ -153,7 +153,6 @@ type procedure CaptureStop; end; - TSmallIntArray = array [0..(MaxInt div SizeOf(SmallInt))-1] of SmallInt; PSmallIntArray = ^TSmallIntArray; @@ -163,12 +162,11 @@ implementation uses ULog, - UMain; + UNote; var singleton_AudioInputProcessor : TAudioInputProcessor = nil; - { Global } function AudioInputProcessor(): TAudioInputProcessor; @@ -179,7 +177,6 @@ begin result := singleton_AudioInputProcessor; end; - { TAudioInputDevice } destructor TAudioInputDevice.Destroy; @@ -268,11 +265,11 @@ begin UnlockAnalysisBuffer(); end; -procedure TCaptureBuffer.ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PChar; BufferSize: integer); +procedure TCaptureBuffer.ProcessNewBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; BufferSize: integer); var BufferOffset: integer; - SampleCount: integer; - i: integer; + SampleCount: integer; + i: integer; begin // apply software boost BoostBuffer(Buffer, BufferSize); @@ -299,7 +296,6 @@ begin SampleCount := Length(AnalysisBuffer); end; - LockAnalysisBuffer(); try @@ -315,7 +311,6 @@ begin UnlockAnalysisBuffer(); end; - // save capture-data to BufferLong if enabled if (Ini.SavePlayback = 1) then begin @@ -329,10 +324,10 @@ end; procedure TCaptureBuffer.AnalyzeBuffer; var - Volume: single; - MaxVolume: single; + Volume: single; + MaxVolume: single; SampleIndex: integer; - Threshold: single; + Threshold: single; begin ToneValid := false; ToneAbs := -1; @@ -431,10 +426,10 @@ begin Result := 1 - AccumDist / AnalysisBufferSize; end; -function TCaptureBuffer.MaxSampleVolume: Single; +function TCaptureBuffer.MaxSampleVolume: single; var - lSampleIndex: Integer; - lMaxVol : Longint; + lSampleIndex: integer; + lMaxVol: longint; begin; LockAnalysisBuffer(); try @@ -464,13 +459,13 @@ begin Result := '-'; end; -procedure TCaptureBuffer.BoostBuffer(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal); +procedure TCaptureBuffer.BoostBuffer(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer); var - i: integer; - Value: Longint; - SampleCount: integer; + i: integer; + Value: longint; + SampleCount: integer; SampleBuffer: PSmallIntArray; // buffer handled as array of samples - Boost: byte; + Boost: byte; begin // TODO: set boost per device case Ini.MicBoost of @@ -504,7 +499,6 @@ begin end; end; - { TAudioInputProcessor } constructor TAudioInputProcessor.Create; @@ -531,14 +525,14 @@ end; // See: TIni.LoadInputDeviceCfg() procedure TAudioInputProcessor.UpdateInputDeviceConfig; var - deviceIndex: integer; - newDevice: boolean; + deviceIndex: integer; + newDevice: boolean; deviceIniIndex: integer; - deviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; - device: TAudioInputDevice; - channelCount: integer; - channelIndex: integer; - i: integer; + deviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; + device: TAudioInputDevice; + channelCount: integer; + channelIndex: integer; + i: integer; begin // Input devices - append detected soundcards for deviceIndex := 0 to High(DeviceList) do @@ -608,22 +602,20 @@ end; * Length - number of bytes in Buffer * Input - Soundcard-Input used for capture *} -procedure TAudioInputProcessor.HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PChar; Size: Cardinal; InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice); +procedure TAudioInputProcessor.HandleMicrophoneData(Buffer: PByteArray; Size: integer; InputDevice: TAudioInputDevice); var - MultiChannelBuffer: PChar; // buffer handled as array of bytes (offset relative to channel) - SingleChannelBuffer: PChar; // temporary buffer for new samples per channel + MultiChannelBuffer: PByteArray; // buffer handled as array of bytes (offset relative to channel) + SingleChannelBuffer: PByteArray; // temporary buffer for new samples per channel SingleChannelBufferSize: integer; - ChannelIndex: integer; - CaptureChannel: TCaptureBuffer; - AudioFormat: TAudioFormatInfo; - SampleSize: integer; - SampleCount: integer; - SamplesPerChannel: integer; - i: integer; + ChannelIndex: integer; + CaptureChannel: TCaptureBuffer; + AudioFormat: TAudioFormatInfo; + SampleSize: integer; + SamplesPerChannel: integer; + i: integer; begin AudioFormat := InputDevice.AudioFormat; SampleSize := AudioSampleSize[AudioFormat.Format]; - SampleCount := Size div SampleSize; SamplesPerChannel := Size div AudioFormat.FrameSize; SingleChannelBufferSize := SamplesPerChannel * SampleSize; @@ -638,7 +630,7 @@ begin begin // set offset according to channel index MultiChannelBuffer := @Buffer[ChannelIndex * SampleSize]; - // seperate channel-data from interleaved multi-channel (e.g. stereo) data + // separate channel-data from interleaved multi-channel (e.g. stereo) data for i := 0 to SamplesPerChannel-1 do begin Move(MultiChannelBuffer[i*AudioFormat.FrameSize], @@ -652,7 +644,6 @@ begin FreeMem(SingleChannelBuffer); end; - { TAudioInputBase } function TAudioInputBase.FinalizeRecord: boolean; @@ -670,13 +661,13 @@ end; *} procedure TAudioInputBase.CaptureStart; var - S: integer; - DeviceIndex: integer; + S: integer; + DeviceIndex: integer; ChannelIndex: integer; - Device: TAudioInputDevice; - DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; - DeviceUsed: boolean; - Player: integer; + Device: TAudioInputDevice; + DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; + DeviceUsed: boolean; + Player: integer; begin if (Started) then CaptureStop(); @@ -728,10 +719,10 @@ end; *} procedure TAudioInputBase.CaptureStop; var - DeviceIndex: integer; + DeviceIndex: integer; ChannelIndex: integer; - Device: TAudioInputDevice; - DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; + Device: TAudioInputDevice; + DeviceCfg: PInputDeviceConfig; begin for DeviceIndex := 0 to High(AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList) do begin @@ -758,17 +749,18 @@ var var i: integer; begin - Result := False; + Result := false; // search devices with same description - For i := 0 to deviceIndex-1 do + for i := 0 to deviceIndex-1 do begin if (AudioInputProcessor.DeviceList[i].Name = name) then begin - Result := True; + Result := true; Break; end; end; end; + begin count := 1; result := name; @@ -783,6 +775,3 @@ begin end; end. - - - diff --git a/Lua/src/base/URingBuffer.pas b/Lua/src/base/URingBuffer.pas index 515d0efb..684c13ee 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/URingBuffer.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/URingBuffer.pas @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ uses type TRingBuffer = class private - RingBuffer: PChar; + RingBuffer: PByteArray; BufferCount: integer; BufferSize: integer; WritePos: integer; @@ -47,8 +47,10 @@ type public constructor Create(Size: integer); destructor Destroy; override; - function Read(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer; - function Write(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer; + function Read(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer; + function Write(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer; + function Size(): integer; + function Available(): integer; procedure Flush(); end; @@ -71,7 +73,7 @@ begin FreeMem(RingBuffer); end; -function TRingBuffer.Read(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer; +function TRingBuffer.Read(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer; var PartCount: integer; begin @@ -106,7 +108,7 @@ begin Result := Count; end; -function TRingBuffer.Write(Buffer: PChar; Count: integer): integer; +function TRingBuffer.Write(Buffer: PByteArray; Count: integer): integer; var PartCount: integer; begin @@ -143,6 +145,16 @@ begin Result := Count; end; +function TRingBuffer.Available(): integer; +begin + Result := BufferCount; +end; + +function TRingBuffer.Size(): integer; +begin + Result := BufferSize; +end; + procedure TRingBuffer.Flush(); begin ReadPos := 0; @@ -150,4 +162,4 @@ begin BufferCount := 0; end; -end.
\ No newline at end of file +end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UServices.pas b/Lua/src/base/UServices.pas deleted file mode 100644 index 3783c543..00000000 --- a/Lua/src/base/UServices.pas +++ /dev/null @@ -1,384 +0,0 @@ -{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game - * - * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names - * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT - * file distributed with this source distribution. - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 - * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to - * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - * - * $URL$ - * $Id$ - *} - -unit UServices; - -interface - -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$MODE Delphi} -{$ENDIF} - -{$I switches.inc} - -uses - uPluginDefs, - SysUtils; -{********************* - TServiceManager - Class for saving, managing and calling of Services. - Saves all Services and their Procs -*********************} - -type - TServiceName = String[60]; - PServiceInfo = ^TServiceInfo; - TServiceInfo = record - Self: THandle; //Handle of this Service - Hash: Integer; //4 Bit Hash of the Services Name - Name: TServiceName; //Name of this Service - - Owner: Integer; //If < 0 [-(DLLMan Pluginindex + 1)]; 0 - undefined, On Error Full shutdown, If < 0 [ModuleIndex - 1] - - Next: PServiceInfo; //Pointer to the Next Service in teh list - - //Here is s/t tricky - //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to offer a Service from a Class - //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class - Case isClass: boolean of - False: (Proc: TUS_Service); //Proc that will be called on Event - True: (ProcOfClass: TUS_Service_of_Object); - end; - - TServiceManager = class - private - //Managing Service List - FirstService: PServiceInfo; - LastService: PServiceInfo; - - //Some Speed improvement by caching the last 4 called Services - //Most of the time a Service is called multiple times - ServiceCache: Array[0..3] of PServiceInfo; - NextCacheItem: Byte; - - //Next Service added gets this Handle: - NextHandle: THandle; - public - Constructor Create; - - Function AddService(const ServiceName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Service = nil; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object = nil): THandle; - Function DelService(const hService: THandle): integer; - - Function CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; - - Function NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer; - Function ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer; - end; - -var - ServiceManager: TServiceManager; - -implementation -uses - ULog, - UCore; - -//------------ -// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values -//------------ -Constructor TServiceManager.Create; -begin - inherited; - - FirstService := nil; - LastService := nil; - - ServiceCache[0] := nil; - ServiceCache[1] := nil; - ServiceCache[2] := nil; - ServiceCache[3] := nil; - - NextCacheItem := 0; - - NextHandle := 1; - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Succesful created!'); - {$ENDIF} -end; - -//------------ -// Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle, -// 0 on Failure. (Name already exists) -//------------ -Function TServiceManager.AddService(const ServiceName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Service; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object): THandle; -var - Cur: PServiceInfo; -begin - Result := 0; - - If (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then - begin - If (ServiceExists(ServiceName) = 0) then - begin //There is a Proc and the Service does not already exist - //Ok Add it! - - //Get Memory - GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo)); - - //Fill it with Data - Cur.Next := nil; - - If (@Proc = nil) then - begin //Use the ProcofClass Method - Cur.isClass := True; - Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass; - end - else //Use the normal Proc - begin - Cur.isClass := False; - Cur.Proc := Proc; - end; - - Cur.Self := NextHandle; - //Zero Name - Cur.Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0; - Cur.Name := String(ServiceName); - Cur.Hash := NametoHash(Cur.Name); - - //Add Owner to Service - Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted; - - //Add Service to the List - If (FirstService = nil) then - FirstService := Cur; - - If (LastService <> nil) then - LastService.Next := Cur; - - LastService := Cur; - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Service added: ''' + ServiceName + ''', Handle: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Self)); - {$ENDIF} - - //Inc Next Handle - Inc(NextHandle); - end - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - else debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Try to readd Service: ' + ServiceName); - {$ENDIF} - end; -end; - -//------------ -// Function Destroys a Service, 0 on success, not 0 on Failure -//------------ -Function TServiceManager.DelService(const hService: THandle): integer; -var - Last, Cur: PServiceInfo; - I: Integer; -begin - Result := -1; - - Last := nil; - Cur := FirstService; - - //Search for Service to Delete - While (Cur <> nil) do - begin - If (Cur.Self = hService) then - begin //Found Service => Delete it - - //Delete from List - If (Last = nil) then //Found first Service - FirstService := Cur.Next - Else //Service behind the first - Last.Next := Cur.Next; - - //IF this is the LastService, correct LastService - If (Cur = LastService) then - LastService := Last; - - //Search for Service in Cache and delete it if found - For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do - If (ServiceCache[I] = Cur) then - begin - ServiceCache[I] := nil; - end; - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Removed Service succesful: ' + Cur.Name); - {$ENDIF} - - //Free Memory - Freemem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo)); - - //Break the Loop - Break; - end; - - //Go to Next Service - Last := Cur; - Cur := Cur.Next; - end; -end; - -//------------ -// Function Calls a Services Proc -// Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure -//------------ -Function TServiceManager.CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam: TwParam; lParam: TlParam): integer; -var - SExists: Integer; - Service: PServiceInfo; - CurExecutedBackup: Integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute -begin - Result := SERVICE_NOT_FOUND; - SExists := ServiceExists(ServiceName); - If (SExists <> 0) then - begin - //Backup CurExecuted - CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted; - - Service := Pointer(SExists); - - If (Service.isClass) then - //Use Proc of Class - Result := Service.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam) - Else - //Use normal Proc - Result := Service.Proc(wParam, lParam); - - //Restore CurExecuted - Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup; - end; - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Service ''' + ServiceName + ''' called. Result: ' + InttoStr(Result)); - {$ENDIF} -end; - -//------------ -// Generates the Hash for the given Name -//------------ -Function TServiceManager.NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer; -// FIXME: check if the non-asm version is fast enough and use it by default if so -{$IF Defined(CPUX86_64)} -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$ASMMODE Intel} -{$ENDIF} -asm - { CL: Counter; RAX: Result; RDX: Current Memory Address } - Mov RCX, 14 - Mov RDX, ServiceName {Save Address of String that should be "Hashed"} - Mov RAX, [RDX] - @FoldLoop: ADD RDX, 4 {jump 4 Byte(32 Bit) to the next tile } - ADD RAX, [RDX] {Add the Value of the next 4 Byte of the String to the Hash} - LOOP @FoldLoop {Fold again if there are Chars Left} -end; -{$ELSEIF Defined(CPU386) or Defined(CPUI386)} -{$IFDEF FPC} - {$ASMMODE Intel} -{$ENDIF} -asm - { CL: Counter; EAX: Result; EDX: Current Memory Address } - Mov ECX, 14 {Init Counter, Fold 14 Times to get 4 Bytes out of 60} - Mov EDX, ServiceName {Save Address of String that should be "Hashed"} - Mov EAX, [EDX] - @FoldLoop: ADD EDX, 4 {jump 4 Byte(32 Bit) to the next tile } - ADD EAX, [EDX] {Add the Value of the next 4 Byte of the String to the Hash} - LOOP @FoldLoop {Fold again if there are Chars Left} -end; -{$ELSE} -var - i: integer; - ptr: ^integer; -begin - ptr := @ServiceName; - Result := 0; - for i := 1 to 14 do - begin - Result := Result + ptr^; - Inc(ptr); - end; -end; -{$IFEND} - - -//------------ -// Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists, otherwise 0 -//------------ -Function TServiceManager.ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer; -var - Name: TServiceName; - Hash: Integer; - Cur: PServiceInfo; - I: Byte; -begin - Result := 0; - // to-do : Write a Metbod (in ASM) to Zero and Add in one turn (faster then this dirty hack ;) - //Zero Name: - Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0; - //Add Service Name - Name := String(ServiceName); - Hash := NametoHash(Name); - - //First of all Look for the Service in Cache - For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do - begin - If (ServiceCache[I] <> nil) AND (ServiceCache[I].Hash = Hash) then - begin - If (ServiceCache[I].Name = Name) then - begin //Found Service in Cache - Result := Integer(ServiceCache[I]); - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Found Service in Cache: ''' + ServiceName + ''''); - {$ENDIF} - - Break; - end; - end; - end; - - If (Result = 0) then - begin - Cur := FirstService; - While (Cur <> nil) do - begin - If (Cur.Hash = Hash) then - begin - If (Cur.Name = Name) then - begin //Found the Service - Result := Integer(Cur); - - {$IFDEF DEBUG} - debugWriteln('ServiceManager: Found Service in List: ''' + ServiceName + ''''); - {$ENDIF} - - //Add to Cache - ServiceCache[NextCacheItem] := Cur; - NextCacheItem := (NextCacheItem + 1) AND 3; - Break; - end; - end; - - Cur := Cur.Next; - end; - end; -end; - -end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/USingScores.pas b/Lua/src/base/USingScores.pas index 9ae48548..be0d4a58 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/USingScores.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/USingScores.pas @@ -34,212 +34,212 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - UThemes, gl, + UThemes, UTexture; ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // ATTENTION: // -// Enabled Flag does not Work atm. This should cause Popups // -// Not to Move and Scores to stay until Renenabling. // -// To use e.g. in Pause Mode // -// Also InVisible Flag causes Attributes not to change. // -// This should be fixed after next Draw when Visible = True,// -// but not testet yet // +// Enabled flag does not work atm. This should cause popups // +// not to move and scores to stay until re-enabling. // +// To use e.g. in pause mode // +// also invisible flag causes attributes not to change. // +// This should be fixed after next draw when visible = true,// +// but not tested yet // ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -//Some constants containing options that could change by time +// some constants containing options that could change by time const - MaxPlayers = 6; //Maximum of Players that could be added - MaxPositions = 6; //Maximum of Score Positions that could be added + MaxPlayers = 6; // maximum of players that could be added + MaxPositions = 6; // maximum of score positions that could be added type //----------- - // TScorePlayer - Record Containing Information about a Players Score + // TScorePlayer - record containing information about a players score //----------- TScorePlayer = record - Position: Byte; //Index of the Position where the Player should be Drawn - Enabled: Boolean; //Is the Score Display Enabled - Visible: Boolean; //Is the Score Display Visible - Score: Word; //Current Score of the Player - ScoreDisplayed: Word; //Score cur. Displayed(for counting up) - ScoreBG: TTexture;//Texture of the Players Scores BG - Color: TRGB; //Teh Players Color - RBPos: Real; //Cur. Percentille of the Rating Bar - RBTarget: Real; //Target Position of Rating Bar - RBVisible:Boolean; //Is Rating bar Drawn + Position: byte; // index of the position where the player should be drawn + Enabled: boolean; // is the score display enabled + Visible: boolean; // is the score display visible + Score: word; // current score of the player + ScoreDisplayed: word; // score cur. displayed (for counting up) + ScoreBG: TTexture; // texture of the players scores bg + Color: TRGB; // the players color + RBPos: real; // cur. percentille of the rating bar + RBTarget: real; // target position of rating bar + RBVisible: boolean; // is rating bar drawn end; - aScorePlayer = array[0..MaxPlayers-1] of TScorePlayer; + aScorePlayer = array [0..MaxPlayers-1] of TScorePlayer; //----------- - // TScorePosition - Record Containing Information about a Score Position, that can be used + // TScorePosition - record containing information about a score position, that can be used //----------- PScorePosition = ^TScorePosition; TScorePosition = record - //The Position is Used for Which Playercount - PlayerCount: Byte; - // 1 - One Player per Screen - // 2 - 2 Players per Screen - // 4 - 3 Players per Screen - // 6 would be 2 and 3 Players per Screen - - BGX: Real; //X Position of the Score BG - BGY: Real; //Y Position of the Score BG - BGW: Real; //Width of the Score BG - BGH: Real; //Height of the Score BG - - RBX: Real; //X Position of the Rating Bar - RBY: Real; //Y Position of the Rating Bar - RBW: Real; //Width of the Rating Bar - RBH: Real; //Height of the Rating Bar - - TextX: Real; //X Position of the Score Text - TextY: Real; //Y Position of the Score Text - TextFont: Byte; //Font of the Score Text - TextSize: integer; //Size of the Score Text - - PUW: Real; //Width of the LineBonus Popup - PUH: Real; //Height of the LineBonus Popup - PUFont: Byte; //Font for the PopUps - PUFontSize: integer; //FontSize for the PopUps - PUStartX: Real; //X Start Position of the LineBonus Popup - PUStartY: Real; //Y Start Position of the LineBonus Popup - PUTargetX: Real; //X Target Position of the LineBonus Popup - PUTargetY: Real; //Y Target Position of the LineBonus Popup + // the position is used for which playercount + PlayerCount: byte; + // 1 - 1 player per screen + // 2 - 2 players per screen + // 4 - 3 players per screen + // 6 would be 2 and 3 players per screen + + BGX: real; // x position of the score bg + BGY: real; // y position of the score bg + BGW: real; // width of the score bg + BGH: real; // height of the score bg + + RBX: real; // x position of the rating bar + RBY: real; // y position of the rating bar + RBW: real; // width of the rating bar + RBH: real; // height of the rating bar + + TextX: real; // x position of the score text + TextY: real; // y position of the score text + TextFont: byte; // font of the score text + TextSize: integer; // size of the score text + + PUW: real; // width of the line bonus popup + PUH: real; // height of the line bonus popup + PUFont: byte; // font for the popups + PUFontSize: integer; // font size for the popups + PUStartX: real; // x start position of the line bonus popup + PUStartY: real; // y start position of the line bonus popup + PUTargetX: real; // x target position of the line bonus popup + PUTargetY: real; // y target position of the line bonus popup end; - aScorePosition = array[0..MaxPositions-1] of TScorePosition; + aScorePosition = array [0..MaxPositions-1] of TScorePosition; //----------- - // TScorePopUp - Record Containing Information about a LineBonus Popup - // List, Next Item is Saved in Next attribute + // TScorePopUp - record containing information about a line bonus popup + // list, next item is saved in next attribute //----------- PScorePopUp = ^TScorePopUp; TScorePopUp = record - Player: Byte; //Index of the PopUps Player - TimeStamp: Cardinal; //Timestamp of Popups Spawn - Rating: Byte; //0 to 8, Type of Rating (Cool, bad, etc.) - ScoreGiven:Word; //Score that has already been given to the Player - ScoreDiff: Word; //Difference Between Cur Score at Spawn and Old Score - Next: PScorePopUp; //Next Item in List + Player: byte; // index of the popups player + TimeStamp: cardinal; // timestamp of popups spawn + Rating: integer; // 0 to 8, type of rating (cool, bad, etc.) + ScoreGiven: integer; // score that has already been given to the player + ScoreDiff: integer; // difference between cur score at spawn and old score + Next: PScorePopUp; // next item in list end; aScorePopUp = array of TScorePopUp; //----------- - // TSingScores - Class containing Scores Positions and Drawing Scores, Rating Bar + Popups + // TSingScores - class containing scores positions and drawing scores, rating bar + popups //----------- TSingScores = class private aPositions: aScorePosition; - aPlayers: aScorePlayer; - oPositionCount: Byte; - oPlayerCount: Byte; + aPlayers: aScorePlayer; + oPositionCount: byte; + oPlayerCount: byte; - //Saves the First and Last Popup of the List + // saves the first and last popup of the list FirstPopUp: PScorePopUp; LastPopUp: PScorePopUp; - // Draws a Popup by Pointer + // draws a popup by pointer procedure DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp); - // Draws a Score by Playerindex - procedure DrawScore(const Index: Integer); + // draws a score by playerindex + procedure DrawScore(const Index: integer); - // Draws the RatingBar by Playerindex - procedure DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer); + // draws the rating bar by playerindex + procedure DrawRatingBar(const Index: integer); - // Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List + // removes a popup w/o destroying the list procedure KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp); public - Settings: record //Record containing some Displaying Options - Phase1Time: Real; //time for Phase 1 to complete (in msecs) - //The Plop Up of the PopUp - Phase2Time: Real; //time for Phase 2 to complete (in msecs) - //The Moving (mainly Upwards) of the Popup - Phase3Time: Real; //time for Phase 3 to complete (in msecs) - //The Fade out and Score adding + Settings: record // Record containing some Displaying Options + Phase1Time: real; // time for phase 1 to complete (in msecs) + // the plop up of the popup + Phase2Time: real; // time for phase 2 to complete (in msecs) + // the moving (mainly upwards) of the popup + Phase3Time: real; // time for phase 3 to complete (in msecs) + // the fade out and score adding - PopUpTex: array [0..8] of TTexture; //Textures for every Popup Rating + PopUpTex: array [0..8] of TTexture; // textures for every popup rating - RatingBar_BG_Tex: TTexture; //Rating Bar Texs - RatingBar_FG_Tex: TTexture; - RatingBar_Bar_Tex: TTexture; + RatingBar_BG_Tex: TTexture; // rating bar texs + RatingBar_FG_Tex: TTexture; + RatingBar_Bar_Tex: TTexture; end; - Visible: Boolean; //Visibility of all Scores - Enabled: Boolean; //Scores are changed, PopUps are Moved etc. - RBVisible: Boolean; //Visibility of all Rating Bars + Visible: boolean; // visibility of all scores + Enabled: boolean; // scores are changed, popups are moved etc. + RBVisible: boolean; // visibility of all rating bars - //Propertys for Reading Position and Playercount - property PositionCount: Byte read oPositionCount; - property PlayerCount: Byte read oPlayerCount; - property Players: aScorePlayer read aPlayers; + // properties for reading position and playercount + property PositionCount: byte read oPositionCount; + property PlayerCount: byte read oPlayerCount; + property Players: aScorePlayer read aPlayers; property Positions: aScorePosition read aPositions; - //Constructor just sets some standard Settings + // constructor just sets some standard settings constructor Create; - // Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count + // adds a position to array and increases position count procedure AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition); - // Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count - procedure AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word = 0; const Enabled: Boolean = True; const Visible: Boolean = True); + // adds a player to array and increases player count + procedure AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: word = 0; const Enabled: boolean = true; const Visible: boolean = true); - //Change a Players Visibility, Enable - procedure ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean); - procedure ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean); + // change a players visibility, enable + procedure ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: byte; const pVisible: boolean); + procedure ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: byte; const pEnabled: boolean); - // Deletes all Player Information + // deletes all player information procedure ClearPlayers; - // Deletes Positions and Playerinformation + // deletes positions and playerinformation procedure Clear; - // Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme + // loads some settings and the positions from theme procedure LoadfromTheme; - // has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw - //It gives every Player a Score Position + // has to be called after positions and players have been added, before first call of draw + // it gives every player a score position procedure Init; - //Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player - procedure SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word); + // spawns a new line bonus popup for the player + procedure SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: byte; const Rating: integer; const Score: integer); - //Removes all PopUps from Mem + // removes all popups from mem procedure KillAllPopUps; - // Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps + // draws scores and line bonus popups procedure Draw; end; - implementation -uses SDL, - SysUtils, - ULog, - UGraphic, - TextGL; +uses + SysUtils, + SDL, + TextGL, + ULog, + UGraphic; {** - * Sets some standard Settings + * sets some standard settings *} -Constructor TSingScores.Create; +constructor TSingScores.Create; begin inherited; - //Clear PopupList Pointers + // clear popuplist pointers FirstPopUp := nil; LastPopUp := nil; - //Clear Variables - Visible := True; - Enabled := True; - RBVisible := True; + // clear variables + Visible := true; + Enabled := true; + RBVisible := true; - //Clear Position Index - oPositionCount := 0; - oPlayerCount := 0; + // clear position index + oPositionCount := 0; + oPlayerCount := 0; Settings.Phase1Time := 350; // plop it up . -> [ ] Settings.Phase2Time := 550; // shift it up ^[ ]^ @@ -261,22 +261,21 @@ begin end; {** - * Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count + * adds a position to array and increases position count *} -Procedure TSingScores.AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition); +procedure TSingScores.AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition); begin if (PositionCount < MaxPositions) then begin aPositions[PositionCount] := pPosition^; - Inc(oPositionCount); end; end; {** - * Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count + * adds a player to array and increases player count *} -Procedure TSingScores.AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word; const Enabled: Boolean; const Visible: Boolean); +procedure TSingScores.AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: word; const Enabled: boolean; const Visible: boolean); begin if (PlayerCount < MaxPlayers) then begin @@ -284,48 +283,48 @@ begin aPlayers[PlayerCount].Enabled := Enabled; aPlayers[PlayerCount].Visible := Visible; aPlayers[PlayerCount].Score := Score; - aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreDisplayed := Score; + aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreDisplayed := Score; aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreBG := ScoreBG; aPlayers[PlayerCount].Color := Color; aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBPos := 0.5; aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBTarget := 0.5; - aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBVisible := True; + aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBVisible := true; Inc(oPlayerCount); end; end; {** - * Change a Players Visibility + * change a players visibility *} -Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean); +procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: byte; const pVisible: boolean); begin if (Index < MaxPlayers) then aPlayers[Index].Visible := pVisible; end; {** - * Change Player Enabled + * change player enabled *} -Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean); +procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: byte; const pEnabled: boolean); begin if (Index < MaxPlayers) then aPlayers[Index].Enabled := pEnabled; end; {** - * Procedure Deletes all Player Information + * procedure deletes all player information *} -Procedure TSingScores.ClearPlayers; +procedure TSingScores.ClearPlayers; begin KillAllPopUps; oPlayerCount := 0; end; {** - * Procedure Deletes Positions and Playerinformation + * procedure deletes positions and playerinformation *} -Procedure TSingScores.Clear; +procedure TSingScores.Clear; begin KillAllPopUps; oPlayerCount := 0; @@ -333,14 +332,16 @@ begin end; {** - * Procedure Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme + * procedure loads some settings and the positions from theme *} -Procedure TSingScores.LoadfromTheme; -var I: Integer; - Procedure AddbyStatics(const PC: Byte; const ScoreStatic, SingBarStatic: TThemeStatic; ScoreText: TThemeText); - var nPosition: TScorePosition; +procedure TSingScores.LoadfromTheme; +var + I: integer; + procedure AddbyStatics(const PC: byte; const ScoreStatic, SingBarStatic: TThemeStatic; ScoreText: TThemeText); + var + nPosition: TScorePosition; begin - nPosition.PlayerCount := PC; //Only for one Player Playing + nPosition.PlayerCount := PC; // only for one player playing nPosition.BGX := ScoreStatic.X; nPosition.BGY := ScoreStatic.Y; @@ -374,54 +375,57 @@ var I: Integer; begin Clear; - //Set Textures - //Popup Tex - For I := 0 to 8 do + // set textures + // popup tex + for I := 0 to 8 do Settings.PopUpTex[I] := Tex_SingLineBonusBack[I]; - //Rating Bar Tex + // rating bar tex Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex := Tex_SingBar_Back; Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex := Tex_SingBar_Front; Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex := Tex_SingBar_Bar; - //Load Positions from Theme + // load positions from theme - // Player1: + // player 1: AddByStatics(1, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1Score); AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore); AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore); - // Player2: + // player 2: AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore); AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore); - // Player3: + // player 3: AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP3SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore); end; {** - * Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player + * spawns a new line bonus popup for the player *} -Procedure TSingScores.SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word); -var Cur: PScorePopUp; +procedure TSingScores.SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: byte; const Rating: integer; const Score: integer); +var + Cur: PScorePopUp; begin if (PlayerIndex < PlayerCount) then begin - //Get Memory and Add Data + // get memory and add data GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp)); - Cur.Player := PlayerIndex; + Cur.Player := PlayerIndex; Cur.TimeStamp := SDL_GetTicks; - //limit rating value to 8 - //a higher value would cause a crash when selecting the bg textur + // limit rating value to 0..8 + // a higher value would cause a crash when selecting the bg texture if (Rating > 8) then Cur.Rating := 8 + else if (Rating < 0) then + Cur.Rating := 0 else Cur.Rating := Rating; Cur.ScoreGiven:= 0; - If (Players[PlayerIndex].Score < Score) then + if (Players[PlayerIndex].Score < Score) then begin Cur.ScoreDiff := Score - Players[PlayerIndex].Score; aPlayers[PlayerIndex].Score := Score; @@ -430,77 +434,77 @@ begin Cur.ScoreDiff := 0; Cur.Next := nil; - //Log.LogError('TSingScores.SpawnPopUp| Player: ' + InttoStr(PlayerIndex) + ', Score: ' + InttoStr(Score) + ', ScoreDiff: ' + InttoStr(Cur.ScoreDiff)); + // Log.LogError('TSingScores.SpawnPopUp| Player: ' + InttoStr(PlayerIndex) + ', Score: ' + InttoStr(Score) + ', ScoreDiff: ' + InttoStr(Cur.ScoreDiff)); - //Add it to the Chain + // add it to the chain if (FirstPopUp = nil) then - //the first PopUp in the List + // the first popup in the list FirstPopUp := Cur else - //second or earlier popup + // second or earlier popup LastPopUp.Next := Cur; - //Set new Popup to Last PopUp in the List + // set new popup to last popup in the list LastPopUp := Cur; end else - Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to add PopUp for not existing player'); + Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to add popup for non-existing player'); end; {** - * Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List + * removes a popup w/o destroying the list *} -Procedure TSingScores.KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp); +procedure TSingScores.KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp); begin - //Give Player the Last Points that missing till now + // give player the last points that missing till now aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed := aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed + Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven; - //Change Bars Position + // change bars position if (Cur.ScoreDiff > 0) THEN - begin //Popup w/ scorechange -> give missing Percentille + begin // popup w/ scorechange -> give missing percentille aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget + (Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) / Cur.ScoreDiff * (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26); end else - begin //Popup w/o scorechange -> give complete Percentille + begin // popup w/o scorechange -> give complete percentille aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget + (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26); end; - If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget > 1) then + if (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget > 1) then aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 1 else - If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget < 0) then + if (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget < 0) then aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 0; - //If this is the First PopUp => Make Next PopUp the First - If (Cur = FirstPopUp) then + // if this is the first popup => make next popup the first + if (Cur = FirstPopUp) then FirstPopUp := Cur.Next - //Else => Remove Curent Popup from Chain + // else => remove curent popup from chain else Last.Next := Cur.Next; - //If this is the Last PopUp, Make PopUp before the Last - If (Cur = LastPopUp) then + // if this is the last popup, make popup before the last + if (Cur = LastPopUp) then LastPopUp := Last; - //Free the Memory + // free the memory FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp)); end; {** - * Removes all PopUps from Mem + * removes all popups from mem *} -Procedure TSingScores.KillAllPopUps; +procedure TSingScores.KillAllPopUps; var Cur: PScorePopUp; Last: PScorePopUp; begin Cur := FirstPopUp; - //Remove all PopUps: - While (Cur <> nil) do + // remove all popups: + while (Cur <> nil) do begin Last := Cur; Cur := Cur.Next; @@ -512,40 +516,42 @@ begin end; {** - * Has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw - * It gives every Player a Score Position + * has to be called after positions and players have been added, before first call of draw + * it gives each player a score position *} -Procedure TSingScores.Init; +procedure TSingScores.Init; var - PlC: Array [0..1] of Byte; //Playercount First Screen and Second Screen - I, J: Integer; - MaxPlayersperScreen: Byte; - CurPlayer: Byte; - - Function GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(bPlayerCount: Byte): Byte; - var I: Integer; + PlC: array [0..1] of byte; // playercount first screen and second screen + I, J: integer; + MaxPlayersperScreen: byte; + CurPlayer: byte; + + function GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(bPlayerCount: byte): byte; + var + I: integer; begin Result := 0; bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1); - For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do + for I := 0 to PositionCount - 1 do begin - If ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then + if ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount and bPlayerCount) <> 0) then Inc(Result); end; end; - Function GetPositionbyPlayernum(bPlayerCount, bPlayer: Byte): Byte; - var I: Integer; + function GetPositionbyPlayernum(bPlayerCount, bPlayer: byte): byte; + var + I: integer; begin bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1); - Result := High(Byte); + Result := High(byte); - For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do + for I := 0 to PositionCount - 1 do begin - If ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then + if ((aPositions[I].PlayerCount and bPlayerCount) <> 0) then begin - If (bPlayer = 0) then + if (bPlayer = 0) then begin Result := I; Break; @@ -559,17 +565,16 @@ var begin MaxPlayersPerScreen := 0; - For I := 1 to 6 do + for I := 1 to 6 do begin - //If there are enough Positions -> Write to MaxPlayers - If (GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(I) = I) then + // if there are enough positions -> write to maxplayers + if (GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(I) = I) then MaxPlayersPerScreen := I else Break; end; - - //Split Players to both Screen or Display on One Screen + // split players to both screens or display on one screen if (Screens = 2) and (MaxPlayersPerScreen < PlayerCount) then begin PlC[0] := PlayerCount div 2 + PlayerCount mod 2; @@ -581,9 +586,8 @@ begin PlC[1] := 0; end; - - //Check if there are enough Positions for all Players - For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do + // check if there are enough positions for all players + for I := 0 to Screens - 1 do begin if (PlC[I] > MaxPlayersperScreen) then begin @@ -593,34 +597,34 @@ begin end; CurPlayer := 0; - //Give every Player a Position - For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do - For J := 0 to PlC[I]-1 do + // give every player a position + for I := 0 to Screens - 1 do + for J := 0 to PlC[I]-1 do begin - aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position := GetPositionbyPlayernum(PlC[I], J) OR (I shl 7); - //Log.LogError('Player ' + InttoStr(CurPlayer) + ' gets Position: ' + InttoStr(aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position)); + aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position := GetPositionbyPlayernum(PlC[I], J) or (I shl 7); + // Log.LogError('Player ' + InttoStr(CurPlayer) + ' gets Position: ' + InttoStr(aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position)); Inc(CurPlayer); end; end; {** - * Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps + * draws scores and linebonus popups *} -Procedure TSingScores.Draw; +procedure TSingScores.Draw; var - I: Integer; - CurTime: Cardinal; + I: integer; + CurTime: cardinal; CurPopUp, LastPopUp: PScorePopUp; begin CurTime := SDL_GetTicks; - If Visible then + if Visible then begin - //Draw Popups + // draw popups LastPopUp := nil; CurPopUp := FirstPopUp; - While (CurPopUp <> nil) do + while (CurPopUp <> nil) do begin if (CurTime - CurPopUp.TimeStamp > Settings.Phase1Time + Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase3Time) then begin @@ -639,64 +643,64 @@ begin end; - IF (RBVisible) then - //Draw Players w/ Rating Bar - For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do + if (RBVisible) then + // draw players w/ rating bar + for I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do begin DrawScore(I); DrawRatingBar(I); end else - //Draw Players w/o Rating Bar - For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do + // draw players w/o rating bar + for I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do begin DrawScore(I); end; - end; //eo Visible + end; // eo visible end; {** - * Draws a Popup by Pointer + * draws a popup by pointer *} -Procedure TSingScores.DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp); +procedure TSingScores.DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp); var - Progress: Real; - CurTime: Cardinal; - X, Y, W, H, Alpha: Real; - FontSize: integer; - FontOffset: Real; - TimeDiff: Cardinal; - PIndex: Byte; - TextLen: Real; - ScoretoAdd: Word; - PosDiff: Real; + Progress: real; + CurTime: cardinal; + X, Y, W, H, Alpha: real; + FontSize: integer; + FontOffset: real; + TimeDiff: cardinal; + PIndex: byte; + TextLen: real; + ScoretoAdd: word; + PosDiff: real; begin if (PopUp <> nil) then begin - //Only Draw if Player has a Position + // only draw if player has a position PIndex := Players[PopUp.Player].Position; - If PIndex <> high(byte) then + if PIndex <> High(byte) then begin - //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen - If ((Players[PopUp.Player].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) then + // only draw if player is on cur screen + if ((Players[PopUp.Player].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) then begin CurTime := SDL_GetTicks; - If Not (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then - //Increase Timestamp with TIem where there is no Movement ... + if not (Enabled and Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then + // increase timestamp with tiem where there is no movement ... begin - //Inc(PopUp.TimeStamp, LastRender); + // Inc(PopUp.TimeStamp, LastRender); end; TimeDiff := CurTime - PopUp.TimeStamp; - //Get Position of PopUp - PIndex := PIndex AND 127; + // get position of popup + PIndex := PIndex and 127; - //Check for Phase ... - If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase1Time) then + // check for phase ... + if (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase1Time) then begin - //Phase 1 - The Ploping up + // phase 1 - the ploping up Progress := TimeDiff / Settings.Phase1Time; @@ -707,25 +711,25 @@ begin Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY + (aPositions[PIndex].PUH - H)/2; FontSize := Round(Progress * aPositions[PIndex].PUFontSize); - FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2; + FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2; Alpha := 1; end - Else If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase1Time) then + else if (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase1Time) then begin - //Phase 2 - The Moving + // phase 2 - the moving Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time) / Settings.Phase2Time; W := aPositions[PIndex].PUW; H := aPositions[PIndex].PUH; PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetX - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX; - If PosDiff > 0 then + if PosDiff > 0 then PosDiff := PosDiff + W; X := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX + PosDiff * sqr(Progress); PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY; - If PosDiff < 0 then + if PosDiff < 0 then PosDiff := PosDiff + aPositions[PIndex].BGH; Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY + PosDiff * sqr(Progress); @@ -736,65 +740,68 @@ begin else begin - //Phase 3 - The Fading out + Score adding + // phase 3 - the fading out + score adding Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time - Settings.Phase2Time) / Settings.Phase3Time; - If (PopUp.Rating > 0) then + if (PopUp.Rating > 0) then begin - //Add Scores if Player Enabled - If (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then + // add scores if player enabled + if (Enabled and Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then begin ScoreToAdd := Round(PopUp.ScoreDiff * Progress) - PopUp.ScoreGiven; Inc(PopUp.ScoreGiven, ScoreToAdd); aPlayers[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed := Players[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed + ScoreToAdd; - //Change Bars Position - aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget + ScoreToAdd/PopUp.ScoreDiff * (PopUp.Rating / 20 - 0.26); - If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget > 1) then + // change bar positions + if PopUp.ScoreDiff = 0 then + Log.LogError('TSingScores.DrawPopUp', 'PopUp.ScoreDiff is 0 and we want to divide by it. No idea how this happens.') + else + aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget + ScoreToAdd/PopUp.ScoreDiff * (PopUp.Rating / 20 - 0.26); + if (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget > 1) then aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 1 - else If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget < 0) then + else if (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget < 0) then aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 0; end; - //Set Positions etc. - Alpha := 0.7 - 0.7 * Progress; + // set positions etc. + Alpha := 0.7 - 0.7 * Progress; W := aPositions[PIndex].PUW; H := aPositions[PIndex].PUH; PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetX - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartX; - If (PosDiff > 0) then + if (PosDiff > 0) then PosDiff := W else PosDiff := 0; X := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetX + PosDiff * Progress; PosDiff := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - aPositions[PIndex].PUStartY; - If (PosDiff < 0) then + if (PosDiff < 0) then PosDiff := -aPositions[PIndex].BGH else PosDiff := 0; - Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - PosDiff * (1-Progress); + Y := aPositions[PIndex].PUTargetY - PosDiff * (1 - Progress); FontSize := aPositions[PIndex].PUFontSize; FontOffset := (H - FontSize) / 2; end else begin - //Here the Effect that Should be shown if a PopUp without Score is Drawn - //And or Spawn with the GraphicObjects etc. - //Some Work for Blindy to do :P + // here the effect that should be shown if a popup without score is drawn + // and or spawn with the graphicobjects etc. + // some work for blindy to do :p - //ATM: Just Let it Slide in the Scores just like the Normal PopUp + // atm: just let it slide in the scores just like the normal popup Alpha := 0; end; end; - //Draw PopUp + // draw popup - if (Alpha > 0) AND (Players[PopUp.Player].Visible) then + if (Alpha > 0) and (Players[PopUp.Player].Visible) then begin - //Draw BG: + // draw bg: glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glEnable(GL_BLEND); glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); @@ -812,45 +819,46 @@ begin glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glDisable(GL_BLEND); - //Set FontStyle and Size + // set font style and size SetFontStyle(aPositions[PIndex].PUFont); - SetFontItalic(False); + SetFontItalic(false); SetFontSize(FontSize); + SetFontReflection(false, 0); - //Draw Text + // draw text TextLen := glTextWidth(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]); - //Color and Pos + // color and pos SetFontPos (X + (W - TextLen) / 2, Y + FontOffset); glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha); - //Draw + // draw glPrint(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]); - end; //eo Alpha check - end; //eo Right Screen - end; //eo Player has Position + end; // eo alpha check + end; // eo right screen + end; // eo player has position end else - Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to Draw a not existing PopUp'); + Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to draw a non-existing popup'); end; {** - * Draws a Score by Playerindex + * draws a score by playerindex *} -Procedure TSingScores.DrawScore(const Index: Integer); +procedure TSingScores.DrawScore(const Index: integer); var Position: PScorePosition; ScoreStr: String; begin - //Only Draw if Player has a Position - If Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then + // only draw if player has a position + if Players[Index].Position <> High(byte) then begin - //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen - If (((Players[Index].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1)) AND Players[Index].Visible then + // only draw if player is on cur screen + if (((Players[Index].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1)) and Players[Index].Visible then begin Position := @aPositions[Players[Index].Position and 127]; - //Draw ScoreBG + // draw scorebg glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glEnable(GL_BLEND); glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); @@ -868,50 +876,51 @@ begin glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glDisable(GL_BLEND); - //Draw Score Text + // draw score text SetFontStyle(Position.TextFont); - SetFontItalic(False); + SetFontItalic(false); SetFontSize(Position.TextSize); SetFontPos(Position.TextX, Position.TextY); + SetFontReflection(false, 0); ScoreStr := InttoStr(Players[Index].ScoreDisplayed div 10) + '0'; - While (Length(ScoreStr) < 5) do + while (Length(ScoreStr) < 5) do ScoreStr := '0' + ScoreStr; glPrint(ScoreStr); - end; //eo Right Screen - end; //eo Player has Position + end; // eo right screen + end; // eo player has position end; -Procedure TSingScores.DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer); +procedure TSingScores.DrawRatingBar(const Index: integer); var - Position: PScorePosition; - R,G,B, Size: Real; - Diff: Real; + Position: PScorePosition; + R, G, B: real; + Size, Diff: real; begin - //Only Draw if Player has a Position - if Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then + // only draw if player has a position + if Players[Index].Position <> High(byte) then begin - //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen + // only draw if player is on cur screen if (((Players[Index].Position and 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) and Players[index].RBVisible and Players[index].Visible) then begin Position := @aPositions[Players[Index].Position and 127]; - if (Enabled AND Players[Index].Enabled) then + if (Enabled and Players[Index].Enabled) then begin - //Move Position if Enabled + // move position if enabled Diff := Players[Index].RBTarget - Players[Index].RBPos; - If(Abs(Diff) < 0.02) then + if (Abs(Diff) < 0.02) then aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBTarget else aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBPos + Diff*0.1; end; - //Get Colors for RatingBar + // get colors for rating bar if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.22) then begin R := 1; @@ -921,7 +930,7 @@ begin else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.42) then begin R := 1; - G := Players[index].RBPos*5; + G := Players[index].RBPos * 5; B := 0; end else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.57) then @@ -932,7 +941,7 @@ begin end else if (Players[index].RBPos <= 0.77) then begin - R := 1-(Players[index].RBPos-0.57)*5; + R := 1 - (Players[index].RBPos - 0.57) * 5; G := 1; B := 0; end @@ -943,12 +952,12 @@ begin B := 0; end; - //Enable all glFuncs Needed + // enable all glfuncs needed glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glEnable(GL_BLEND); glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); - //Draw RatingBar BG + // draw rating bar bg glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.8); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum); @@ -966,7 +975,7 @@ begin glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY); glEnd; - //Draw Rating bar itself + // draw rating bar itself Size := Position.RBX + Position.RBW * Players[Index].RBPos; glColor4f(R, G, B, 1); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum); @@ -984,7 +993,7 @@ begin glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY); glEnd; - //Draw Ratingbar FG (Teh thing with the 3 lines to get better readability) + // draw rating bar fg (the thing with the 3 lines to get better readability) glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.6); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum); glBegin(GL_QUADS); @@ -1001,11 +1010,11 @@ begin glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY); glEnd; - //Disable all Enabled glFuncs + // disable all enabled glfuncs glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glDisable(GL_BLEND); - end; //eo Right Screen - end; //eo Player has Position + end; // eo Right Screen + end; // eo Player has Position end; end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/USkins.pas b/Lua/src/base/USkins.pas index 59c590e5..6ef5c596 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/USkins.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/USkins.pas @@ -33,46 +33,52 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} +uses + UPath; + type TSkinTexture = record - Name: string; - FileName: string; + Name: string; + FileName: IPath; end; TSkinEntry = record - Theme: string; - Name: string; - Path: string; - FileName: string; - Creator: string; // not used yet + Theme: string; + Name: string; + Path: IPath; + FileName: IPath; + Creator: string; // not used yet end; TSkin = class - Skin: array of TSkinEntry; - SkinTexture: array of TSkinTexture; - SkinPath: string; - Color: integer; + Skin: array of TSkinEntry; + SkinTexture: array of TSkinTexture; + SkinPath: IPath; + Color: integer; constructor Create; procedure LoadList; - procedure ParseDir(Dir: string); - procedure LoadHeader(FileName: string); + procedure ParseDir(Dir: IPath); + procedure LoadHeader(FileName: IPath); procedure LoadSkin(Name: string); - function GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): string; + function GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): IPath; function GetSkinNumber(Name: string): integer; procedure onThemeChange; end; var - Skin: TSkin; + Skin: TSkin; implementation -uses IniFiles, - Classes, - SysUtils, - UMain, - ULog, - UIni; +uses + IniFiles, + Classes, + SysUtils, + UIni, + ULog, + UMain, + UPathUtils, + UFileSystem; constructor TSkin.Create; begin @@ -84,43 +90,43 @@ end; procedure TSkin.LoadList; var - SR: TSearchRec; + Iter: IFileIterator; + DirInfo: TFileInfo; begin - if FindFirst(SkinsPath+'*', faDirectory, SR) = 0 then begin - repeat - if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then - ParseDir(SkinsPath + SR.Name + PathDelim); - until FindNext(SR) <> 0; - end; // if - FindClose(SR); + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(SkinsPath.Append('*'), faDirectory); + while Iter.HasNext do + begin + DirInfo := Iter.Next(); + if (not DirInfo.Name.Equals('.')) and (not DirInfo.Name.Equals('..')) then + ParseDir(SkinsPath.Append(DirInfo.Name, pdAppend)); + end; end; -procedure TSkin.ParseDir(Dir: string); +procedure TSkin.ParseDir(Dir: IPath); var - SR: TSearchRec; + Iter: IFileIterator; + IniInfo: TFileInfo; begin - if FindFirst(Dir + '*.ini', faAnyFile, SR) = 0 then begin - repeat - - if (SR.Name <> '.') and (SR.Name <> '..') then - LoadHeader(Dir + SR.Name); - - until FindNext(SR) <> 0; + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append('*.ini'), 0); + while Iter.HasNext do + begin + IniInfo := Iter.Next; + LoadHeader(Dir.Append(IniInfo.Name)); end; end; -procedure TSkin.LoadHeader(FileName: string); +procedure TSkin.LoadHeader(FileName: IPath); var - SkinIni: TMemIniFile; - S: integer; + SkinIni: TMemIniFile; + S: integer; begin - SkinIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName); + SkinIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative); S := Length(Skin); SetLength(Skin, S+1); - Skin[S].Path := IncludeTrailingPathDelimiter(ExtractFileDir(FileName)); - Skin[S].FileName := ExtractFileName(FileName); + Skin[S].Path := FileName.GetPath; + Skin[S].FileName := FileName.GetName; Skin[S].Theme := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Theme', ''); Skin[S].Name := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Name', ''); Skin[S].Creator := SkinIni.ReadString('Skin', 'Creator', ''); @@ -130,15 +136,15 @@ end; procedure TSkin.LoadSkin(Name: string); var - SkinIni: TMemIniFile; - SL: TStringList; - T: integer; - S: integer; + SkinIni: TMemIniFile; + SL: TStringList; + T: integer; + S: integer; begin S := GetSkinNumber(Name); SkinPath := Skin[S].Path; - SkinIni := TMemIniFile.Create(SkinPath + Skin[S].FileName); + SkinIni := TMemIniFile.Create(SkinPath.Append(Skin[S].FileName).ToNative); SL := TStringList.Create; SkinIni.ReadSection('Textures', SL); @@ -147,48 +153,51 @@ begin for T := 0 to SL.Count-1 do begin SkinTexture[T].Name := SL.Strings[T]; - SkinTexture[T].FileName := SkinIni.ReadString('Textures', SL.Strings[T], ''); + SkinTexture[T].FileName := Path(SkinIni.ReadString('Textures', SL.Strings[T], '')); end; SL.Free; SkinIni.Free; end; -function TSkin.GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): string; +function TSkin.GetTextureFileName(TextureName: string): IPath; var - T: integer; + T: integer; begin - Result := ''; + Result := PATH_NONE; for T := 0 to High(SkinTexture) do begin - if ( SkinTexture[T].Name = TextureName ) AND - ( SkinTexture[T].FileName <> '' ) then + if (SkinTexture[T].Name = TextureName) and + (SkinTexture[T].FileName.IsSet) then begin - Result := SkinPath + SkinTexture[T].FileName; + Result := SkinPath.Append(SkinTexture[T].FileName); end; end; - if ( TextureName <> '' ) AND - ( Result <> '' ) THEN + if (TextureName <> '') and (Result.IsSet) then begin //Log.LogError('', '-----------------------------------------'); //Log.LogError(TextureName+' - '+ Result, 'TSkin.GetTextureFileName'); end; { Result := SkinPath + 'Bar.jpg'; - if TextureName = 'Ball' then Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp'; - if Copy(TextureName, 1, 4) = 'Gray' then Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp'; - if Copy(TextureName, 1, 6) = 'NoteBG' then Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';} + if TextureName = 'Ball' then + Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp'; + if Copy(TextureName, 1, 4) = 'Gray' then + Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp'; + if Copy(TextureName, 1, 6) = 'NoteBG' then + Result := SkinPath + 'Ball.bmp';} end; function TSkin.GetSkinNumber(Name: string): integer; var - S: integer; + S: integer; begin Result := 0; // set default to the first available skin for S := 0 to High(Skin) do - if Skin[S].Name = Name then Result := S; + if Skin[S].Name = Name then + Result := S; end; procedure TSkin.onThemeChange; @@ -200,7 +209,8 @@ begin SetLength(ISkin, 0); Name := Uppercase(ITheme[Ini.Theme]); for S := 0 to High(Skin) do - if Name = Uppercase(Skin[S].Theme) then begin + if Name = Uppercase(Skin[S].Theme) then + begin SetLength(ISkin, Length(ISkin)+1); ISkin[High(ISkin)] := Skin[S].Name; end; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/USong.pas b/Lua/src/base/USong.pas index b1458e69..c465f198 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/USong.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/USong.pas @@ -56,7 +56,11 @@ uses PseudoThread, {$ENDIF} UCatCovers, - UXMLSong; + UXMLSong, + UUnicodeUtils, + UTextEncoding, + UFilesystem, + UPath; type @@ -68,42 +72,63 @@ type end; TScore = record - Name: WideString; + Name: UTF8String; Score: integer; - Length: string; + Date: UTF8String; + end; + + { used to hold header tags that are not supported by this version of + usdx (e.g. some tags from ultrastar 0.7.0) when songs are loaded in + songeditor. They will be written the end of the song header } + TCustomHeaderTag = record + Tag: UTF8String; + Content: UTF8String; end; TSong = class + private FileLineNo : integer; // line, which is read last, for error reporting - procedure ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: string); + function DecodeFilename(Filename: RawByteString): IPath; + function Solmizate(Note: integer; Type_: integer): string; + procedure ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: UTF8String); procedure NewSentence(LineNumberP: integer; Param1, Param2: integer); - function ReadTXTHeader( const aFileName : WideString ): boolean; - function ReadXMLHeader( const aFileName : WideString ): boolean; + function ParseLyricStringParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString; + function ParseLyricIntParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): integer; + function ParseLyricFloatParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): real; + function ParseLyricCharParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): AnsiChar; + function ParseLyricText(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString; + + function ReadTXTHeader(SongFile: TTextFileStream; ReadCustomTags: Boolean): boolean; + function ReadXMLHeader(const aFileName: IPath): boolean; + + function GetFolderCategory(const aFileName: IPath): UTF8String; + function FindSongFile(Dir: IPath; Mask: UTF8String): IPath; public - Path: WideString; - Folder: WideString; // for sorting by folder - fFileName, - FileName: WideString; + Path: IPath; // kust path component of file (only set if file was found) + Folder: UTF8String; // for sorting by folder (only set if file was found) + FileName: IPath; // just name component of file (only set if file was found) + + // filenames + Cover: IPath; + Mp3: IPath; + Background: IPath; + Video: IPath; // sorting methods - Category: array of WideString; // TODO: do we need this? - Genre: WideString; - Edition: WideString; - Language: WideString; + Genre: UTF8String; + Edition: UTF8String; + Language: UTF8String; + Year: Integer; - Title: WideString; - Artist: WideString; + Title: UTF8String; + Artist: UTF8String; - Text: WideString; - Creator: WideString; + Creator: UTF8String; - Cover: WideString; CoverTex: TTexture; - Mp3: WideString; - Background: WideString; - Video: WideString; + VideoGAP: real; NotesGAP: integer; Start: real; // in seconds @@ -113,6 +138,10 @@ type BPM: array of TBPM; GAP: real; // in miliseconds + Encoding: TEncoding; + + CustomTags: array of TCustomHeaderTag; + Score: array[0..2] of array of TScore; // these are used when sorting is enabled @@ -122,23 +151,21 @@ type OrderTyp: integer; // type of sorting for this button (0=name) CatNumber: integer; // Count of Songs in Category for Cats and Number of Song in Category for Songs - SongFile: TextFile; // all procedures in this unit operate on this file - Base : array[0..1] of integer; Rel : array[0..1] of integer; Mult : integer; MultBPM : integer; - LastError: String; + LastError: AnsiString; function GetErrorLineNo: integer; property ErrorLineNo: integer read GetErrorLineNo; - constructor Create (); overload; - constructor Create ( const aFileName : WideString ); overload; + constructor Create(); overload; + constructor Create(const aFileName : IPath); overload; function LoadSong: boolean; function LoadXMLSong: boolean; - function Analyse(): boolean; + function Analyse(const ReadCustomTags: Boolean = false): boolean; function AnalyseXML(): boolean; procedure Clear(); end; @@ -146,33 +173,85 @@ type implementation uses + StrUtils, TextGL, UIni, + UPathUtils, UMusic, //needed for Lines - UMain; //needed for Player + UNote; //needed for Player + +const + DEFAULT_ENCODING = encAuto; constructor TSong.Create(); begin inherited; + + // to-do : special create for category "songs" + //dirty fix to fix folders=on + Self.Path := PATH_NONE(); + Self.FileName := PATH_NONE(); + Self.Cover := PATH_NONE(); + Self.Mp3 := PATH_NONE(); + Self.Background:= PATH_NONE(); + Self.Video := PATH_NONE(); end; -constructor TSong.Create( const aFileName : WideString ); +// This may be changed, when we rewrite song select code. +// it is some kind of dirty, but imho the best possible +// solution as we do atm not support nested categorys. +// it works like the folder sorting in 1.0.1a +// folder is set to the first folder under the songdir +// so songs ~/.ultrastardx/songs/punk is in the same +// category as songs in shared/ultrastardx/songs are. +// note: folder is just the name of a category it has +// nothing to do with the path used for file loading +function TSong.GetFolderCategory(const aFileName: IPath): UTF8String; +var + I: Integer; + CurSongPath: IPath; + CurSongPathRel: IPath; +begin + Result := 'Unknown'; //default folder category, if we can't locate the song dir + + for I := 0 to SongPaths.Count-1 do + begin + CurSongPath := SongPaths[I] as IPath; + if (aFileName.IsChildOf(CurSongPath, false)) then + begin + if (aFileName.IsChildOf(CurSongPath, true)) then + begin + // songs are in the "root" of the songdir => use songdir for the categorys name + Result := CurSongPath.RemovePathDelim.ToUTF8; + end + else + begin + // use the first subdirectory below CurSongPath as the category name + CurSongPathRel := aFileName.GetRelativePath(CurSongPath.AppendPathDelim); + Result := CurSongPathRel.SplitDirs[0].RemovePathDelim.ToUTF8; + end; + Exit; + end; + end; +end; + +constructor TSong.Create(const aFileName: IPath); begin inherited Create(); Mult := 1; MultBPM := 4; - fFileName := aFileName; LastError := ''; - if fileexists( aFileName ) then + Self.Path := aFileName.GetPath; + Self.FileName := aFileName.GetName; + Self.Folder := GetFolderCategory(aFileName); + + (* + if (aFileName.IsFile) then begin - self.Path := ExtractFilePath( aFileName ); - self.Folder := ExtractFilePath( aFileName ); - self.FileName := ExtractFileName( aFileName ); - (* - if ReadTXTHeader( aFileName ) then + if ReadTXTHeader(aFileName) then begin LoadSong(); end @@ -181,43 +260,178 @@ begin Log.LogError('Error Loading SongHeader, abort Song Loading'); Exit; end; - *) + end; + *) +end; + +function TSong.FindSongFile(Dir: IPath; Mask: UTF8String): IPath; +var + Iter: IFileIterator; + FileInfo: TFileInfo; + FileName: IPath; +begin + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append(Mask), faDirectory); + if (Iter.HasNext) then + Result := Iter.Next.Name + else + Result := PATH_NONE; +end; + +function TSong.DecodeFilename(Filename: RawByteString): IPath; +begin + Result := UPath.Path(DecodeStringUTF8(Filename, Encoding)); +end; + +type + EUSDXParseException = class(Exception); + +{** + * Parses the Line string starting from LinePos for a parameter. + * Leading whitespace is trimmed, same applies to the first trailing whitespace. + * After the call LinePos will point to the position after the first trailing + * whitespace. + * + * Raises an EUSDXParseException if no string was found. + * + * Example: + * ParseLyricParam(Line:'Param0 Param1 Param2', LinePos:8, ...) + * -> Param:'Param1', LinePos:16 (= start of 'Param2') + *} +function TSong.ParseLyricStringParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString; +var + Start: integer; + OldLinePos: integer; +const + Whitespace = [#9, ' ']; +begin + OldLinePos := LinePos; + + Start := 0; + while (LinePos <= Length(Line)) do + begin + if (Line[LinePos] in Whitespace) then + begin + // check for end of param + if (Start > 0) then + Break; + end + // check for beginning of param + else if (Start = 0) then + begin + Start := LinePos; + end; + Inc(LinePos); + end; + + // check if param was found + if (Start = 0) then + begin + LinePos := OldLinePos; + raise EUSDXParseException.Create('String expected'); + end + else + begin + // copy param without trailing whitespace + Result := Copy(Line, Start, LinePos-Start); + // skip first trailing whitespace (if not at EOL) + if (LinePos <= Length(Line)) then + Inc(LinePos); + end; +end; + +function TSong.ParseLyricIntParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): integer; +var + Str: RawByteString; + OldLinePos: integer; +begin + OldLinePos := LinePos; + Str := ParseLyricStringParam(Line, LinePos); + try + Result := StrToInt(Str); + except // on EConvertError + LinePos := OldLinePos; + raise EUSDXParseException.Create('Integer expected'); + end; +end; + +function TSong.ParseLyricFloatParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): real; +var + Str: RawByteString; + OldLinePos: integer; +begin + OldLinePos := LinePos; + Str := ParseLyricStringParam(Line, LinePos); + try + Result := StrToFloat(Str); + except // on EConvertError + LinePos := OldLinePos; + raise EUSDXParseException.Create('Float expected'); + end; +end; + +function TSong.ParseLyricCharParam(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): AnsiChar; +var + Str: RawByteString; + OldLinePos: integer; +begin + OldLinePos := LinePos; + Str := ParseLyricStringParam(Line, LinePos); + if (Length(Str) <> 1) then + begin + LinePos := OldLinePos; + raise EUSDXParseException.Create('Character expected'); + end; + Result := Str[1]; +end; + +{** + * Returns the rest of the line from LinePos as lyric text. + * Leading and trailing whitespace is not trimmed. + *} +function TSong.ParseLyricText(const Line: RawByteString; var LinePos: integer): RawByteString; +begin + if (LinePos > Length(Line)) then + Result := '' + else + begin + Result := Copy(Line, LinePos, Length(Line)-LinePos+1); + LinePos := Length(Line)+1; end; end; //Load TXT Song function TSong.LoadSong(): boolean; - var - TempC: char; - Text: string; - CP: integer; // Current Player (0 or 1) + CurLine: RawByteString; + LinePos: integer; Count: integer; Both: boolean; - Param1: integer; - Param2: integer; - Param3: integer; - ParamS: string; - I: integer; + Param0: AnsiChar; + Param1: integer; + Param2: integer; + Param3: integer; + ParamLyric: UTF8String; + + I: integer; + NotesFound: boolean; + SongFile: TTextFileStream; + FileNamePath: IPath; begin Result := false; LastError := ''; - if not FileExists(Path + PathDelim + FileName) then + FileNamePath := Path.Append(FileName); + if not FileNamePath.IsFile() then begin LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_FILE_NOT_FOUND'; - Log.LogError('File not found: "' + Path + PathDelim + FileName + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()'); - exit; + Log.LogError('File not found: "' + FileNamePath.ToNative + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()'); + Exit; end; MultBPM := 4; // multiply beat-count of note by 4 Mult := 1; // accuracy of measurement of note - Base[0] := 100; // high number - Lines[0].ScoreValue := 0; - self.Relative := false; Rel[0] := 0; - CP := 0; Both := false; if Length(Player) = 2 then @@ -225,187 +439,155 @@ begin try // Open song file for reading..... - FileMode := fmOpenRead; - AssignFile(SongFile, fFileName); - Reset(SongFile); - - //Clear old Song Header - if (self.Path = '') then - self.Path := ExtractFilePath(FileName); - - if (self.FileName = '') then - self.Filename := ExtractFileName(FileName); - - FileLineNo := 0; - //Search for Note Begining - repeat - ReadLn(SongFile, Text); - Inc(FileLineNo); + SongFile := TMemTextFileStream.Create(FileNamePath, fmOpenRead); + try + //Search for Note Beginning + FileLineNo := 0; + NotesFound := false; + while (SongFile.ReadLine(CurLine)) do + begin + Inc(FileLineNo); + if (Length(CurLine) > 0) and (CurLine[1] in [':', 'F', '*']) then + begin + NotesFound := true; + Break; + end; + end; - if (EoF(SongFile)) then + if (not NotesFound) then begin //Song File Corrupted - No Notes - CloseFile(SongFile); - Log.LogError('Could not load txt File, no Notes found: ' + FileName); + Log.LogError('Could not load txt File, no notes found: ' + FileNamePath.ToNative); LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_NOTES'; Exit; end; - Read(SongFile, TempC); - until ((TempC = ':') or (TempC = 'F') or (TempC = '*')); - - SetLength(Lines, 2); - for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do - begin - SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1); - Lines[Count].High := 0; - Lines[Count].Number := 1; - Lines[Count].Current := 0; - Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution; - Lines[Count].NotesGAP := self.NotesGAP; - Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1; - Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false; - end; - - //TempC := ':'; - //TempC := Text[1]; // read from backup variable, don't use default ':' value - - while (TempC <> 'E') and (not EOF(SongFile)) do - begin - - if (TempC = ':') or (TempC = '*') or (TempC = 'F') then - begin - // read notes - Read(SongFile, Param1); - Read(SongFile, Param2); - Read(SongFile, Param3); - Read(SongFile, ParamS); - - //Check for ZeroNote - if Param2 = 0 then - Log.LogError('Found ZeroNote at "'+TempC+' '+IntToStr(Param1)+' '+IntToStr(Param2)+' '+IntToStr(Param3)+ParamS+'" -> Note ignored!') - else - begin - // add notes - if not Both then - // P1 - ParseNote(0, TempC, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS) - else - begin - // P1 + P2 - ParseNote(0, TempC, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS); - ParseNote(1, TempC, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS); - end; - end; //Zeronote check - end // if - - else if TempC = '-' then - begin - // reads sentence - Read(SongFile, Param1); - if self.Relative then - Read(SongFile, Param2); // read one more data for relative system - - // new sentence - if not Both then - // P1 - NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2) - else - begin - // P1 + P2 - NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2); - NewSentence(1, (Param1 + Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2); - end; - end // if - else if TempC = 'B' then + SetLength(Lines, 2); + for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do begin - SetLength(self.BPM, Length(self.BPM) + 1); - Read(SongFile, self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat); - self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat + Rel[0]; - - Read(SongFile, Text); - self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := StrToFloat(Text); - self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM * Mult * MultBPM; + Lines[Count].High := 0; + Lines[Count].Number := 1; + Lines[Count].Current := 0; + Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution; + Lines[Count].NotesGAP := self.NotesGAP; + Lines[Count].ScoreValue := 0; + + //Add first line and set some standard values to fields + //see procedure NewSentence for further explantation + //concerning most of these values + SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1); + Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1; + Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false; + Lines[Count].Line[0].BaseNote := High(Integer); + Lines[Count].Line[0].TotalNotes := 0; end; - - if not Both then + while true do begin - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].BaseNote := Base[CP]; - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Lyric); - //Total Notes Patch - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := 0; - for I := low(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note) to high(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note) do - begin - if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].NoteType = ntGolden) then - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].Length; + LinePos := 0; - if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[I].Length; - end; - //Total Notes Patch End - end - else - begin - for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do + Param0 := ParseLyricCharParam(CurLine, LinePos); + if (Param0 = 'E') then + begin + Break + end + else if (Param0 in [':', '*', 'F']) then begin - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].BaseNote := Base[Count]; - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Lyric); - //Total Notes Patch - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := 0; - for I := low(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note) to high(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note) do + // read notes + Param1 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos); + Param2 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos); + Param3 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos); + ParamLyric := ParseLyricText(CurLine, LinePos); + + //Check for ZeroNote + if Param2 = 0 then + Log.LogError('Found zero-length note at "'+Param0+' '+IntToStr(Param1)+' '+IntToStr(Param2)+' '+IntToStr(Param3)+ParamLyric+'" -> Note ignored!') + else begin - if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].NoteType = ntGolden) then - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].Length; - if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[I].Length; + // add notes + if not Both then + // P1 + ParseNote(0, Param0, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamLyric) + else + begin + // P1 + P2 + ParseNote(0, Param0, (Param1+Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamLyric); + ParseNote(1, Param0, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamLyric); + end; + end; //Zeronote check + end // if + + else if Param0 = '-' then + begin + // reads sentence + Param1 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos); + if self.Relative then + Param2 := ParseLyricIntParam(CurLine, LinePos); // read one more data for relative system + + // new sentence + if not Both then + // P1 + NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2) + else + begin + // P1 + P2 + NewSentence(0, (Param1 + Rel[0]) * Mult, Param2); + NewSentence(1, (Param1 + Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2); end; - //Total Notes Patch End - end; - end; - ReadLn(SongFile); //Jump to next line in File, otherwise the next Read would catch the linebreak(e.g. #13 #10 on win32) - - Read(SongFile, TempC); - Inc(FileLineNo); - end; // while} - - CloseFile(SongFile); + end // if - for I := 0 to High(Lines) do - begin - if ((Both) or (I = 0)) then - begin - if (Length(Lines[I].Line) < 2) then + else if Param0 = 'B' then begin - LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_BREAKS'; - Log.LogError('Error Loading File, Can''t find any Linebreaks: "' + fFileName + '"'); - exit; - end; + SetLength(self.BPM, Length(self.BPM) + 1); + self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat := ParseLyricFloatParam(CurLine, LinePos); + self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].StartBeat + Rel[0]; - if (Lines[I].Line[Lines[I].High].HighNote < 0) then - begin - SetLength(Lines[I].Line, Lines[I].Number - 1); - Lines[I].High := Lines[I].High - 1; - Lines[I].Number := Lines[I].Number - 1; - Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in last line before E: ' + Filename); + self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := ParseLyricFloatParam(CurLine, LinePos); + self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM := self.BPM[High(self.BPM)].BPM * Mult * MultBPM; end; - end; - end; - for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do - begin - if (High(Lines[Count].Line) >= 0) then - Lines[Count].Line[High(Lines[Count].Line)].LastLine := true; + // Read next line in File + if (not SongFile.ReadLine(CurLine)) then + Break; + + Inc(FileLineNo); + end; // while + finally + SongFile.Free; end; except - try - CloseFile(SongFile); - except + on E: Exception do + begin + Log.LogError(Format('Error loading file: "%s" in line %d,%d: %s', + [FileNamePath.ToNative, FileLineNo, LinePos, E.Message])); + Exit; + end; + end; + + for I := 0 to High(Lines) do + begin + if ((Both) or (I = 0)) then + begin + if (Length(Lines[I].Line) < 2) then + begin + LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_NO_BREAKS'; + Log.LogError('Error loading file: Can''t find any linebreaks in "' + FileNamePath.ToNative + '"'); + exit; + end; + if (Lines[I].Line[Lines[I].High].HighNote < 0) then + begin + SetLength(Lines[I].Line, Lines[I].Number - 1); + Lines[I].High := Lines[I].High - 1; + Lines[I].Number := Lines[I].Number - 1; + Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in last line before E: ' + FileNamePath.ToNative); + end; end; + end; - LastError := 'ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG_ERROR_IN_LINE'; - Log.LogError('Error Loading File: "' + fFileName + '" in Line ' + inttostr(FileLineNo)); - exit; + for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do + begin + if (High(Lines[Count].Line) >= 0) then + Lines[Count].Line[High(Lines[Count].Line)].LastLine := true; end; Result := true; @@ -413,11 +595,7 @@ end; //Load XML Song function TSong.LoadXMLSong(): boolean; - var - //TempC: char; - Text: string; - CP: integer; // Current Player (0 or 1) Count: integer; Both: boolean; Param1: integer; @@ -430,24 +608,23 @@ var NoteType: char; SentenceEnd, Rest, Time: integer; Parser: TParser; - + FileNamePath: IPath; begin Result := false; LastError := ''; - if not FileExists(Path + PathDelim + FileName) then + FileNamePath := Path.Append(FileName); + if not FileNamePath.IsFile() then begin - Log.LogError('File not found: "' + Path + PathDelim + FileName + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()'); + Log.LogError('File not found: "' + FileNamePath.ToNative + '"', 'TSong.LoadSong()'); exit; end; MultBPM := 4; // multiply beat-count of note by 4 Mult := 1; // accuracy of measurement of note - Base[0] := 100; // high number Lines[0].ScoreValue := 0; self.Relative := false; Rel[0] := 0; - CP := 0; Both := false; if Length(Player) = 2 then @@ -458,19 +635,26 @@ begin for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do begin - SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1); Lines[Count].High := 0; - Lines[Count].Number := 1; - Lines[Count].Current := 0; - Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution; - Lines[Count].NotesGAP := self.NotesGAP; - Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1; - Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false; + Lines[Count].Number := 1; + Lines[Count].Current := 0; + Lines[Count].Resolution := self.Resolution; + Lines[Count].NotesGAP := self.NotesGAP; + Lines[Count].ScoreValue := 0; + + //Add first line and set some standard values to fields + //see procedure NewSentence for further explantation + //concerning most of these values + SetLength(Lines[Count].Line, 1); + Lines[Count].Line[0].HighNote := -1; + Lines[Count].Line[0].LastLine := false; + Lines[Count].Line[0].BaseNote := High(Integer); + Lines[Count].Line[0].TotalNotes := 0; end; //Try to Parse the Song - if Parser.ParseSong(Path + PathDelim + FileName) then + if Parser.ParseSong(FileNamePath) then begin //Writeln('XML Inputfile Parsed succesful'); @@ -502,42 +686,6 @@ begin ParseNote(1, NoteType, (Param1+Rel[1]) * Mult, Param2 * Mult, Param3, ParamS); end; - if not Both then - begin - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].BaseNote := Base[CP]; - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Lyric); - //Total Notes Patch - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := 0; - for NoteIndex := 0 to high(Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note) do - begin - if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType = ntGolden) then - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length; - - if (Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then - Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[CP].Line[Lines[CP].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length; - end; - //Total Notes Patch End - end - else - begin - for Count := 0 to High(Lines) do - begin - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].BaseNote := Base[Count]; - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Lyric); - //Total Notes Patch - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := 0; - for NoteIndex := 0 to high(Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note) do - begin - if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType = ntGolden) then - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length; - if (Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then - Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes := Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].TotalNotes + Lines[Count].Line[Lines[Count].High].Note[NoteIndex].Length; - - end; - //Total Notes Patch End - end; - end; { end of for loop } - end; //J Forloop //Add Sentence break @@ -573,7 +721,7 @@ begin end else begin - Log.LogError('Could not parse Inputfile: ' + Path + PathDelim + FileName); + Log.LogError('Could not parse inputfile: ' + FileNamePath.ToNative); exit; end; @@ -585,14 +733,11 @@ begin Result := true; end; -function TSong.ReadXMLHeader(const aFileName : WideString): boolean; - +function TSong.ReadXMLHeader(const aFileName : IPath): boolean; var - //Line, Identifier, Value: string; - //Temp : word; Done : byte; Parser : TParser; - + FileNamePath: IPath; begin Result := true; Done := 0; @@ -601,7 +746,8 @@ begin Parser := TParser.Create; Parser.Settings.DashReplacement := '~'; - if Parser.ParseSong(self.Path + self.FileName) then + FileNamePath := Self.Path.Append(Self.FileName); + if Parser.ParseSong(FileNamePath) then begin //----------- //Required Attributes @@ -620,9 +766,9 @@ begin Done := Done or 2; //MP3 File //Test if Exists - self.Mp3 := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*.mp3'); + Self.Mp3 := FindSongFile(Self.Path, '*.mp3'); //Add Mp3 Flag to Done - if (FileExists(self.Path + self.Mp3)) then + if (Self.Path.Append(Self.Mp3).IsFile()) then Done := Done or 4; //Beats per Minute @@ -643,16 +789,16 @@ begin self.GAP := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Gap; //Cover Picture - self.Cover := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg'); + self.Cover := FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg'); //Background Picture - self.Background := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*[BG].jpg'); + self.Background := FindSongFile(Path, '*[BG].jpg'); // Video File // self.Video := Value // Video Gap - // self.VideoGAP := song_StrtoFloat( Value ) + // self.VideoGAP := StrtoFloatI18n( Value ) //Genre Sorting self.Genre := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Genre; @@ -667,7 +813,7 @@ begin self.Language := Parser.SongInfo.Header.Language; end else - Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not SingStar XML (A): ' + aFileName); + Log.LogError('File incomplete or not SingStar XML (A): ' + aFileName.ToNative); Parser.Free; @@ -676,220 +822,297 @@ begin begin Result := false; if (Done and 8) = 0 then //No BPM Flag - Log.LogError('BPM Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName) + Log.LogError('BPM tag missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative) else if (Done and 4) = 0 then //No MP3 Flag - Log.LogError('MP3 Tag/File Missing: ' + self.FileName) + Log.LogError('MP3 tag/file missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative) else if (Done and 2) = 0 then //No Artist Flag - Log.LogError('Artist Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName) + Log.LogError('Artist tag missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative) else if (Done and 1) = 0 then //No Title Flag - Log.LogError('Title Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName) + Log.LogError('Title tag missing: ' + self.FileName.ToNative) else //unknown Error - Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not SingStar XML (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + aFileName); + Log.LogError('File incomplete or not SingStar XML (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + aFileName.ToNative); end; end; +{** + * "International" StrToFloat variant. Uses either ',' or '.' as decimal + * separator. + *} +function StrToFloatI18n(const Value: string): extended; +var + TempValue : string; +begin + TempValue := Value; + if (Pos(',', TempValue) <> 0) then + TempValue[Pos(',', TempValue)] := '.'; + Result := StrToFloatDef(TempValue, 0); +end; -function TSong.ReadTXTHeader(const aFileName : WideString): boolean; - - function song_StrtoFloat( aValue : string ) : extended; - - var - lValue : string; - +function TSong.ReadTXTHeader(SongFile: TTextFileStream; ReadCustomTags: Boolean): boolean; +var + Line, Identifier: string; + Value: string; + SepPos: integer; // separator position + Done: byte; // bit-vector of mandatory fields + EncFile: IPath; // encoded filename + FullFileName: string; + + { adds a custom header tag to the song + if there is no ':' in the read line, Tag should be empty + and the whole line should be in Content } + procedure AddCustomTag(const Tag, Content: String); + var Len: Integer; begin - lValue := aValue; - - if (Pos(',', lValue) <> 0) then - lValue[Pos(',', lValue)] := '.'; - - Result := StrToFloatDef(lValue, 0); + if ReadCustomTags then + begin + Len := Length(CustomTags); + SetLength(CustomTags, Len + 1); + CustomTags[Len].Tag := DecodeStringUTF8(Tag, Encoding); + CustomTags[Len].Content := DecodeStringUTF8(Content, Encoding); + end; end; - -var - Line, Identifier, Value: string; - Temp : word; - Done : byte; - begin Result := true; Done := 0; - //Read first Line - ReadLn (SongFile, Line); + FullFileName := Path.Append(Filename).ToNative; + //Read first Line + SongFile.ReadLine(Line); if (Length(Line) <= 0) then begin - Log.LogError('File Starts with Empty Line: ' + aFileName); + Log.LogError('File starts with empty line: ' + FullFileName, + 'TSong.ReadTXTHeader'); Result := false; Exit; end; + // check if file begins with a UTF-8 BOM, if so set encoding to UTF-8 + if (CheckReplaceUTF8BOM(Line)) then + Encoding := encUTF8; + //Read Lines while Line starts with # or its empty while (Length(Line) = 0) or (Line[1] = '#') do begin //Increase Line Number Inc (FileLineNo); - Temp := Pos(':', Line); + SepPos := Pos(':', Line); - //Line has a Seperator-> Headerline - if (Temp <> 0) then + //Line has no Seperator, ignore non header field + if (SepPos = 0) then begin - //Read Identifier and Value - Identifier := Uppercase(Trim(Copy(Line, 2, Temp - 2))); //Uppercase is for Case Insensitive Checks - Value := Trim(Copy(Line, Temp + 1,Length(Line) - Temp)); - - //Check the Identifier (If Value is given) - if (Length(Value) <> 0) then + AddCustomTag('', Copy(Line, 2, Length(Line) - 1)); + // read next line + if (not SongFile.ReadLine(Line)) then begin - //----------- - //Required Attributes - //----------- + Result := false; + Log.LogError('File incomplete or not Ultrastar txt (A): ' + FullFileName); + Break; + end; + Continue; + end; - {$IFDEF UTF8_FILENAMES} - if ((Identifier = 'MP3') or (Identifier = 'BACKGROUND') or (Identifier = 'COVER') or (Identifier = 'VIDEO')) then - Value := Utf8Encode(Value); - {$ENDIF} + //Read Identifier and Value + Identifier := UpperCase(Trim(Copy(Line, 2, SepPos - 2))); //Uppercase is for Case Insensitive Checks + Value := Trim(Copy(Line, SepPos + 1, Length(Line) - SepPos)); - //Title - if (Identifier = 'TITLE') then - begin - self.Title := Value; + //Check the Identifier (If Value is given) + if (Length(Value) = 0) then + begin + Log.LogWarn('Empty field "'+Identifier+'" in file ' + FullFileName, + 'TSong.ReadTXTHeader'); + AddCustomTag(Identifier, ''); + end + else + begin - //Add Title Flag to Done - Done := Done or 1; - end + //----------- + //Required Attributes + //----------- - //Artist - else if (Identifier = 'ARTIST') then - begin - self.Artist := Value; + if (Identifier = 'TITLE') then + begin + DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Title, Encoding); + //Add Title Flag to Done + Done := Done or 1; + end - //Add Artist Flag to Done - Done := Done or 2; - end + else if (Identifier = 'ARTIST') then + begin + DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Artist, Encoding); + //Add Artist Flag to Done + Done := Done or 2; + end - //MP3 File //Test if Exists - else if (Identifier = 'MP3') and (FileExists(self.Path + Value)) then + //MP3 File + else if (Identifier = 'MP3') then + begin + EncFile := DecodeFilename(Value); + if (Self.Path.Append(EncFile).IsFile) then begin - self.Mp3 := Value; + self.Mp3 := EncFile; //Add Mp3 Flag to Done Done := Done or 4; - end + end; + end - //Beats per Minute - else if (Identifier = 'BPM') then + //Beats per Minute + else if (Identifier = 'BPM') then + begin + SetLength(self.BPM, 1); + self.BPM[0].StartBeat := 0; + + self.BPM[0].BPM := StrToFloatI18n( Value ) * Mult * MultBPM; + + if self.BPM[0].BPM <> 0 then begin - SetLength(self.BPM, 1); - self.BPM[0].StartBeat := 0; + //Add BPM Flag to Done + Done := Done or 8; + end; + end - self.BPM[0].BPM := song_StrtoFloat( Value ) * Mult * MultBPM; + //--------- + //Additional Header Information + //--------- - if self.BPM[0].BPM <> 0 then - begin - //Add BPM Flag to Done - Done := Done or 8; - end; - end + // Gap + else if (Identifier = 'GAP') then + begin + self.GAP := StrToFloatI18n(Value); + end - //--------- - //Additional Header Information - //--------- + //Cover Picture + else if (Identifier = 'COVER') then + begin + self.Cover := DecodeFilename(Value); + end - // Gap - else if (Identifier = 'GAP') then - self.GAP := song_StrtoFloat( Value ) + //Background Picture + else if (Identifier = 'BACKGROUND') then + begin + self.Background := DecodeFilename(Value); + end - //Cover Picture - else if (Identifier = 'COVER') then - self.Cover := Value + // Video File + else if (Identifier = 'VIDEO') then + begin + EncFile := DecodeFilename(Value); + if (self.Path.Append(EncFile).IsFile) then + self.Video := EncFile + else + Log.LogError('Can''t find video file in song: ' + FullFileName); + end - //Background Picture - else if (Identifier = 'BACKGROUND') then - self.Background := Value + // Video Gap + else if (Identifier = 'VIDEOGAP') then + begin + self.VideoGAP := StrToFloatI18n( Value ) + end - // Video File - else if (Identifier = 'VIDEO') then - begin - if (FileExists(self.Path + Value)) then - self.Video := Value - else - Log.LogError('Can''t find Video File in Song: ' + aFileName); - end + //Genre Sorting + else if (Identifier = 'GENRE') then + begin + DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Genre, Encoding) + end - // Video Gap - else if (Identifier = 'VIDEOGAP') then - self.VideoGAP := song_StrtoFloat( Value ) + //Edition Sorting + else if (Identifier = 'EDITION') then + begin + DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Edition, Encoding) + end - //Genre Sorting - else if (Identifier = 'GENRE') then - self.Genre := Value + //Creator Tag + else if (Identifier = 'CREATOR') then + begin + DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Creator, Encoding) + end - //Edition Sorting - else if (Identifier = 'EDITION') then - self.Edition := Value + //Language Sorting + else if (Identifier = 'LANGUAGE') then + begin + DecodeStringUTF8(Value, Language, Encoding) + end - //Creator Tag - else if (Identifier = 'CREATOR') then - self.Creator := Value + //Language Sorting + else if (Identifier = 'YEAR') then + begin + TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Year) + end - //Language Sorting - else if (Identifier = 'LANGUAGE') then - self.Language := Value + // Song Start + else if (Identifier = 'START') then + begin + self.Start := StrToFloatI18n( Value ) + end - // Song Start - else if (Identifier = 'START') then - self.Start := song_StrtoFloat( Value ) + // Song Ending + else if (Identifier = 'END') then + begin + TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Finish) + end - // Song Ending - else if (Identifier = 'END') then - TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Finish) + // Resolution + else if (Identifier = 'RESOLUTION') then + begin + TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Resolution) + end - // Resolution - else if (Identifier = 'RESOLUTION') then - TryStrtoInt(Value, self.Resolution) + // Notes Gap + else if (Identifier = 'NOTESGAP') then + begin + TryStrtoInt(Value, self.NotesGAP) + end - // Notes Gap - else if (Identifier = 'NOTESGAP') then - TryStrtoInt(Value, self.NotesGAP) - // Relative Notes - else if (Identifier = 'RELATIVE') and (uppercase(Value) = 'YES') then + // Relative Notes + else if (Identifier = 'RELATIVE') then + begin + if (UpperCase(Value) = 'YES') then self.Relative := true; + end + // File encoding + else if (Identifier = 'ENCODING') then + begin + self.Encoding := ParseEncoding(Value, DEFAULT_ENCODING); + end + + // unsupported tag + else + begin + AddCustomTag(Identifier, Value); end; - end; - if not EOF(SongFile) then - ReadLn (SongFile, Line) - else + end; // End check for non-empty Value + + // read next line + if (not SongFile.ReadLine(Line)) then begin Result := false; - Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not Ultrastar TxT (A): ' + aFileName); - break; + Log.LogError('File incomplete or not Ultrastar txt (A): ' + FullFileName); + Break; end; + end; // while - end; - - if self.Cover = '' then - self.Cover := platform.FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg'); + if self.Cover.IsUnset then + self.Cover := FindSongFile(Path, '*[CO].jpg'); //Check if all Required Values are given if (Done <> 15) then begin Result := false; if (Done and 8) = 0 then //No BPM Flag - Log.LogError('BPM Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName) + Log.LogError('BPM tag missing: ' + FullFileName) else if (Done and 4) = 0 then //No MP3 Flag - Log.LogError('MP3 Tag/File Missing: ' + self.FileName) + Log.LogError('MP3 tag/file missing: ' + FullFileName) else if (Done and 2) = 0 then //No Artist Flag - Log.LogError('Artist Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName) + Log.LogError('Artist tag missing: ' + FullFileName) else if (Done and 1) = 0 then //No Title Flag - Log.LogError('Title Tag Missing: ' + self.FileName) + Log.LogError('Title tag missing: ' + FullFileName) else //unknown Error - Log.LogError('File Incomplete or not Ultrastar TxT (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + aFileName); + Log.LogError('File incomplete or not Ultrastar txt (B - '+ inttostr(Done) +'): ' + FullFileName); end; - end; function TSong.GetErrorLineNo: integer; @@ -900,47 +1123,52 @@ begin Result := -1; end; -procedure TSong.ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: string); - +function TSong.Solmizate(Note: integer; Type_: integer): string; begin - case Ini.Solmization of + case (Type_) of 1: // european begin - case (NoteP mod 12) of - 0..1: LyricS := ' do '; - 2..3: LyricS := ' re '; - 4: LyricS := ' mi '; - 5..6: LyricS := ' fa '; - 7..8: LyricS := ' sol '; - 9..10: LyricS := ' la '; - 11: LyricS := ' si '; + case (Note mod 12) of + 0..1: Result := ' do '; + 2..3: Result := ' re '; + 4: Result := ' mi '; + 5..6: Result := ' fa '; + 7..8: Result := ' sol '; + 9..10: Result := ' la '; + 11: Result := ' si '; end; end; 2: // japanese begin - case (NoteP mod 12) of - 0..1: LyricS := ' do '; - 2..3: LyricS := ' re '; - 4: LyricS := ' mi '; - 5..6: LyricS := ' fa '; - 7..8: LyricS := ' so '; - 9..10: LyricS := ' la '; - 11: LyricS := ' shi '; + case (Note mod 12) of + 0..1: Result := ' do '; + 2..3: Result := ' re '; + 4: Result := ' mi '; + 5..6: Result := ' fa '; + 7..8: Result := ' so '; + 9..10: Result := ' la '; + 11: Result := ' shi '; end; end; 3: // american begin - case (NoteP mod 12) of - 0..1: LyricS := ' do '; - 2..3: LyricS := ' re '; - 4: LyricS := ' mi '; - 5..6: LyricS := ' fa '; - 7..8: LyricS := ' sol '; - 9..10: LyricS := ' la '; - 11: LyricS := ' ti '; + case (Note mod 12) of + 0..1: Result := ' do '; + 2..3: Result := ' re '; + 4: Result := ' mi '; + 5..6: Result := ' fa '; + 7..8: Result := ' sol '; + 9..10: Result := ' la '; + 11: Result := ' ti '; end; end; end; // case +end; + +procedure TSong.ParseNote(LineNumber: integer; TypeP: char; StartP, DurationP, NoteP: integer; LyricS: UTF8String); +begin + if (Ini.Solmization <> 0) then + LyricS := Solmizate(NoteP, Ini.Solmization); with Lines[LineNumber].Line[Lines[LineNumber].High] do begin @@ -964,17 +1192,23 @@ begin '*': Note[HighNote].NoteType := ntGolden; end; - if (Note[HighNote].NoteType = ntGolden) then - Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue := Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue + Note[HighNote].Length; + //add this notes value ("notes length" * "notes scorefactor") to the current songs entire value + Inc(Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue, Note[HighNote].Length * ScoreFactor[Note[HighNote].NoteType]); + + //and to the current lines entire value + Inc(TotalNotes, Note[HighNote].Length * ScoreFactor[Note[HighNote].NoteType]); - if (Note[HighNote].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then - Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue := Lines[LineNumber].ScoreValue + Note[HighNote].Length; Note[HighNote].Tone := NoteP; - if Note[HighNote].Tone < Base[LineNumber] then - Base[LineNumber] := Note[HighNote].Tone; - Note[HighNote].Text := Copy(LyricS, 2, 100); + //if a note w/ a deeper pitch then the current basenote is found + //we replace the basenote w/ the current notes pitch + if Note[HighNote].Tone < BaseNote then + BaseNote := Note[HighNote].Tone; + + Note[HighNote].Color := 1; // default color to 1 for editor + + DecodeStringUTF8(LyricS, Note[HighNote].Text, Encoding); Lyric := Lyric + Note[HighNote].Text; End_ := Note[HighNote].Start + Note[HighNote].Length; @@ -982,43 +1216,35 @@ begin end; procedure TSong.NewSentence(LineNumberP: integer; Param1, Param2: integer); - var I: integer; - begin if (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].HighNote <> -1) then - begin //Update old Sentence if it has notes and create a new sentence - // Update old part - Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].BaseNote := Base[LineNumberP]; - Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].LyricWidth := glTextWidth(Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Lyric); - - //Total Notes Patch - Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := 0; - for I := low(Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note) to high(Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note) do - begin - if (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].NoteType = ntGolden) then - Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].Length; - - if (Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].NoteType <> ntFreestyle) then - Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes + Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Note[I].Length; - end; - //Total Notes Patch End - - - // Update new part + begin //create a new line SetLength(Lines[LineNumberP].Line, Lines[LineNumberP].Number + 1); - Lines[LineNumberP].High := Lines[LineNumberP].High + 1; - Lines[LineNumberP].Number := Lines[LineNumberP].Number + 1; + Inc(Lines[LineNumberP].High); + Inc(Lines[LineNumberP].Number); end else - begin //Use old Sentence if it has no notes - Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in line ' + InttoStr(FileLineNo) + ': ' + Filename); + begin //use old line if it there were no notes added since last call of NewSentence + Log.LogError('Error loading Song, sentence w/o note found in line ' + + InttoStr(FileLineNo) + ': ' + Filename.ToNative); end; Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].HighNote := -1; + //set the current lines value to zero + //it will be incremented w/ the value of every added note + Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].TotalNotes := 0; + + //basenote is the pitch of the deepest note, it is used for note drawing. + //if a note with a less value than the current sentences basenote is found, + //basenote will be set to this notes pitch. Therefore the initial value of + //this field has to be very high. + Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].BaseNote := High(Integer); + + if self.Relative then begin Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Start := Param1; @@ -1028,12 +1254,9 @@ begin Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].Start := Param1; Lines[LineNumberP].Line[Lines[LineNumberP].High].LastLine := false; - - Base[LineNumberP] := 100; // high number end; -procedure TSong.clear(); - +procedure TSong.Clear(); begin //Main Information Title := ''; @@ -1042,33 +1265,38 @@ begin //Sortings: Genre := 'Unknown'; Edition := 'Unknown'; - Language := 'Unknown'; //Language Patch + Language := 'Unknown'; + Year := 0; + + // set to default encoding + Encoding := DEFAULT_ENCODING; + + // clear custom header tags + SetLength(CustomTags, 0); //Required Information - Mp3 := ''; - {$IFDEF FPC} - setlength( BPM, 0 ); - {$ELSE} - BPM := nil; - {$ENDIF} + Mp3 := PATH_NONE; + SetLength(BPM, 0); GAP := 0; Start := 0; Finish := 0; //Additional Information - Background := ''; - Cover := ''; - Video := ''; + Background := PATH_NONE; + Cover := PATH_NONE; + Video := PATH_NONE; VideoGAP := 0; NotesGAP := 0; Resolution := 4; Creator := ''; + Relative := false; end; -function TSong.Analyse(): boolean; - +function TSong.Analyse(const ReadCustomTags: Boolean): boolean; +var + SongFile: TTextFileStream; begin Result := false; @@ -1076,20 +1304,15 @@ begin FileLineNo := 0; //Open File and set File Pointer to the beginning - AssignFile(SongFile, self.Path + self.FileName); - + SongFile := TMemTextFileStream.Create(Self.Path.Append(Self.FileName), fmOpenRead); try - Reset(SongFile); - //Clear old Song Header - self.clear; + Self.clear; //Read Header - Result := self.ReadTxTHeader( FileName ) - - //And Close File + Result := Self.ReadTxTHeader(SongFile, ReadCustomTags) finally - CloseFile(SongFile); + SongFile.Free; end; end; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/USongs.pas b/Lua/src/base/USongs.pas index 7f5125a9..baeec13a 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/USongs.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/USongs.pas @@ -40,74 +40,79 @@ interface {$ENDIF} uses + SysUtils, + Classes, {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} Windows, DirWatch, {$ELSE} {$IFNDEF DARWIN} - syscall, + syscall, {$ENDIF} baseunix, UnixType, {$ENDIF} - SysUtils, - Classes, UPlatform, ULog, UTexture, UCommon, - {$IFDEF DARWIN} - cthreads, - {$ENDIF} {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD} - PseudoThread, + PseudoThread, {$ENDIF} + UPath, USong, UCatCovers; type + TSongFilter = ( + fltAll, + fltTitle, + fltArtist + ); TBPM = record - BPM: real; - StartBeat: real; + BPM: real; + StartBeat: real; end; TScore = record - Name: widestring; - Score: integer; - Length: string; + Name: UTF8String; + Score: integer; + Length: string; end; + TPathDynArray = array of IPath; + {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD} - TSongs = class( TPseudoThread ) + TSongs = class(TPseudoThread) {$ELSE} - TSongs = class( TThread ) + TSongs = class(TThread) {$ENDIF} private - fNotify, fWatch : longint; - fParseSongDirectory : boolean; - fProcessing : boolean; + fNotify, fWatch: longint; + fParseSongDirectory: boolean; + fProcessing: boolean; {$ifdef MSWINDOWS} - fDirWatch : TDirectoryWatch; + fDirWatch: TDirectoryWatch; {$endif} procedure int_LoadSongList; procedure DoDirChanged(Sender: TObject); protected procedure Execute; override; public - SongList : TList; // array of songs - Selected : integer; // selected song index + SongList: TList; // array of songs + Selected: integer; // selected song index constructor Create(); destructor Destroy(); override; procedure LoadSongList; // load all songs - procedure BrowseDir(Dir: widestring); // should return number of songs in the future - procedure BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: widestring); - procedure BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: widestring); + procedure FindFilesByExtension(const Dir: IPath; const Ext: IPath; Recursive: Boolean; var Files: TPathDynArray); + procedure BrowseDir(Dir: IPath); // should return number of songs in the future + procedure BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: IPath); + procedure BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: IPath); procedure Sort(Order: integer); - function FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: widestring): widestring; - property Processing : boolean read fProcessing; + property Processing: boolean read fProcessing; end; @@ -116,24 +121,24 @@ type Selected: integer; // selected song index Order: integer; // order type (0=title) CatNumShow: integer; // Category Number being seen - CatCount: integer; //Number of Categorys + CatCount: integer; // Number of Categorys procedure SortSongs(); - procedure Refresh; // refreshes arrays by recreating them from Songs array - procedure ShowCategory(Index: integer); // expands all songs in category - procedure HideCategory(Index: integer); // hides all songs in category - procedure ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer); // uses ShowCategory and HideCategory when needed - procedure ShowCategoryList; //Hides all Songs And Show the List of all Categorys - function FindNextVisible(SearchFrom:integer): integer; //Find Next visible Song - function VisibleSongs: integer; // returns number of visible songs (for tabs) - function VisibleIndex(Index: integer): integer; // returns visible song index (skips invisible) - - function SetFilter(FilterStr: string; const fType: Byte): Cardinal; + procedure Refresh; // refreshes arrays by recreating them from Songs array + procedure ShowCategory(Index: integer); // expands all songs in category + procedure HideCategory(Index: integer); // hides all songs in category + procedure ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer); // uses ShowCategory and HideCategory when needed + procedure ShowCategoryList; // Hides all Songs And Show the List of all Categorys + function FindNextVisible(SearchFrom: integer): integer; // Find Next visible Song + function VisibleSongs: integer; // returns number of visible songs (for tabs) + function VisibleIndex(Index: integer): integer; // returns visible song index (skips invisible) + + function SetFilter(FilterStr: UTF8String; Filter: TSongFilter): cardinal; end; var - Songs: TSongs; // all songs - CatSongs: TCatSongs; // categorized songs + Songs: TSongs; // all songs + CatSongs: TCatSongs; // categorized songs const IN_ACCESS = $00000001; //* File was accessed */ @@ -151,12 +156,17 @@ const implementation -uses StrUtils, - UGraphic, - UCovers, - UFiles, - UMain, - UIni; +uses + StrUtils, + UCovers, + UFiles, + UGraphic, + UMain, + UIni, + UPathUtils, + UNote, + UFilesystem, + UUnicodeUtils; constructor TSongs.Create(); begin @@ -168,7 +178,7 @@ begin // FIXME: threaded loading does not work this way. // It will just cause crashes but nothing else at the moment. - (* +(* {$ifdef MSWINDOWS} fDirWatch := TDirectoryWatch.create(nil); fDirWatch.OnChange := DoDirChanged; @@ -179,7 +189,7 @@ begin // now we can start the thread Resume(); - *) +*) // until it is fixed, simply load the song-list int_LoadSongList(); @@ -187,7 +197,7 @@ end; destructor TSongs.Destroy(); begin - FreeAndNil( SongList ); + FreeAndNil(SongList); inherited; end; @@ -198,7 +208,7 @@ end; procedure TSongs.Execute(); var - fChangeNotify : THandle; + fChangeNotify: THandle; begin {$IFDEF USE_PSEUDO_THREAD} int_LoadSongList(); @@ -230,15 +240,15 @@ begin // browse directories for I := 0 to SongPaths.Count-1 do - BrowseDir(SongPaths[I]); + BrowseDir(SongPaths[I] as IPath); - if assigned( CatSongs ) then + if assigned(CatSongs) then CatSongs.Refresh; - if assigned( CatCovers ) then + if assigned(CatCovers) then CatCovers.Load; - //if assigned( Covers ) then + //if assigned(Covers) then // Covers.Load; if assigned(ScreenSong) then @@ -262,84 +272,92 @@ begin Resume(); end; -procedure TSongs.BrowseDir(Dir: widestring); +procedure TSongs.BrowseDir(Dir: IPath); begin - BrowseTXTFiles(Dir); - BrowseXMLFiles(Dir); + BrowseTXTFiles(Dir); + BrowseXMLFiles(Dir); end; -procedure TSongs.BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: widestring); +procedure TSongs.FindFilesByExtension(const Dir: IPath; const Ext: IPath; Recursive: Boolean; var Files: TPathDynArray); var - i : integer; - Files : TDirectoryEntryArray; - lSong : TSong; + Iter: IFileIterator; + FileInfo: TFileInfo; + FileName: IPath; begin - - try - Files := Platform.DirectoryFindFiles( Dir, '.txt', true) - except - Log.LogError('Couldn''t deal with directory/file: ' + Dir + ' in TSongs.BrowseTXTFiles') - end; - - for i := 0 to Length(Files)-1 do + // search for all files and directories + Iter := FileSystem.FileFind(Dir.Append('*'), faAnyFile); + while (Iter.HasNext) do begin - if Files[i].IsDirectory then + FileInfo := Iter.Next; + FileName := FileInfo.Name; + if ((FileInfo.Attr and faDirectory) <> 0) then begin - BrowseTXTFiles( Dir + Files[i].Name + PathDelim ); //Recursive Call + if Recursive and (not FileName.Equals('.')) and (not FileName.Equals('..')) then + FindFilesByExtension(Dir.Append(FileName), Ext, true, Files); end else begin - lSong := TSong.create( Dir + Files[i].Name ); - - if lSong.Analyse then - SongList.add( lSong ) - else + if (Ext.Equals(FileName.GetExtension(), true)) then begin - Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[i].Name + '".'); - freeandnil( lSong ); + SetLength(Files, Length(Files)+1); + Files[High(Files)] := Dir.Append(FileName); end; - end; end; - SetLength( Files, 0); - end; -procedure TSongs.BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: widestring); +procedure TSongs.BrowseTXTFiles(Dir: IPath); var - i : integer; - Files : TDirectoryEntryArray; - lSong : TSong; + I: integer; + Files: TPathDynArray; + Song: TSong; + Extension: IPath; begin + SetLength(Files, 0); + Extension := Path('.txt'); + FindFilesByExtension(Dir, Extension, true, Files); - try - Files := Platform.DirectoryFindFiles( Dir, '.xml', true) - except - Log.LogError('Couldn''t deal with directory/file: ' + Dir + ' in TSongs.BrowseXMLFiles') - end; - - for i := 0 to Length(Files)-1 do + for I := 0 to High(Files) do begin - if Files[i].IsDirectory then - begin - BrowseXMLFiles( Dir + Files[i].Name + PathDelim ); //Recursive Call - end + Song := TSong.Create(Files[I]); + + if Song.Analyse then + SongList.Add(Song) else begin - lSong := TSong.create( Dir + Files[i].Name ); + Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[I].ToNative + '".'); + FreeAndNil(Song); + end; + end; - if lSong.AnalyseXML then - SongList.add( lSong ) - else - begin - Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[i].Name + '".'); - freeandnil( lSong ); - end; + SetLength(Files, 0); +end; +procedure TSongs.BrowseXMLFiles(Dir: IPath); +var + I: integer; + Files: TPathDynArray; + Song: TSong; + Extension: IPath; +begin + SetLength(Files, 0); + Extension := Path('.xml'); + FindFilesByExtension(Dir, Extension, true, Files); + + for I := 0 to High(Files) do + begin + Song := TSong.Create(Files[I]); + + if Song.AnalyseXML then + SongList.Add(Song) + else + begin + Log.LogError('AnalyseFile failed for "' + Files[I].ToNative + '".'); + FreeAndNil(Song); end; end; - SetLength( Files, 0); + SetLength(Files, 0); end; (* @@ -348,32 +366,32 @@ end; function CompareByEdition(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer; begin - Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Edition, TSong(Song2).Edition); + Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Edition, TSong(Song2).Edition); end; function CompareByGenre(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer; begin - Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Genre, TSong(Song2).Genre); + Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Genre, TSong(Song2).Genre); end; function CompareByTitle(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer; begin - Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Title, TSong(Song2).Title); + Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Title, TSong(Song2).Title); end; function CompareByArtist(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer; begin - Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Artist, TSong(Song2).Artist); + Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Artist, TSong(Song2).Artist); end; function CompareByFolder(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer; begin - Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Folder, TSong(Song2).Folder); + Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Folder, TSong(Song2).Folder); end; function CompareByLanguage(Song1, Song2: Pointer): integer; begin - Result := CompareText(TSong(Song1).Language, TSong(Song2).Language); + Result := UTF8CompareText(TSong(Song1).Language, TSong(Song2).Language); end; procedure TSongs.Sort(Order: integer); @@ -392,8 +410,6 @@ begin CompareFunc := CompareByArtist; sFolder: // by folder CompareFunc := CompareByFolder; - sTitle2: // by title2 - CompareFunc := CompareByTitle; sArtist2: // by artist2 CompareFunc := CompareByArtist; sLanguage: // by Language @@ -410,18 +426,6 @@ begin MergeSort(SongList, CompareFunc); end; -function TSongs.FindSongFile(Dir, Mask: widestring): widestring; -var - SR: TSearchRec; // for parsing song directory -begin - Result := ''; - if FindFirst(Dir + Mask, faDirectory, SR) = 0 then - begin - Result := SR.Name; - end; // if - FindClose(SR); -end; - procedure TCatSongs.SortSongs(); begin case Ini.Sorting of @@ -452,12 +456,8 @@ begin Songs.Sort(sTitle); Songs.Sort(sArtist); end; - sTitle2: begin - Songs.Sort(sArtist2); - Songs.Sort(sTitle2); - end; sArtist2: begin - Songs.Sort(sTitle2); + Songs.Sort(sTitle); Songs.Sort(sArtist2); end; end; // case @@ -467,27 +467,27 @@ procedure TCatSongs.Refresh; var SongIndex: integer; CurSong: TSong; - CatIndex: integer; // index of current song in Song - Letter: char; // current letter for sorting using letter - CurCategory: string; // current edition for sorting using edition, genre etc. - Order: integer; // number used for ordernum - LetterTmp: char; - CatNumber: integer; // Number of Song in Category - - procedure AddCategoryButton(const CategoryName: string); + CatIndex: integer; // index of current song in Song + Letter: UCS4Char; // current letter for sorting using letter + CurCategory: UTF8String; // current edition for sorting using edition, genre etc. + Order: integer; // number used for ordernum + LetterTmp: UCS4Char; + CatNumber: integer; // Number of Song in Category + + procedure AddCategoryButton(const CategoryName: UTF8String); var PrevCatBtnIndex: integer; begin Inc(Order); CatIndex := Length(Song); SetLength(Song, CatIndex+1); - Song[CatIndex] := TSong.Create(); - Song[CatIndex].Artist := '[' + CategoryName + ']'; - Song[CatIndex].Main := true; + Song[CatIndex] := TSong.Create(); + Song[CatIndex].Artist := '[' + CategoryName + ']'; + Song[CatIndex].Main := true; Song[CatIndex].OrderTyp := 0; Song[CatIndex].OrderNum := Order; - Song[CatIndex].Cover := CatCovers.GetCover(Ini.Sorting, CategoryName); - Song[CatIndex].Visible := true; + Song[CatIndex].Cover := CatCovers.GetCover(Ini.Sorting, CategoryName); + Song[CatIndex].Visible := true; // set number of songs in previous category PrevCatBtnIndex := CatIndex - CatNumber - 1; @@ -498,21 +498,21 @@ var end; begin - CatNumShow := -1; + CatNumShow := -1; SortSongs(); CurCategory := ''; - Order := 0; - CatNumber := 0; + Order := 0; + CatNumber := 0; // Note: do NOT set Letter to ' ', otherwise no category-button will be // created for songs beginning with ' ' if songs of this category exist. // TODO: trim song-properties so ' ' will not occur as first chararcter. - Letter := #0; + Letter := 0; // clear song-list - for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count-1 do + for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count - 1 do begin // free category buttons // Note: do NOT delete songs, they are just references to Songs.SongList entries @@ -522,107 +522,108 @@ begin end; SetLength(Song, 0); - for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count-1 do + for SongIndex := 0 to Songs.SongList.Count - 1 do begin CurSong := TSong(Songs.SongList[SongIndex]); // if tabs are on, add section buttons for each new section if (Ini.Tabs = 1) then begin - if (Ini.Sorting = sEdition) and - (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Edition) <> 0) then - begin - CurCategory := CurSong.Edition; - - // TODO: remove this block if it is not needed anymore - { - if CurSection = 'Singstar Part 2' then CoverName := 'Singstar'; - if CurSection = 'Singstar German' then CoverName := 'Singstar'; - if CurSection = 'Singstar Spanish' then CoverName := 'Singstar'; - if CurSection = 'Singstar Italian' then CoverName := 'Singstar'; - if CurSection = 'Singstar French' then CoverName := 'Singstar'; - if CurSection = 'Singstar 80s Polish' then CoverName := 'Singstar 80s'; - } - - // add Category Button - AddCategoryButton(CurCategory); - end - - else if (Ini.Sorting = sGenre) and - (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Genre) <> 0) then - begin - CurCategory := CurSong.Genre; - // add Genre Button - AddCategoryButton(CurCategory); - end - - else if (Ini.Sorting = sLanguage) and - (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Language) <> 0) then - begin - CurCategory := CurSong.Language; - // add Language Button - AddCategoryButton(CurCategory); - end - - else if (Ini.Sorting = sTitle) and - (Length(CurSong.Title) >= 1) and - (Letter <> UpperCase(CurSong.Title)[1]) then - begin - Letter := Uppercase(CurSong.Title)[1]; - // add a letter Category Button - AddCategoryButton(Letter); - end + case (Ini.Sorting) of + sEdition: begin + if (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Edition) <> 0) then + begin + CurCategory := CurSong.Edition; + + // add Category Button + AddCategoryButton(CurCategory); + end; + end; - else if (Ini.Sorting = sArtist) and - (Length(CurSong.Artist) >= 1) and - (Letter <> UpperCase(CurSong.Artist)[1]) then - begin - Letter := UpperCase(CurSong.Artist)[1]; - // add a letter Category Button - AddCategoryButton(Letter); - end + sGenre: begin + if (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Genre) <> 0) then + begin + CurCategory := CurSong.Genre; + // add Genre Button + AddCategoryButton(CurCategory); + end; + end; - else if (Ini.Sorting = sFolder) and - (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Folder) <> 0) then - begin - CurCategory := CurSong.Folder; - // add folder tab - AddCategoryButton(CurCategory); - end + sLanguage: begin + if (CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Language) <> 0) then + begin + CurCategory := CurSong.Language; + // add Language Button + AddCategoryButton(CurCategory); + end + end; - else if (Ini.Sorting = sTitle2) and - (Length(CurSong.Title) >= 1) then - begin - // pack all numbers into a category named '#' - if (CurSong.Title[1] >= '0') and (CurSong.Title[1] <= '9') then - LetterTmp := '#' - else - LetterTmp := UpperCase(CurSong.Title)[1]; + sTitle: begin + if (Length(CurSong.Title) >= 1) then + begin + LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(CurSong.Title)[0]); + { all numbers and some punctuation chars are put into a + category named '#' + we can't put the other punctuation chars into this category + because they are not in order, so there will be two different + categories named '#' } + if (LetterTmp in [Ord('!') .. Ord('?')]) then + LetterTmp := Ord('#') + else + LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(LetterTmp); + if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then + begin + Letter := LetterTmp; + // add a letter Category Button + AddCategoryButton(UCS4ToUTF8String(Letter)); + end; + end; + end; - if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then - begin - Letter := LetterTmp; - // add a letter Category Button - AddCategoryButton(Letter); + sArtist: begin + if (Length(CurSong.Artist) >= 1) then + begin + LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(UTF8ToUCS4String(CurSong.Artist)[0]); + { all numbers and some punctuation chars are put into a + category named '#' + we can't put the other punctuation chars into this category + because they are not in order, so there will be two different + categories named '#' } + if (LetterTmp in [Ord('!') .. Ord('?')]) then + LetterTmp := Ord('#') + else + LetterTmp := UCS4UpperCase(LetterTmp); + + if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then + begin + Letter := LetterTmp; + // add a letter Category Button + AddCategoryButton(UCS4ToUTF8String(Letter)); + end; + end; end; - end - else if (Ini.Sorting = sArtist2) and - (Length(CurSong.Artist)>=1) then - begin - // pack all numbers into a category named '#' - if (CurSong.Artist[1] >= '0') and (CurSong.Artist[1] <= '9') then - LetterTmp := '#' - else - LetterTmp := UpperCase(CurSong.Artist)[1]; + sFolder: begin + if (UTF8CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Folder) <> 0) then + begin + CurCategory := CurSong.Folder; + // add folder tab + AddCategoryButton(CurCategory); + end; + end; - if (Letter <> LetterTmp) then - begin - Letter := LetterTmp; - // add a letter Category Button - AddCategoryButton(Letter); + sArtist2: begin + { this new sorting puts all songs by the same artist into + a single category } + if (UTF8CompareText(CurCategory, CurSong.Artist) <> 0) then + begin + CurCategory := CurSong.Artist; + // add folder tab + AddCategoryButton(CurCategory); + end; end; - end; - end; + + end; // case (Ini.Sorting) + end; // if (Ini.Tabs = 1) CatIndex := Length(Song); SetLength(Song, CatIndex+1); @@ -640,19 +641,18 @@ begin CurSong.Visible := true else if (Ini.Tabs = 1) then CurSong.Visible := false; - - { +{ if (Ini.Tabs = 1) and (Order = 1) then begin //open first tab CurSong.Visible := true; end; CurSong.Visible := true; - } +} end; // set CatNumber of last category - if (Ini.Tabs_at_startup = 1) and (High(Song) >= 1) then + if (Ini.TabsAtStartup = 1) and (High(Song) >= 1) then begin // set number of songs in previous category SongIndex := CatIndex - CatNumber; @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ end; procedure TCatSongs.ShowCategory(Index: integer); var - S: integer; // song + S: integer; // song begin CatNumShow := Index; for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do @@ -678,13 +678,13 @@ begin CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := false; } // KMS: This should be the same, but who knows :-) - CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := ( (CatSongs.Song[S].OrderNum = Index) and (not CatSongs.Song[S].Main) ); + CatSongs.Song[S].Visible := ((CatSongs.Song[S].OrderNum = Index) and (not CatSongs.Song[S].Main)); end; end; procedure TCatSongs.HideCategory(Index: integer); // hides all songs in category var - S: integer; // song + S: integer; // song begin for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do begin @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ end; procedure TCatSongs.ClickCategoryButton(Index: integer); var - Num: integer; + Num: integer; begin Num := CatSongs.Song[Index].OrderNum; if Num <> CatNumShow then @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ end; //Hide Categorys when in Category Hack procedure TCatSongs.ShowCategoryList; var - S: integer; + S: integer; begin // Hide All Songs Show All Cats for S := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do @@ -721,23 +721,27 @@ begin end; //Hide Categorys when in Category Hack End -//Wrong song selected when tabs on bug -function TCatSongs.FindNextVisible(SearchFrom:integer): integer;//Find next Visible Song +// Wrong song selected when tabs on bug +function TCatSongs.FindNextVisible(SearchFrom:integer): integer;// Find next Visible Song var I: integer; begin Result := -1; - I := SearchFrom + 1; - while not CatSongs.Song[I].Visible do + I := SearchFrom; + while (Result = -1) do begin Inc (I); - if (I>high(CatSongs.Song)) then - I := low(CatSongs.Song); - if (I = SearchFrom) then //Make One Round and no song found->quit - break; + + if (I > High(CatSongs.Song)) then + I := Low(CatSongs.Song); + if (I = SearchFrom) then // Make One Round and no song found->quit + Break; + + if (CatSongs.Song[I].Visible) then + Result := I; end; end; -//Wrong song selected when tabs on bug End +// Wrong song selected when tabs on bug End (** * Returns the number of visible songs. @@ -763,71 +767,73 @@ var SongIndex: integer; begin Result := 0; - for SongIndex := 0 to Index-1 do + for SongIndex := 0 to Index - 1 do begin if (CatSongs.Song[SongIndex].Visible) then Inc(Result); end; end; -function TCatSongs.SetFilter(FilterStr: string; const fType: Byte): Cardinal; +function TCatSongs.SetFilter(FilterStr: UTF8String; Filter: TSongFilter): cardinal; var - I, J: integer; - cString: string; - SearchStr: array of string; + I, J: integer; + TmpString: UTF8String; + WordArray: array of UTF8String; begin - {fType: 0: All - 1: Title - 2: Artist} FilterStr := Trim(FilterStr); - if FilterStr<>'' then + if (FilterStr <> '') then begin Result := 0; - //Create Search Array - SetLength(SearchStr, 1); - I := Pos (' ', FilterStr); + + // initialize word array + SetLength(WordArray, 1); + + // Copy words to SearchStr + I := Pos(' ', FilterStr); while (I <> 0) do begin - SetLength (SearchStr, Length(SearchStr) + 1); - cString := Copy(FilterStr, 1, I-1); - if (cString <> ' ') and (cString <> '') then - SearchStr[High(SearchStr)-1] := cString; - Delete (FilterStr, 1, I); + WordArray[High(WordArray)] := Copy(FilterStr, 1, I-1); + SetLength(WordArray, Length(WordArray) + 1); - I := Pos (' ', FilterStr); + FilterStr := TrimLeft(Copy(FilterStr, I+1, Length(FilterStr)-I)); + I := Pos(' ', FilterStr); end; - //Copy last Word - if (FilterStr <> ' ') and (FilterStr <> '') then - SearchStr[High(SearchStr)] := FilterStr; - for I:=0 to High(Song) do + // Copy last word + WordArray[High(WordArray)] := FilterStr; + + for I := 0 to High(Song) do begin if not Song[i].Main then begin - case fType of - 0: cString := Song[I].Artist + ' ' + Song[i].Title + ' ' + Song[i].Folder; - 1: cString := Song[I].Title; - 2: cString := Song[I].Artist; + case Filter of + fltAll: + TmpString := Song[I].Artist + ' ' + Song[i].Title + ' ' + Song[i].Folder; + fltTitle: + TmpString := Song[I].Title; + fltArtist: + TmpString := Song[I].Artist; end; - Song[i].Visible:=True; - //Look for every Searched Word - for J := 0 to High(SearchStr) do + Song[i].Visible := true; + // Look for every searched word + for J := 0 to High(WordArray) do begin - Song[i].Visible := Song[i].Visible and AnsiContainsText(cString, SearchStr[J]) + Song[i].Visible := Song[i].Visible and + UTF8ContainsText(TmpString, WordArray[J]) end; if Song[i].Visible then Inc(Result); end else - Song[i].Visible:=False; + Song[i].Visible := false; end; CatNumShow := -2; end else begin - for i:=0 to High(Song) do + for i := 0 to High(Song) do begin - Song[i].Visible := (Ini.Tabs=1) = Song[i].Main; + Song[i].Visible := (Ini.Tabs = 1) = Song[i].Main; CatNumShow := -1; end; Result := 0; diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas b/Lua/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas index 6eec8eec..148cd5d4 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UTextEncoding.pas @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@ * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. * - * $URL: https://ultrastardx.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/ultrastardx/trunk/src/menu/UMenuText.pas $ - * $Id: UMenuText.pas 1485 2008-10-28 20:16:05Z tobigun $ + * $URL$ + * $Id$ *} unit UTextEncoding; @@ -34,114 +34,214 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - SysUtils; + SysUtils, + UUnicodeUtils; type - TEncoding = (encCP1250, encCP1252, encUTF8, encNative); + TEncoding = ( + encLocale, // current locale (needs cwstring on linux) + encUTF8, // UTF-8 + encCP1250, // Windows-1250 Central/Eastern Europe (used by Ultrastar) + encCP1252, // Windows-1252 Western Europe (used by UltraStar Deluxe < 1.1) + encAuto // try to match the w3c regex and decode as unicode on match + // and as fallback if not match + ); + +const + UTF8_BOM: UTF8String = #$EF#$BB#$BF; + +{** + * Decodes Src encoded in SrcEncoding to a UTF-16 or UTF-8 encoded Dst string. + * Returns true if the conversion was successful. + *} +function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: WideString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload; +function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString; overload; +function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: UTF8String; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload; +function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): UTF8String; overload; + +{** + * Encodes the UTF-16 or UTF-8 encoded Src string to Dst using DstEncoding + * Returns true if the conversion was successful. + *} +function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload; +function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString; overload; +function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; overload; +function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString; overload; + +{** + * If Text starts with an UTF-8 BOM, the BOM is removed and true will + * be returned. + *} +function CheckReplaceUTF8BOM(var Text: RawByteString): boolean; -function RecodeString(const Src: string; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString; +{** + * Parses an encoding string to its TEncoding equivalent. + * Surrounding whitespace and dashes ('-') are removed, the upper-cased + * resulting value is then compared with TEncodingNames. + * If the encoding was not found, the result is set to the Default encoding. + *} +function ParseEncoding(const EncodingStr: AnsiString; Default: TEncoding): TEncoding; + +{** + * Returns the name of an encoding. + *} +function EncodingName(Encoding: TEncoding): AnsiString; implementation +uses + StrUtils, + pcre, + ULog; + type - TConversionTable = array[0..127] of WideChar; + IEncoder = interface + function GetName(): AnsiString; + function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean; + function Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; + end; + + TEncoder = class(TInterfacedObject, IEncoder) + public + function GetName(): AnsiString; virtual; abstract; + function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean; virtual; abstract; + function Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; virtual; abstract; + end; + + TSingleByteEncoder = class(TEncoder) + public + function Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean; override; + function Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; override; + function DecodeChar(InChr: AnsiChar; out OutChr: UCS4Char): boolean; virtual; abstract; + function EncodeChar(InChr: UCS4Char; out OutChr: AnsiChar): boolean; virtual; abstract; + end; const - // Windows-1250 Central/Eastern Europe (used by Ultrastar) - CP1250Table: TConversionTable = ( - { $80 } - #$20AC, #0, #$201A, #0, #$201E, #$2026, #$2020, #$2021, - #0, #$2030, #$0160, #$2039, #$015A, #$0164, #$017D, #$0179, - { $90 } - #0, #$2018, #$2019, #$201C, #$201D, #$2022, #$2013, #$2014, - #0, #$2122, #$0161, #$203A, #$015B, #$0165, #$017E, #$017A, - { $A0 } - #$00A0, #$02C7, #$02D8, #$0141, #$00A4, #$0104, #$00A6, #$00A7, - #$00A8, #$00A9, #$015E, #$00AB, #$00AC, #$00AD, #$00AE, #$017B, - { $B0 } - #$00B0, #$00B1, #$02DB, #$0142, #$00B4, #$00B5, #$00B6, #$00B7, - #$00B8, #$0105, #$015F, #$00BB, #$013D, #$02DD, #$013E, #$017C, - { $C0 } - #$0154, #$00C1, #$00C2, #$0102, #$00C4, #$0139, #$0106, #$00C7, - #$010C, #$00C9, #$0118, #$00CB, #$011A, #$00CD, #$00CE, #$010E, - { $D0 } - #$0110, #$0143, #$0147, #$00D3, #$00D4, #$0150, #$00D6, #$00D7, - #$0158, #$016E, #$00DA, #$0170, #$00DC, #$00DD, #$0162, #$00DF, - { $E0 } - #$0155, #$00E1, #$00E2, #$0103, #$00E4, #$013A, #$0107, #$00E7, - #$010D, #$00E9, #$0119, #$00EB, #$011B, #$00ED, #$00EE, #$010F, - { $F0 } - #$0111, #$0144, #$0148, #$00F3, #$00F4, #$0151, #$00F6, #$00F7, - #$0159, #$016F, #$00FA, #$0171, #$00FC, #$00FD, #$0163, #$02D9 - ); + ERROR_CHAR = '?'; - // Windows-1252 Western Europe (used by UltraStar Deluxe < 1.1) - CP1252Table: TConversionTable = ( - { $80 } - #$20AC, #0, #$201A, #$0192, #$201E, #$2026, #$2020, #$2021, - #$02C6, #$2030, #$0160, #$2039, #$0152, #0, #$017D, #0, - { $90 } - #0, #$2018, #$2019, #$201C, #$201D, #$2022, #$2013, #$2014, - #$02DC, #$2122, #$0161, #$203A, #$0153, #0, #$017E, #$0178, - { $A0 } - #$00A0, #$00A1, #$00A2, #$00A3, #$00A4, #$00A5, #$00A6, #$00A7, - #$00A8, #$00A9, #$00AA, #$00AB, #$00AC, #$00AD, #$00AE, #$00AF, - { $B0 } - #$00B0, #$00B1, #$00B2, #$00B3, #$00B4, #$00B5, #$00B6, #$00B7, - #$00B8, #$00B9, #$00BA, #$00BB, #$00BC, #$00BD, #$00BE, #$00BF, - { $C0 } - #$00C0, #$00C1, #$00C2, #$00C3, #$00C4, #$00C5, #$00C6, #$00C7, - #$00C8, #$00C9, #$00CA, #$00CB, #$00CC, #$00CD, #$00CE, #$00CF, - { $D0 } - #$00D0, #$00D1, #$00D2, #$00D3, #$00D4, #$00D5, #$00D6, #$00D7, - #$00D8, #$00D9, #$00DA, #$00DB, #$00DC, #$00DD, #$00DE, #$00DF, - { $E0 } - #$00E0, #$00E1, #$00E2, #$00E3, #$00E4, #$00E5, #$00E6, #$00E7, - #$00E8, #$00E9, #$00EA, #$00EB, #$00EC, #$00ED, #$00EE, #$00EF, - { $F0 } - #$00F0, #$00F1, #$00F2, #$00F3, #$00F4, #$00F5, #$00F6, #$00F7, - #$00F8, #$00F9, #$00FA, #$00FB, #$00FC, #$00FD, #$00FE, #$00FF - ); +var + Encoders: array[TEncoding] of IEncoder; +function TSingleByteEncoder.Encode(const InStr: UCS4String; out OutStr: RawByteString): boolean; +var + I: integer; +begin + SetLength(OutStr, LengthUCS4(InStr)); + Result := true; + for I := 1 to Length(OutStr) do + begin + if (not EncodeChar(InStr[I-1], OutStr[I])) then + Result := false; + end; +end; -function Convert(const Src: string; const Table: TConversionTable): WideString; +function TSingleByteEncoder.Decode(const InStr: RawByteString; out OutStr: UCS4String): boolean; var - SrcPos, DstPos: integer; + I: integer; begin - SetLength(Result, Length(Src)); - DstPos := 1; - for SrcPos := 1 to Length(Src) do + SetLength(OutStr, Length(InStr)+1); + Result := true; + for I := 1 to Length(InStr) do begin - if (Src[SrcPos] < #128) then - begin - // copy ASCII char - Result[DstPos] := Src[SrcPos]; - Inc(DstPos); - end - else + if (not DecodeChar(InStr[I], OutStr[I-1])) then + Result := false; + end; + OutStr[High(OutStr)] := 0; +end; + +function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: WideString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; +var + DstUCS4: UCS4String; +begin + Result := Encoders[SrcEncoding].Decode(Src, DstUCS4); + Dst := UCS4StringToWideString(DstUCS4); +end; + +function DecodeString(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString; +begin + DecodeString(Src, Result, SrcEncoding); +end; + +function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; out Dst: UTF8String; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; +var + DstUCS4: UCS4String; +begin + Result := Encoders[SrcEncoding].Decode(Src, DstUCS4); + Dst := UCS4ToUTF8String(DstUCS4); +end; + +function DecodeStringUTF8(const Src: RawByteString; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): UTF8String; +begin + DecodeStringUTF8(Src, Result, SrcEncoding); +end; + +function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; +begin + Result := Encoders[DstEncoding].Encode(WideStringToUCS4String(Src), Dst); +end; + +function EncodeString(const Src: WideString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString; +begin + EncodeString(Src, Result, DstEncoding); +end; + +function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; out Dst: RawByteString; DstEncoding: TEncoding): boolean; +begin + Result := Encoders[DstEncoding].Encode(UTF8ToUCS4String(Src), Dst); +end; + +function EncodeStringUTF8(const Src: UTF8String; DstEncoding: TEncoding): RawByteString; +begin + EncodeStringUTF8(Src, Result, DstEncoding); +end; + +function CheckReplaceUTF8BOM(var Text: RawByteString): boolean; +begin + if AnsiStartsStr(UTF8_BOM, Text) then + begin + Text := Copy(Text, Length(UTF8_BOM)+1, Length(Text)-Length(UTF8_BOM)); + Result := true; + Exit; + end; + Result := false; +end; + +function ParseEncoding(const EncodingStr: AnsiString; Default: TEncoding): TEncoding; +var + PrepStr: AnsiString; // prepared encoding string + Encoding: TEncoding; +begin + // remove surrounding whitespace, replace dashes, to upper case + PrepStr := UpperCase(AnsiReplaceStr(Trim(EncodingStr), '-', '')); + for Encoding := Low(TEncoding) to High(TEncoding) do + begin + if (Encoders[Encoding].GetName() = PrepStr) then begin - // look-up char - Result[DstPos] := Table[Ord(Src[SrcPos]) - 128]; - // ignore invalid characters - if (Result[DstPos] <> #0) then - Inc(DstPos); + Result := Encoding; + Exit; end; end; - SetLength(Result, DstPos-1); + Result := Default; end; -function RecodeString(const Src: string; SrcEncoding: TEncoding): WideString; +function EncodingName(Encoding: TEncoding): AnsiString; begin - case SrcEncoding of - encCP1250: - Result := Convert(Src, CP1250Table); - encCP1252: - Result := Convert(Src, CP1252Table); - encUTF8: - Result := UTF8Decode(Src); - encNative: - Result := UTF8Decode(AnsiToUtf8(Src)); - end; + Result := Encoders[Encoding].GetName(); end; +{$I ..\\encoding\\Locale.inc} +{$I ..\\encoding\\UTF8.inc} +{$I ..\\encoding\\CP1250.inc} +{$I ..\\encoding\\CP1252.inc} +{$I ..\\encoding\\Auto.inc} + +initialization + Encoders[encLocale] := TEncoderLocale.Create; + Encoders[encUTF8] := TEncoderUTF8.Create; + Encoders[encCP1250] := TEncoderCP1250.Create; + Encoders[encCP1252] := TEncoderCP1252.Create; + + // use USDX < 1.1 encoding for backward compatibility (encCP1252) + Encoders[encAuto] := TEncoderAuto.Create(Encoders[encUTF8], Encoders[encCP1252]); + end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UTexture.pas b/Lua/src/base/UTexture.pas index 4f33b78a..e477dbb1 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UTexture.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UTexture.pas @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ uses Classes, SysUtils, UCommon, + UPath, SDL, SDL_Image; @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ type TexX2: real; TexY2: real; Alpha: real; - Name: string; // experimental for handling cache images. maybe it's useful for dynamic skins + Name: IPath; // experimental for handling cache images. maybe it's useful for dynamic skins end; type @@ -91,9 +92,9 @@ procedure AdjustPixelFormat(var TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; Typ: TTextureType); type PTextureEntry = ^TTextureEntry; TTextureEntry = record - Name: string; + Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; - Color: Cardinal; + Color: cardinal; // we use normal TTexture, it's easier to implement and if needed - we copy ready data Texture: TTexture; // Full-size texture @@ -104,8 +105,8 @@ type private Texture: array of TTextureEntry; public - procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean); - function FindTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal): integer; + procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean); + function FindTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal): integer; end; TTextureUnit = class @@ -115,15 +116,15 @@ type Limit: integer; procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Cache: boolean = false); overload; - procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean = false); overload; - function GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload; - function GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload; - function LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload; - function LoadTexture(const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload; - function LoadTexture(const Identifier: string): TTexture; overload; - function CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: string; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture; - procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean); overload; - procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: Cardinal; FromCache: boolean); overload; + procedure AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean = false); overload; + function GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload; + function GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean = false): TTexture; overload; + function LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload; + function LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; overload; + function LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath): TTexture; overload; + function CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: IPath; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture; + procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean); overload; + procedure UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: cardinal; FromCache: boolean); overload; //procedure FlushTextureDatabase(); constructor Create; @@ -164,10 +165,10 @@ begin SDL_FreeSurface(TempSurface); end; end; - + { TTextureDatabase } -procedure TTextureDatabase.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean); +procedure TTextureDatabase.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean); var TextureIndex: integer; begin @@ -188,7 +189,7 @@ begin Texture[TextureIndex].Texture := Tex; end; -function TTextureDatabase.FindTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal): integer; +function TTextureDatabase.FindTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal): integer; var TextureIndex: integer; CurrentTexture: PTextureEntry; @@ -197,7 +198,7 @@ begin for TextureIndex := 0 to High(Texture) do begin CurrentTexture := @Texture[TextureIndex]; - if (CurrentTexture.Name = Name) and + if (CurrentTexture.Name.Equals(Name)) and (CurrentTexture.Typ = Typ) then begin // colorized textures must match in their color too @@ -211,7 +212,6 @@ begin end; end; - { TTextureUnit } constructor TTextureUnit.Create; @@ -226,33 +226,32 @@ begin inherited Destroy; end; - procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Cache: boolean); begin TextureDatabase.AddTexture(Tex, Typ, 0, Cache); end; -procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: Cardinal; Cache: boolean); +procedure TTextureUnit.AddTexture(var Tex: TTexture; Typ: TTextureType; Color: cardinal; Cache: boolean); begin TextureDatabase.AddTexture(Tex, Typ, Color, Cache); end; -function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; +function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(FromRegistry: boolean; const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; begin // FIXME: what is the FromRegistry parameter supposed to do? Result := LoadTexture(Identifier, Typ, Col); end; -function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: string): TTexture; +function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath): TTexture; begin Result := LoadTexture(Identifier, TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN, 0); end; -function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; +function TTextureUnit.LoadTexture(const Identifier: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord): TTexture; var TexSurface: PSDL_Surface; - newWidth, newHeight: Cardinal; - oldWidth, oldHeight: Cardinal; + newWidth, newHeight: integer; + oldWidth, oldHeight: integer; ActTex: GLuint; begin // zero texture data @@ -262,7 +261,7 @@ begin TexSurface := LoadImage(Identifier); if not assigned(TexSurface) then begin - Log.LogError('Could not load texture: "' + Identifier +'" with type "'+ TextureTypeToStr(Typ) +'"', + Log.LogError('Could not load texture: "' + Identifier.ToNative +'" with type "'+ TextureTypeToStr(Typ) +'"', 'TTextureUnit.LoadTexture'); Exit; end; @@ -338,8 +337,8 @@ begin X := 0; Y := 0; Z := 0; - W := 0; - H := 0; + W := oldWidth; + H := oldHeight; ScaleW := 1; ScaleH := 1; Rot := 0; @@ -365,16 +364,16 @@ begin SDL_FreeSurface(TexSurface); end; -function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean): TTexture; +function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean): TTexture; begin Result := GetTexture(Name, Typ, 0, FromCache); end; -function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean): TTexture; +function TTextureUnit.GetTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: LongWord; FromCache: boolean): TTexture; var TextureIndex: integer; begin - if (Name = '') then + if (Name.IsUnset) then begin // zero texture data FillChar(Result, SizeOf(Result), 0); @@ -415,7 +414,7 @@ begin Result := TextureDatabase.Texture[TextureIndex].Texture; end; -function TTextureUnit.CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: string; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture; +function TTextureUnit.CreateTexture(Data: PChar; const Name: IPath; Width, Height: word; BitsPerPixel: byte): TTexture; var //Error: integer; ActTex: GLuint; @@ -431,8 +430,8 @@ begin {$ELSE} glTexImage2D(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 0, 3, Width, Height, 0, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, Data); {$ENDIF} - - { + +{ if Mipmapping then begin Error := gluBuild2DMipmaps(GL_TEXTURE_2D, 3, W, H, GL_RGB, GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE, @Data[0]); @@ -440,8 +439,8 @@ begin if Error > 0 then Log.LogError('gluBuild2DMipmaps() failed', 'TTextureUnit.CreateTexture'); end; - } - +} + Result.X := 0; Result.Y := 0; Result.Z := 0; @@ -469,19 +468,19 @@ begin Result.Name := Name; end; -procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean); +procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; FromCache: boolean); begin UnloadTexture(Name, Typ, 0, FromCache); end; -procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: string; Typ: TTextureType; Col: Cardinal; FromCache: boolean); +procedure TTextureUnit.UnloadTexture(const Name: IPath; Typ: TTextureType; Col: cardinal; FromCache: boolean); var T: integer; TexNum: GLuint; begin T := TextureDatabase.FindTexture(Name, Typ, Col); - if not FromCache then + if not FromCache then begin TexNum := TextureDatabase.Texture[T].Texture.TexNum; if TexNum > 0 then @@ -529,20 +528,20 @@ end; function ParseTextureType(const TypeStr: string; Default: TTextureType): TTextureType; var - TexType: TTextureType; + TextureType: TTextureType; UpCaseStr: string; begin UpCaseStr := UpperCase(TypeStr); - for TexType := Low(TextureTypeStr) to High(TextureTypeStr) do + for TextureType := Low(TextureTypeStr) to High(TextureTypeStr) do begin - if (UpCaseStr = UpperCase(TextureTypeStr[TexType])) then + if (UpCaseStr = UpperCase(TextureTypeStr[TextureType])) then begin - Result := TexType; + Result := TextureType; Exit; end; end; - Log.LogWarn('Unknown texture-type: "' + TypeStr + '"', 'ParseTextureType'); - Result := TEXTURE_TYPE_PLAIN; + Log.LogWarn('Unknown texture type: "' + TypeStr + '". Using default texture type "' + TextureTypeToStr(Default) + '"', 'ParseTextureType'); + Result := Default; end; end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UThemes.pas b/Lua/src/base/UThemes.pas index 9bf858ed..4322815e 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UThemes.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UThemes.pas @@ -34,21 +34,22 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - ULog, IniFiles, SysUtils, Classes, - UTexture; + ULog, + UTexture, + UPath; type TRGB = record - R: single; - G: single; - B: single; + R: single; + G: single; + B: single; end; TRGBA = record - R, G, B, A: Double; + R, G, B, A: double; end; type @@ -112,7 +113,7 @@ type Font: integer; Size: integer; Align: integer; - Text: string; + Text: UTF8String; //Reflection Reflection: boolean; ReflectionSpacing: real; @@ -175,13 +176,14 @@ type W: integer; H: integer; Z: real; + SBGW: integer; TextSize: integer; - //SBGW Mod - SBGW: integer; + showArrows:boolean; + oneItemOnly:boolean; - Text: string; + Text: UTF8String; ColR, ColG, ColB, Int: real; DColR, DColG, DColB, DInt: real; TColR, TColG, TColB, TInt: real; @@ -235,8 +237,8 @@ type TextDescription: TThemeText; TextDescriptionLong: TThemeText; - Description: array[0..5] of string; - DescriptionLong: array[0..5] of string; + Description: array[0..5] of UTF8String; + DescriptionLong: array[0..5] of UTF8String; end; TThemeName = class(TThemeBasic) @@ -353,12 +355,17 @@ type TextP3RScore: TThemeText; //Linebonus Translations - LineBonusText: array [0..8] of string; + LineBonusText: array [0..8] of UTF8String; //Pause Popup PausePopUp: TThemeStatic; end; + TThemeLyricBar = record + IndicatorYOffset, UpperX, UpperW, UpperY, UpperH, + LowerX, LowerW, LowerY, LowerH : integer; + end; + TThemeScore = class(TThemeBasic) TextArtist: TThemeText; TextTitle: TThemeText; @@ -402,6 +409,7 @@ type TextNumber: AThemeText; TextName: AThemeText; TextScore: AThemeText; + TextDate: AThemeText; end; TThemeOptions = class(TThemeBasic) @@ -415,7 +423,7 @@ type ButtonExit: TThemeButton; TextDescription: TThemeText; - Description: array[0..7] of string; + Description: array[0..7] of UTF8String; end; TThemeOptionsGame = class(TThemeBasic) @@ -490,8 +498,8 @@ type TextDescription: TThemeText; TextDescriptionLong: TThemeText; - Description: array[0..5] of string; - DescriptionLong: array[0..5] of string; + Description: array[0..5] of UTF8string; + DescriptionLong: array[0..5] of UTF8string; end; //Error- and Check-Popup @@ -525,10 +533,10 @@ type TextFound: TThemeText; //Translated Texts - Songsfound: string; - NoSongsfound: string; - CatText: string; - IType: array [0..2] of string; + Songsfound: UTF8String; + NoSongsfound: UTF8String; + CatText: UTF8String; + IType: array [0..2] of UTF8String; end; //Party Screens @@ -694,15 +702,15 @@ type TextPage: TThemeText; TextList: AThemeText; - Description: array[0..3] of string; - DescriptionR: array[0..3] of string; - FormatStr: array[0..3] of string; - PageStr: string; + Description: array[0..3] of UTF8String; + DescriptionR: array[0..3] of UTF8String; + FormatStr: array[0..3] of UTF8String; + PageStr: UTF8String; end; //Playlist Translations TThemePlaylist = record - CatText: string; + CatText: UTF8String; end; TTheme = class @@ -723,6 +731,7 @@ type Level: TThemeLevel; Song: TThemeSong; Sing: TThemeSing; + LyricBar: TThemeLyricBar; Score: TThemeScore; Top5: TThemeTop5; Options: TThemeOptions; @@ -754,11 +763,11 @@ type Playlist: TThemePlaylist; - ILevel: array[0..2] of string; + ILevel: array[0..2] of UTF8String; - constructor Create(const FileName: string); overload; // Initialize theme system - constructor Create(const FileName: string; Color: integer); overload; // Initialize theme system with color - function LoadTheme(FileName: string; sColor: integer): boolean; // Load some theme settings from file + constructor Create(const FileName: IPath); overload; // Initialize theme system + constructor Create(const FileName: IPath; Color: integer); overload; // Initialize theme system with color + function LoadTheme(const FileName: IPath; sColor: integer): boolean; // Load some theme settings from file procedure LoadColors; @@ -838,12 +847,12 @@ begin glColor4f(Color.R, Color.G, Color.B, Min(Color.A, Alpha)); end; -constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: string); +constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: IPath); begin Create(FileName, 0); end; -constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: string; Color: integer); +constructor TTheme.Create(const FileName: IPath; Color: integer); begin inherited Create(); @@ -886,7 +895,7 @@ begin end; -function TTheme.LoadTheme(FileName: string; sColor: integer): boolean; +function TTheme.LoadTheme(const FileName: IPath; sColor: integer): boolean; var I: integer; begin @@ -894,23 +903,21 @@ begin CreateThemeObjects(); - Log.LogStatus('Loading: '+ FileName, 'TTheme.LoadTheme'); - - FileName := AdaptFilePaths(FileName); + Log.LogStatus('Loading: '+ FileName.ToNative, 'TTheme.LoadTheme'); - if not FileExists(FileName) then + if not FileName.IsFile() then begin - Log.LogError('Theme does not exist ('+ FileName +')', 'TTheme.LoadTheme'); + Log.LogError('Theme does not exist ('+ FileName.ToNative +')', 'TTheme.LoadTheme'); end; - if FileExists(FileName) then + if FileName.IsFile() then begin Result := true; {$IFDEF THEMESAVE} - ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create(FileName); + ThemeIni := TIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative); {$ELSE} - ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName); + ThemeIni := TMemIniFile.Create(FileName.ToNative); {$ENDIF} if ThemeIni.ReadString('Theme', 'Name', '') <> '' then @@ -1031,9 +1038,19 @@ begin ThemeLoadStatic(Song.StaticTeam3Joker5, 'SongStaticTeam3Joker5'); + //LyricBar asd + LyricBar.UpperX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'X', 0); + LyricBar.UpperW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'W', 0); + LyricBar.UpperY := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'Y', 0); + LyricBar.UpperH := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'H', 0); + LyricBar.IndicatorYOffset := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsUpperBar', 'IndicatorYOffset', 0); + LyricBar.LowerX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'X', 0); + LyricBar.LowerW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'W', 0); + LyricBar.LowerY := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'Y', 0); + LyricBar.LowerH := ThemeIni.ReadInteger('SingLyricsLowerBar', 'H', 0); + // Sing ThemeLoadBasic(Sing, 'Sing'); - //TimeBar mod ThemeLoadStatic(Sing.StaticTimeProgress, 'SingTimeProgress'); ThemeLoadText(Sing.TextTimeText, 'SingTimeText'); @@ -1160,6 +1177,7 @@ begin ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextNumber, 'Top5TextNumber'); ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextName, 'Top5TextName'); ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextScore, 'Top5TextScore'); + ThemeLoadTexts(Top5.TextDate, 'Top5TextDate'); // Options ThemeLoadBasic(Options, 'Options'); @@ -1769,7 +1787,7 @@ begin ThemeSelectS.SkipX := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SkipX', 0); - ThemeSelectS.SBGW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SBGW', 450); + ThemeSelectS.SBGW := ThemeIni.ReadInteger(Name, 'SBGW', 400); LoadColor(ThemeSelectS.ColR, ThemeSelectS.ColG, ThemeSelectS.ColB, ThemeIni.ReadString(Name, 'Color', '')); ThemeSelectS.Int := ThemeIni.ReadFloat(Name, 'Int', 1); diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UTime.pas b/Lua/src/base/UTime.pas index 3f35dffd..83844cb5 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UTime.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UTime.pas @@ -61,20 +61,20 @@ procedure CountSkipTime; procedure CountMidTime; var - USTime : TTime; + USTime: TTime; VideoBGTimer: TRelativeTimer; - TimeNew : int64; - TimeOld : int64; - TimeSkip : real; - TimeMid : real; - TimeMidTemp : int64; + TimeNew: int64; + TimeOld: int64; + TimeSkip: real; + TimeMid: real; + TimeMidTemp: int64; implementation uses sdl, - ucommon; + UCommon; const cSDLCorrectionRatio = 1000; @@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ http://www.gamedev.net/community/forums/topic.asp?topic_id=466145&whichpage=1%EE procedure CountSkipTimeSet; begin - TimeNew := SDL_GetTicks(); + TimeNew := SDL_GetTicks(); end; procedure CountSkipTime; begin - TimeOld := TimeNew; - TimeNew := SDL_GetTicks(); - TimeSkip := (TimeNew-TimeOld) / cSDLCorrectionRatio; + TimeOld := TimeNew; + TimeNew := SDL_GetTicks(); + TimeSkip := (TimeNew-TimeOld) / cSDLCorrectionRatio; end; procedure CountMidTime; @@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ end; **} (* - * Creates a new timer. - * If TriggerMode is false (default), the timer + * creates a new timer. + * if triggermode is false (default), the timer * will immediately begin with counting. - * If TriggerMode is true, it will wait until Get/SetTime() or Pause() is called + * if triggermode is true, it will wait until get/settime() or pause() is called * for the first time. *) constructor TRelativeTimer.Create(TriggerMode: boolean); diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UUnicodeUtils.pas b/Lua/src/base/UUnicodeUtils.pas new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37b53a67 --- /dev/null +++ b/Lua/src/base/UUnicodeUtils.pas @@ -0,0 +1,670 @@ +{* UltraStar Deluxe - Karaoke Game + * + * UltraStar Deluxe is the legal property of its developers, whose names + * are too numerous to list here. Please refer to the COPYRIGHT + * file distributed with this source distribution. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + * of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to + * the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + * Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. + * + * $URL$ + * $Id$ + *} + +unit UUnicodeUtils; + +interface + +{$IFDEF FPC} + {$MODE Delphi} +{$ENDIF} + +uses +{$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + Windows, +{$ENDIF} + StrUtils, + SysUtils; + +type + // String with unknown encoding. Introduced with Delphi 2009 and maybe soon + // with FPC. + RawByteString = AnsiString; + +{** + * Returns true if the system uses UTF-8 as default string type + * (filesystem or API calls). + * This is always true on Mac OS X and always false on Win32. On Unix it depends + * on the LC_CTYPE setting. + * Do not use AnsiToUTF8() or UTF8ToAnsi() if this function returns true. + *} +function IsNativeUTF8(): boolean; + +(* + * Character classes + *) + +function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload; +function IsAlphaChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload; + +function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload; +function IsNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload; + +function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload; +function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload; + +function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload; +function IsPunctuationChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload; + +function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload; +function IsControlChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload; + +function IsPrintableChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; overload; +function IsPrintableChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; overload; + +{** + * Checks if the given string is a valid UTF-8 string. + * If an ANSI encoded string (with char codes >= 128) is passed, the + * function will most probably return false, as most ANSI strings sequences + * are illegal in UTF-8. + *} +function IsUTF8String(const str: RawByteString): boolean; + +{** + * Iterates over an UTF-8 encoded string. + * StrPtr will be increased to the beginning of the next character on each + * call. + * Results true if the given string starts with an UTF-8 encoded char. + *} +function NextCharUTF8(var StrPtr: PAnsiChar; out Ch: UCS4Char): boolean; + +{** + * Deletes Count chars (not bytes) beginning at char- (not byte-) position Index. + * Index values start with 1. + *} +procedure UTF8Delete(var Str: UTF8String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer); +procedure UCS4Delete(var Str: UCS4String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer); + +{** + * Checks if the string is composed of ASCII characters. + *} +function IsASCIIString(const str: RawByteString): boolean; + +{* + * String format conversion + *} + +function UTF8ToUCS4String(const str: UTF8String): UCS4String; +function UCS4ToUTF8String(const str: UCS4String): UTF8String; overload; +function UCS4ToUTF8String(ch: UCS4Char): UTF8String; overload; + +{** + * Returns the number of characters (not bytes) in string str. + *} +function LengthUTF8(const str: UTF8String): integer; + +{** + * Returns the length of an UCS4String. Note that Length(UCS4String) returns + * the length+1 as UCS4Strings are zero-terminated. + *} +function LengthUCS4(const str: UCS4String): integer; + +{** @seealso WideCompareStr *} +function UTF8CompareStr(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer; +{** @seealso WideCompareText *} +function UTF8CompareText(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer; + +function UTF8StartsText(const SubText, Text: UTF8String): boolean; + +function UTF8ContainsStr(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean; +function UTF8ContainsText(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean; + +{** @seealso WideUpperCase *} +function UTF8UpperCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String; +{** @seealso WideCompareText *} +function UTF8LowerCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String; + +{** + * Converts a UCS-4 char ch to its upper-case representation. + *} +function UCS4UpperCase(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4Char; overload; + +{** + * Converts a UCS-4 string str to its upper-case representation. + *} +function UCS4UpperCase(const str: UCS4String): UCS4String; overload; + +{** + * Converts a UCS4Char to an UCS4String. + * Note that UCS4Strings are zero-terminated dynamic arrays. + *} +function UCS4CharToString(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4String; + +{** + * @seealso System.Pos() + *} +function UTF8Pos(const substr: UTF8String; const str: UTF8String): Integer; + +{** + * Copies a segment of str starting with Index (1-based) with Count characters (not bytes). + *} +function UTF8Copy(const str: UTF8String; Index: Integer = 1; Count: Integer = -1): UTF8String; + +{** + * Copies a segment of str starting with Index (0-based) with Count characters. + * Note: Do not use Copy() to copy UCS4Strings as the result will not contain + * a trailing #0 character and hence is invalid. + *} +function UCS4Copy(const str: UCS4String; Index: Integer = 0; Count: Integer = -1): UCS4String; + +(* + * Converts a WideString to its upper- or lower-case representation. + * Wrapper for WideUpper/LowerCase. Needed because some plattforms have + * problems with unicode support. + * + * Note that characters in UTF-16 might consist of one or two WideChar valus + * (see surrogates). So instead of using WideStringUpperCase(ch)[1] for single + * character access, convert to UCS-4 where each character is represented by + * one UCS4Char. + *) +function WideStringUpperCase(const str: WideString) : WideString; overload; +function WideStringUpperCase(ch: WideChar): WideString; overload; +function WideStringLowerCase(const str: WideString): WideString; overload; +function WideStringLowerCase(ch: WideChar): WideString; overload; + +function WideStringReplaceChar(const text: WideString; search, rep: WideChar): WideString; + +implementation + +{$IFDEF UNIX} +{$IFNDEF DARWIN} +const + LC_CTYPE = 0; + +function setlocale(category: integer; locale: PChar): PChar; cdecl; external 'c'; +{$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} + +var + NativeUTF8: boolean; + +procedure InitUnicodeUtils(); +{$IFDEF UNIX} +{$IFNDEF DARWIN} +var + localeName: PChar; +{$ENDIF} +{$ENDIF} +begin + {$IF Defined(DARWIN)} + NativeUTF8 := true; + {$ELSEIF Defined(MSWindows)} + NativeUTF8 := false; + {$ELSEIF Defined(UNIX)} + // check if locale name contains UTF8 or UTF-8 + localeName := setlocale(LC_CTYPE, nil); + NativeUTF8 := Pos('UTF8', UpperCase(AnsiReplaceStr(localeName, '-', ''))) > 0; + {$ELSE} + raise Exception.Create('Unknown system'); + {$IFEND} +end; + +function IsNativeUTF8(): boolean; +begin + Result := NativeUTF8; +end; + +function IsAlphaChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; +begin + {$IFDEF MSWINDOWS} + Result := IsCharAlphaW(ch); + {$ELSE} + // TODO: add chars > 255 (or replace with libxml2 functions?) + case ch of + 'A'..'Z', // A-Z + 'a'..'z', // a-z + #170,#181,#186, + #192..#214, + #216..#246, + #248..#255: + Result := true; + else + Result := false; + end; + {$ENDIF} +end; + +function IsAlphaChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; +begin + Result := IsAlphaChar(WideChar(Ord(ch))); +end; + +function IsNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; +begin + // TODO: replace with libxml2 functions? + // ignore non-arabic numerals as we do not want to handle them + case ch of + '0'..'9': + Result := true; + else + Result := false; + end; +end; + +function IsNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; +begin + Result := IsNumericChar(WideChar(Ord(ch))); +end; + +function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; +begin + Result := (IsAlphaChar(ch) or IsNumericChar(ch)); +end; + +function IsAlphaNumericChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; +begin + Result := (IsAlphaChar(ch) or IsNumericChar(ch)); +end; + +function IsPunctuationChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; +begin + // TODO: add chars > 255 (or replace with libxml2 functions?) + case ch of + ' '..'/',':'..'@','['..'`','{'..'~', + #160..#191,#215,#247: + Result := true; + else + Result := false; + end; +end; + +function IsPunctuationChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; +begin + Result := IsPunctuationChar(WideChar(Ord(ch))); +end; + +function IsControlChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; +begin + case ch of + #0..#31, + #127..#159: + Result := true; + else + Result := false; + end; +end; + +function IsControlChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; +begin + Result := IsControlChar(WideChar(Ord(ch))); +end; + +function IsPrintableChar(ch: WideChar): boolean; +begin + Result := not IsControlChar(ch); +end; + +function IsPrintableChar(ch: UCS4Char): boolean; +begin + Result := IsPrintableChar(WideChar(Ord(ch))); +end; + + +function NextCharUTF8(var StrPtr: PAnsiChar; out Ch: UCS4Char): boolean; + + // find the most significant zero bit (Result: [7..-1]) + function FindZeroMSB(b: byte): integer; + var + Mask: byte; + begin + Mask := $80; + Result := 7; + while (b and Mask <> 0) do + begin + Mask := Mask shr 1; + Dec(Result); + end; + end; + +var + ZeroBit: integer; + SeqCount: integer; // number of trailing bytes to follow +const + Mask: array[1..3] of byte = ($1F, $0F, $07); +begin + Result := false; + SeqCount := 0; + Ch := 0; + + while (StrPtr^ <> #0) do + begin + if (StrPtr^ < #128) then + begin + // check that no more trailing bytes are expected + if (SeqCount = 0) then + begin + Ch := Ord(StrPtr^); + Inc(StrPtr); + Result := true; + end; + Break; + end + else + begin + ZeroBit := FindZeroMSB(Ord(StrPtr^)); + // trailing byte expected + if (SeqCount > 0) then + begin + // check if trailing byte has pattern 10xxxxxx + if (ZeroBit <> 6) then + begin + Inc(StrPtr); + Break; + end; + + Dec(SeqCount); + Ch := (Ch shl 6) or (Ord(StrPtr^) and $3F); + + // check if char is finished + if (SeqCount = 0) then + begin + Inc(StrPtr); + Result := true; + Break; + end; + end + else // leading byte expected + begin + // check if pattern is one of 110xxxxx/1110xxxx/11110xxx + if (ZeroBit > 5) or (ZeroBit < 3) then + begin + Inc(StrPtr); + Break; + end; + // calculate number of trailing bytes (1, 2 or 3) + SeqCount := 6 - ZeroBit; + // extract first part of char + Ch := Ord(StrPtr^) and Mask[SeqCount]; + end; + end; + + Inc(StrPtr); + end; + + if (not Result) then + Ch := Ord('?'); +end; + +function IsUTF8String(const str: RawByteString): boolean; +var + Ch: UCS4Char; + StrPtr: PAnsiChar; +begin + Result := true; + StrPtr := PChar(str); + while (StrPtr^ <> #0) do + begin + if (not NextCharUTF8(StrPtr, Ch)) then + begin + Result := false; + Exit; + end; + end; +end; + +function IsASCIIString(const str: RawByteString): boolean; +var + I: integer; +begin + for I := 1 to Length(str) do + begin + if (str[I] >= #128) then + begin + Result := false; + Exit; + end; + end; + Result := true; +end; + + +function UTF8ToUCS4String(const str: UTF8String): UCS4String; +begin + Result := WideStringToUCS4String(UTF8Decode(str)); +end; + +function UCS4ToUTF8String(const str: UCS4String): UTF8String; +begin + Result := UTF8Encode(UCS4StringToWideString(str)); +end; + +function UCS4ToUTF8String(ch: UCS4Char): UTF8String; +begin + Result := UCS4ToUTF8String(UCS4CharToString(ch)); +end; + +function LengthUTF8(const str: UTF8String): integer; +begin + Result := LengthUCS4(UTF8ToUCS4String(str)); +end; + +function LengthUCS4(const str: UCS4String): integer; +begin + Result := High(str); + if (Result = -1) then + Result := 0; +end; + +function UTF8CompareStr(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer; +begin + Result := WideCompareStr(UTF8Decode(S1), UTF8Decode(S2)); +end; + +function UTF8CompareText(const S1, S2: UTF8String): integer; +begin + Result := WideCompareText(UTF8Decode(S1), UTF8Decode(S2)); +end; + +function UTF8StartsStr(const SubText, Text: UTF8String): boolean; +begin + // TODO: use WideSameStr (slower but handles different representations of the same char)? + Result := (Pos(SubText, Text) = 1); +end; + +function UTF8StartsText(const SubText, Text: UTF8String): boolean; +begin + // TODO: use WideSameText (slower but handles different representations of the same char)? + Result := (Pos(UTF8UpperCase(SubText), UTF8UpperCase(Text)) = 1); +end; + +function UTF8ContainsStr(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean; +begin + Result := Pos(SubText, Text) > 0; +end; + +function UTF8ContainsText(const Text, SubText: UTF8String): boolean; +begin + Result := Pos(UTF8UpperCase(SubText), UTF8UpperCase(Text)) > 0; +end; + +function UTF8UpperCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String; +begin + Result := UTF8Encode(WideStringUpperCase(UTF8Decode(str))); +end; + +function UTF8LowerCase(const str: UTF8String): UTF8String; +begin + Result := UTF8Encode(WideStringLowerCase(UTF8Decode(str))); +end; + +function UCS4UpperCase(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4Char; +begin + Result := UCS4UpperCase(UCS4CharToString(ch))[0]; +end; + +function UCS4UpperCase(const str: UCS4String): UCS4String; +begin + // convert to upper-case as WideString and convert result back to UCS-4 + Result := WideStringToUCS4String( + WideStringUpperCase( + UCS4StringToWideString(str))); +end; + +function UCS4CharToString(ch: UCS4Char): UCS4String; +begin + SetLength(Result, 2); + Result[0] := ch; + Result[1] := 0; +end; + +function UTF8Pos(const substr: UTF8String; const str: UTF8String): Integer; +begin + Result := Pos(substr, str); +end; + +function UTF8Copy(const str: UTF8String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer): UTF8String; +begin + Result := UCS4ToUTF8String(UCS4Copy(UTF8ToUCS4String(str), Index-1, Count)); +end; + +function UCS4Copy(const str: UCS4String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer): UCS4String; +var + I: integer; + MaxCount: integer; +begin + // calculate max. copy count + MaxCount := LengthUCS4(str)-Index; + if (MaxCount < 0) then + MaxCount := 0; + // adjust copy count + if (Count > MaxCount) or (Count < 0) then + Count := MaxCount; + + // copy (and add zero terminator) + SetLength(Result, Count + 1); + for I := 0 to Count-1 do + Result[I] := str[Index+I]; + Result[Count] := 0; +end; + +procedure UTF8Delete(var Str: UTF8String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer); +var + StrUCS4: UCS4String; +begin + StrUCS4 := UTF8ToUCS4String(str); + UCS4Delete(StrUCS4, Index-1, Count); + Str := UCS4ToUTF8String(StrUCS4); +end; + +procedure UCS4Delete(var Str: UCS4String; Index: Integer; Count: Integer); +var + Len: integer; + OldStr: UCS4String; + I: integer; +begin + Len := LengthUCS4(Str); + if (Count <= 0) or (Index < 0) or (Index >= Len) then + Exit; + if (Index + Count > Len) then + Count := Len-Index; + + OldStr := Str; + SetLength(Str, Len-Count+1); + for I := 0 to Index-1 do + Str[I] := OldStr[I]; + for I := Index+Count to Len-1 do + Str[I-Count] := OldStr[I]; + Str[High(Str)] := 0; +end; + +function WideStringUpperCase(ch: WideChar): WideString; +begin + // If WideChar #0 is converted to a WideString in Delphi, a string with + // length 1 and a single char #0 is returned. In FPC an empty (length=0) + // string will be returned. This will crash, if a non printable key was + // pressed, its char code (#0) is translated to upper-case and the the first + // character is accessed with Result[1]. + // We cannot catch this error in the WideString parameter variant as the string + // has length 0 already. + + // Force min. string length of 1 + if (ch = #0) then + Result := #0 + else + Result := WideStringUpperCase(WideString(ch)); +end; + +function WideStringUpperCase(const str: WideString): WideString; +begin + // On Linux and MacOSX the cwstring unit is necessary for Unicode function-calls. + // Otherwise you will get an EIntOverflow exception (thrown by unimplementedwidestring()). + // The Unicode manager cwstring does not work with MacOSX at the moment because + // of missing references to iconv. + // Note: Should be fixed now + + {.$IFNDEF DARWIN} + {.$IFDEF NOIGNORE} + Result := WideUpperCase(str) + {.$ELSE} + //Result := UTF8Decode(UpperCase(UTF8Encode(str))); + {.$ENDIF} +end; + +function WideStringLowerCase(ch: WideChar): WideString; +begin + // see WideStringUpperCase + if (ch = #0) then + Result := #0 + else + Result := WideStringLowerCase(WideString(ch)); +end; + +function WideStringLowerCase(const str: WideString): WideString; +begin + // see WideStringUpperCase + Result := WideLowerCase(str) +end; + +function WideStringReplaceChar(const text: WideString; search, rep: WideChar): WideString; +var + iPos : integer; +// sTemp : WideString; +begin +(* + result := text; + iPos := Pos(search, result); + while (iPos > 0) do + begin + sTemp := copy(result, iPos + length(search), length(result)); + result := copy(result, 1, iPos - 1) + rep + sTEmp; + iPos := Pos(search, result); + end; +*) + result := text; + + if search = rep then + exit; + + for iPos := 1 to length(result) do + begin + if result[iPos] = search then + result[iPos] := rep; + end; +end; + +initialization + InitUnicodeUtils; + +end. diff --git a/Lua/src/base/UXMLSong.pas b/Lua/src/base/UXMLSong.pas index 58b48789..e9751eba 100644 --- a/Lua/src/base/UXMLSong.pas +++ b/Lua/src/base/UXMLSong.pas @@ -34,7 +34,9 @@ interface {$I switches.inc} uses - Classes; + Classes, + UPath, + UUnicodeUtils; type TNote = record @@ -42,30 +44,30 @@ type Duration: Cardinal; Tone: Integer; NoteTyp: Byte; - Lyric: String; + Lyric: UTF8String; end; - ANote = Array of TNote; + ANote = array of TNote; TSentence = record Singer: Byte; Duration: Cardinal; Notes: ANote; end; - ASentence = Array of TSentence; + ASentence = array of TSentence; - TSongInfo = Record + TSongInfo = record ID: Cardinal; DualChannel: Boolean; - Header: Record - Artist: String; - Title: String; + Header: record + Artist: UTF8String; + Title: UTF8String; Gap: Cardinal; BPM: Real; Resolution: Byte; - Edition: String; - Genre: String; - Year: String; - Language: String; + Edition: UTF8String; + Genre: UTF8String; + Year: UTF8String; + Language: UTF8String; end; CountSentences: Cardinal; Sentences: ASentence; @@ -81,23 +83,23 @@ type BindLyrics: Boolean; //Should the Lyrics be bind to the last Word (no Space) FirstNote: Boolean; //Is this the First Note found? For Gap calculating - Function ParseLine(Line: String): Boolean; + function ParseLine(Line: RawByteString): Boolean; public SongInfo: TSongInfo; - ErrorMessage: String; - Edition: String; - SingstarVersion: String; + ErrorMessage: string; + Edition: UTF8String; + SingstarVersion: string; - Settings: Record + Settings: record DashReplacement: Char; end; - Constructor Create; + constructor Create; - Function ParseConfigforEdition(const Filename: String): String; + function ParseConfigForEdition(const Filename: IPath): String; - Function ParseSongHeader(const Filename: String): Boolean; //Parse Song Header only - Function ParseSong (const Filename: String): Boolean; //Parse whole Song + function ParseSongHeader(const Filename: IPath): Boolean; //Parse Song Header only + function ParseSong (const Filename: IPath): Boolean; //Parse whole Song end; const @@ -114,9 +116,12 @@ const DS_Both = 3; implementation -uses SysUtils, StrUtils; -Constructor TParser.Create; +uses + SysUtils, + StrUtils; + +constructor TParser.Create; begin inherited Create; ErrorMessage := ''; @@ -124,19 +129,24 @@ begin DecimalSeparator := '.'; end; -Function TParser.ParseSong (const Filename: String): Boolean; -var I: Integer; +function TParser.ParseSong(const Filename: IPath): Boolean; +var + I: Integer; + FileStream: TBinaryFileStream; begin Result := False; - if FileExists(Filename) then + if Filename.IsFile() then begin - SSFile := TStringList.Create; + ErrorMessage := 'Can''t open melody.xml file'; + SSFile := TStringList.Create; + FileStream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead); try - ErrorMessage := 'Can''t open melody.xml file'; - SSFile.LoadFromFile(Filename); + SSFile.LoadFromStream(FileStream); + ErrorMessage := ''; Result := True; + I := 0; SongInfo.CountSentences := 0; @@ -153,7 +163,7 @@ begin SetLength(SongInfo.Sentences, 0); - While Result And (I < SSFile.Count) do + while Result and (I < SSFile.Count) do begin Result := ParseLine(SSFile.Strings[I]); @@ -162,21 +172,24 @@ begin finally SSFile.Free; + FileStream.Free; end; end; end; -Function TParser.ParseSongHeader (const Filename: String): Boolean; -var I: Integer; +function TParser.ParseSongHeader (const Filename: IPath): Boolean; +var + I: Integer; + Stream: TBinaryFileStream; begin Result := False; - if FileExists(Filename) then + + if Filename.IsFile() then begin SSFile := TStringList.Create; - SSFile.Clear; - + Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead); try - SSFile.LoadFromFile(Filename); + SSFile.LoadFromStream(Stream); If (SSFile.Count > 0) then begin @@ -207,6 +220,7 @@ begin finally SSFile.Free; + Stream.Free; end; end else @@ -569,18 +583,20 @@ begin Result := true; end; -Function TParser.ParseConfigforEdition(const Filename: String): String; +Function TParser.ParseConfigForEdition(const Filename: IPath): String; var txt: TStringlist; + Stream: TBinaryFileStream; I: Integer; J, K: Integer; S: String; begin Result := ''; - txt := TStringlist.Create; - try - txt.LoadFromFile(Filename); + Stream := TBinaryFileStream.Create(Filename, fmOpenRead); + try + txt := TStringlist.Create; + txt.LoadFromStream(Stream); For I := 0 to txt.Count-1 do begin S := Trim(txt.Strings[I]); @@ -600,6 +616,7 @@ begin Edition := Result; finally txt.Free; + Stream.Free; end; end; |